RENESAS R5F21162SP

REJ09B0169-0210
16
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Hardware Manual
RENESAS 16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER
M16C FAMILY / R8C/Tiny SERIES
All information contained in these materials, including products and product specifications,
represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by
Renesas Technology Corp. without notice. Please review the latest information published
by Renesas Technology Corp. through various means, including the Renesas Technology
Corp. website (http://www.renesas.com).
Rev.2.10
Revision Date:Jan 19, 2006
www.renesas.com
Keep safety first in your circuit designs!
1.
Renesas Technology Corp. puts the maximum effort into making semiconductor products
better and more reliable, but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with
them. Trouble with semiconductors may lead to personal injury, fire or property damage.
Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs, with appropriate measures such as (i) placement of substitutive, auxiliary circuits, (ii) use of nonflammable material or (iii) prevention against any malfunction or mishap.
Notes regarding these materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the
Renesas Technology Corp. product best suited to the customer's application; they do not
convey any license under any intellectual property rights, or any other rights, belonging to
Renesas Technology Corp. or a third party.
Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, or infringement of
any third-party's rights, originating in the use of any product data, diagrams, charts, programs, algorithms, or circuit application examples contained in these materials.
All information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, programs and algorithms represents information on products at the time of publication of these
materials, and are subject to change by Renesas Technology Corp. without notice due to
product improvements or other reasons. It is therefore recommended that customers contact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology Corp. product distributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein.
The information described here may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability, or other
loss rising from these inaccuracies or errors.
Please also pay attention to information published by Renesas Technology Corp. by various means, including the Renesas Technology Corp. Semiconductor home page (http://
www.renesas.com).
When using any or all of the information contained in these materials, including product
data, diagrams, charts, programs, and algorithms, please be sure to evaluate all information as a total system before making a final decision on the applicability of the information
and products. Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability or other loss resulting from the information contained herein.
Renesas Technology Corp. semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a
device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at
stake. Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology
Corp. product distributor when considering the use of a product contained herein for any
specific purposes, such as apparatus or systems for transportation, vehicular, medical,
aerospace, nuclear, or undersea repeater use.
The prior written approval of Renesas Technology Corp. is necessary to reprint or reproduce in whole or in part these materials.
If these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions,
they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be imported into a country other than the approved destination.
Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and/
or the country of destination is prohibited.
Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. for further details on these materials or the
products contained therein.
How to Use This Manual
1.
Introduction
This hardware manual provides detailed information on the R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group of
microcomputers.
Users are expected to have basic knowledge of electric circuits, logical circuits and microcomputers.
2.
Register Diagram
The symbols, and descriptions, used for bit function in each register are shown below.
XXX Register
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
0
*1
b2
b1
b0
Symbol
XXX
Bit Symbol
XXX0
Address
XXX
After Reset
00h
Bit Name
XXX Bit
XXX1
*5
Function
RW
1 0: XXX
0 1: XXX
1 0: Avoid this setting
1 1: XXX
RW
RW
(b2)
Nothing is assigned.
When write, should set to “0”. When read, its content is indeterminate.
(b3)
Reserved Bit
Must set to “0”
RW
XXX Bit
Function varies depending on each operation
mode
RW
XXX4
*3
XXX5
WO
XXX6
RW
XXX7
XXX Bit
*2
b1 b0
0: XXX
1: XXX
*4
RO
*1
Blank:Set to “0” or “1” according to the application
0: Set to “0”
1: Set to “1”
X: Nothing is assigned
*2
RW: Read and write
RO: Read only
WO: Write only
−: Nothing is assigned
*3
•Reserved bit
Reserved bit. Set to specified value.
*4
•Nothing is assigned
Nothing is assigned to the bit concerned. As the bit may be use for future functions,
set to “0” when writing to this bit.
•Do not set to this value
The operation is not guaranteed when a value is set.
•Function varies depending on mode of operation
Bit function varies depending on peripheral function mode.
Refer to respective register for each mode.
*5
Follow the text in each manual for binary and hexadecimal notations.
3.
M16C Family Documents
The following documents were prepared for the M16C family.(1)
Document
Short Sheet
Data Sheet
Hardware Manual
Contents
Hardware overview
Hardware overview and electrical characteristics
Hardware specifications (pin assignments, memory maps, peripheral
specifications, electrical characteristics, timing charts).
*Refer to the application note for how to use peripheral functions.
Software Manual
Detailed description of assembly instructions and microcomputer
performance of each instruction
Application Note
• Usage and application examples of peripheral functions
• Sample programs
• Introduction to the basic functions in the M16C family
• Programming method with Assembly and C languages
RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE Preliminary report about the specification of a product, a document,
etc.
NOTES:
1. Before using this material, please visit the our website to verify that this is the most updated
document available.
Table of Contents
SFR Page Reference
1.
2.
3.
B-1
Overview
1
1.1
Applications .................................................................................................1
1.2
Performance Overview................................................................................2
1.3
Block Diagram .............................................................................................4
1.4
Product Information .....................................................................................5
1.5
Pin Assignments..........................................................................................7
1.6
Pin Description ............................................................................................8
Central Processing Unit (CPU)
10
2.1
Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3).........................................................11
2.2
Address Registers (A0 and A1).................................................................11
2.3
Frame Base Register (FB) ........................................................................11
2.4
Interrupt Table Register (INTB) .................................................................11
2.5
Program Counter (PC) ..............................................................................11
2.6
User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP).....................11
2.7
Static Base Register (SB)..........................................................................11
2.8
Flag Register (FLG)...................................................................................11
2.8.1
Carry Flag (C).....................................................................................11
2.8.2
Debug Flag (D) ...................................................................................11
2.8.3
Zero Flag (Z).......................................................................................11
2.8.4
Sign Flag (S).......................................................................................11
2.8.5
Register Bank Select Flag (B) ............................................................11
2.8.6
Overflow Flag (O) ...............................................................................11
2.8.7
Interrupt Enable Flag (I)......................................................................12
2.8.8
Stack Pointer Select Flag (U) .............................................................12
2.8.9
Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) ..............................................12
2.8.10
Reserved Bit .......................................................................................12
Memory
13
3.1
R8C/16 Group ...........................................................................................13
3.2
R8C/17 Group ...........................................................................................14
A-1
4.
Special Function Register (SFR)
15
5.
Reset
19
5.1
6.
5.1.1
When the power supply is stable........................................................21
5.1.2
Power on ............................................................................................21
5.2
Power-On Reset Function .........................................................................23
5.3
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset ...........................................................................24
5.4
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset............................................................................24
5.5
Watchdog Timer Reset..............................................................................24
5.6
Software Reset..........................................................................................24
Voltage Detection Circuit
6.1
7.
Hardware Reset ........................................................................................21
25
Monitoring VCC Input Voltage...................................................................31
6.1.1
Monitoring Vdet1 ................................................................................31
6.1.2
Monitoring Vdet2 ................................................................................31
6.2
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset............................................................................32
6.3
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset .........................33
Processor Mode
7.1
35
Types of Processor Mode .........................................................................35
8.
Bus
37
9.
Clock Generation Circuit
38
9.1
Main Clock.................................................................................................45
9.2
On-Chip Oscillator Clock ...........................................................................46
9.2.1
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock .................................................46
9.2.2
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock ................................................46
9.3
CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock................................................47
9.3.1
System Clock......................................................................................47
9.3.2
CPU Clock ..........................................................................................47
9.3.3
Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32) ......................................47
9.3.4
fRING and fRING128..........................................................................47
9.3.5
fRING-fast...........................................................................................47
9.3.6
fRING-S ..............................................................................................47
9.4
Power Control............................................................................................48
A-2
9.4.1
Normal Operating Mode .....................................................................48
9.4.2
Wait Mode ..........................................................................................49
9.4.3
Stop Mode ..........................................................................................51
9.5
Oscillation Stop Detection Function ..........................................................53
9.5.1
How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function ................................53
10. Protection
55
11. Interrupt
56
11.1
Interrupt Overview .....................................................................................56
11.1.1
Types of Interrupts..............................................................................56
11.1.2
Software Interrupts .............................................................................57
11.1.3
Special Interrupts................................................................................58
11.1.4
Peripheral Function Interrupt ..............................................................58
11.1.5
Interrupts and Interrupt Vector............................................................59
11.1.6
Interrupt Control..................................................................................61
11.2
INT Interrupt ..............................................................................................69
11.2.1
INT0 Interrupt .....................................................................................69
11.2.2
INT0 Input Filter..................................................................................70
11.2.3
INT1 Interrupt .....................................................................................71
11.2.4
INT3 Interrupt .....................................................................................72
11.3
Key Input Interrupt.....................................................................................74
11.4
Address Match Interrupt ............................................................................76
12. Watchdog Timer
78
12.1
When Count Source Protection Mode Disabled........................................81
12.2
When Count Source Protection Mode Enabled.........................................82
13. Timers
13.1
83
Timer X......................................................................................................84
13.1.1
Timer Mode ........................................................................................87
13.1.2
Pulse Output Mode.............................................................................88
13.1.3
Event Counter Mode...........................................................................90
13.1.4
Pulse Width Measurement Mode .......................................................92
13.1.5
Pulse Period Measurement Mode ......................................................95
13.2
Timer Z ......................................................................................................98
13.2.1
Timer Mode ......................................................................................103
A-3
13.2.2
Programmable Waveform Generation Mode....................................105
13.2.3
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode.....................................108
13.2.4
Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode .............................111
13.3
Timer C....................................................................................................115
13.3.1
Input Capture Mode..........................................................................121
13.3.2
Output Compare Mode .....................................................................123
14. Serial Interface
14.1
125
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode .......................................................130
14.1.1
Polarity Select Function....................................................................133
14.1.2
LSB First/MSB First Select Function ................................................133
14.1.3
Continuous Receive Mode ...............................................................134
14.2
Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode ........................................135
14.2.1
CNTR0 Pin Select Function..............................................................138
14.2.2
Bit Rate.............................................................................................139
15. I2C bus Interface (IIC)
140
15.1
Transfer Clock .........................................................................................149
15.2
Interrupt Request.....................................................................................150
15.3
I2C bus Format ........................................................................................151
15.3.1
Master Transmit Operation...............................................................152
15.3.2
Master Receive Operation................................................................154
15.3.3
Slave Transmit Operation.................................................................157
15.3.4
Slave Receive Operation..................................................................160
15.4
Clock Synchronous Serial Format...........................................................162
15.4.1
Transmit Operation...........................................................................163
15.4.2
Receive Operation............................................................................164
15.5
Noise Rejection Circuit ............................................................................165
15.6
Bit Synchronous Circuit ...........................................................................166
15.7
Example of Register Setting....................................................................167
16. A/D Converter
171
16.1
One-Shot Mode .......................................................................................175
16.2
Repeat Mode...........................................................................................177
16.3
Sample and Hold.....................................................................................179
16.4
A/D Conversion Cycles ...........................................................................179
A-4
16.5
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input ..............................................180
16.6
Inflow Current Bypass Circuit ..................................................................181
17. Programmable I/O Ports
182
17.1
Functions of Programmable I/O Ports .....................................................182
17.2
Effect on Peripheral Functions ................................................................182
17.3
Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports................................................182
17.4
Port setting ..............................................................................................189
17.5
Unassigned Pin Handling ........................................................................193
18. Flash Memory Version
194
18.1
Overview .................................................................................................194
18.2
Memory Map ...........................................................................................196
18.3
Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting ..............................198
18.3.1
ID Code Check Function ..................................................................198
18.3.2
ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................199
18.4
CPU Rewrite Mode..................................................................................200
18.4.1
EW0 Mode........................................................................................201
18.4.2
EW1 Mode........................................................................................201
18.4.3
Software Commands ........................................................................208
18.4.4
Status Register .................................................................................212
18.4.5
Full Status Check .............................................................................213
18.5
Standard Serial I/O Mode........................................................................215
18.5.1
18.6
ID Code Check Function ..................................................................215
Parallel I/O Mode.....................................................................................219
18.6.1
ROM Code Protect Function ............................................................219
19. Electrical Characteristics
220
20. Precautions
236
20.1
Stop Mode and Wait Mode......................................................................236
20.1.1
Stop Mode ........................................................................................236
20.1.2
Wait Mode ........................................................................................236
20.2
Interrupts .................................................................................................237
20.2.1
Reading Address 00000h .................................................................237
20.2.2
SP Setting.........................................................................................237
20.2.3
External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt ........................................237
A-5
20.2.4
Watchdog Timer Interrupt.................................................................237
20.2.5
Changing Interrupt Factor.................................................................238
20.2.6
Changing Interrupt Control Register.................................................239
20.3
Clock Generation Circuit .........................................................................240
20.3.1
Oscillation Stop Detection Function..................................................240
20.3.2
Oscillation Circuit Constants.............................................................240
20.4
Timers .....................................................................................................241
20.4.1
Timers X and Z .................................................................................241
20.4.2
Timer X .............................................................................................241
20.4.3
Timer Z .............................................................................................242
20.4.4
Timer C.............................................................................................242
20.5
Serial Interface ........................................................................................243
20.6
I2C bus Interface (IIC) .............................................................................244
20.6.1
Access of Registers Associated with IIC ..........................................244
20.7
A/D Converter..........................................................................................245
20.8
Flash Memory Version ............................................................................246
20.8.1
20.9
CPU Rewrite Mode...........................................................................246
Noise .......................................................................................................249
20.9.1
Insert a bypass capacitor between VCC and VSS pins as the
countermeasures against noise and latch-up...................................249
20.9.2
Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers.....249
21. Precaution for On-Chip Debugger
250
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
251
Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator
252
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
253
Register Index
254
A-6
SFR Page Reference
Address
0000h
0001h
0002h
0003h
0004h
0005h
0006h
0007h
0008h
0009h
000Ah
000Bh
000Ch
000Dh
000Eh
000Fh
0010h
0011h
0012h
0013h
0014h
0015h
0016h
0017h
0018h
0019h
001Ah
001Bh
001Ch
001Dh
001Eh
001Fh
0020h
0021h
0022h
0023h
0024h
0025h
0026h
0027h
0028h
0029h
002Ah
002Bh
002Ch
002Dh
002Eh
002Fh
0030h
0031h
0032h
0033h
0034h
0035h
0036h
0037h
0038h
0039h
003Ah
003Bh
003Ch
003Dh
003Eh
003Fh
Register
Symbol
Page
Processor Mode Register 0
Processor Mode Register 1
System Clock Control Register 0
System Clock Control Register 1
PM0
PM1
CM0
CM1
35
36
40
41
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
Protect Register
AIER
PRCR
77
55
Oscillation Stop Detection Register
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
Watchdog Timer Start Register
Watchdog Timer Control Register
Address Match Interrupt Register 0
OCD
WDTR
WDTS
WDC
RMAD0
42
80
80
79
77
Address Match Interrupt Register 1
RMAD1
77
Address
0040h
0041h
0042h
0043h
0044h
0045h
0046h
0047h
0048h
0049h
004Ah
004Bh
004Ch
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0053h
0054h
0055h
0056h
0057h
0058h
0059h
Count Source Protection Mode Register
CSPR
80
005Ah
005Bh
005Ch
005Dh
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
INT0F
69
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 0
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 1
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control
Register 2
HRA0
43
HRA1
44
HRA2
44
VCA1
VCA2
28
28
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register VW1C
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register VW2C
29
30
Voltage Detection Register 1
Voltage Detection Register 2
005Eh
005Fh
0060h
0061h
0062h
0063h
0064h
0065h
0066h
0067h
0068h
0069h
006Ah
006Bh
006Ch
006Dh
006Eh
006Fh
0070h
0071h
0072h
0073h
0074h
0075h
0076h
0077h
0078h
0079h
007Ah
007Bh
007Ch
007Dh
007Eh
007Fh
NOTES:
1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is
allowed.
B-1
Register
Symbol
Page
Key Input Interrupt Control Register
A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register
IIC Interrupt Control Register
Compare 1 Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control
Register
UART0 Receive Interrupt Control
Register
KUPIC
ADIC
IIC2AIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
61
61
61
61
61
S0RIC
61
Timer X Interrupt Control Register
TXIC
61
Timer Z Interrupt Control Register
TZIC
INT1IC
61
61
INT3IC
61
TCIC
CMP0IC
INT0IC
61
61
62
INT1 Interrupt Control Register
INT3 Interrupt Control Register
Timer C Interrupt Control Register
Compare 0 Interrupt Control Register
INT0 Interrupt Ccontrol Register
Address
0080h
0081h
0082h
0083h
0084h
0085h
0086h
0087h
0088h
0089h
008Ah
008Bh
008Ch
008Dh
008Eh
008Fh
0090h
0091h
0092h
0093h
0094h
0095h
0096h
0097h
0098h
0099h
009Ah
009Bh
009Ch
009Dh
009Eh
009Fh
00A0h
00A1h
00A2h
00A3h
00A4h
00A5h
00A6h
00A7h
00A8h
00A9h
00AAh
00ABh
00ACh
00ADh
00AEh
00AFh
00B0h
00B1h
00B2h
00B3h
00B4h
00B5h
00B6h
00B7h
00B8h
00B9h
00BAh
00BBh
00BCh
00BDh
00BEh
00BFh
Register
Timer Z Mode Register
Symbol
TZMR
Page
99
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
Prescaler Z
Timer Z Secondary
Timer Z Primary
PUM
PREZ
TZSC
TZPR
101
100
100
100
Timer Z Output Control Register
Timer X Mode Register
Prescaler X
Timer X
Timer Count Source Set Register
TZOC
TXMR
PREX
TX
TCSS
101
85
86
86
86,102
Timer C
TC
117
External Input Enable Register
INTEN
69
Key Input Enable Register
KIEN
75
Timer C Control Register 0
Timer C Control Register 1
Capture, Compare 0 Register
TCC0
TCC1
TM0
118
119
117
Compare 1 Register
TM1
117
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register
UART0 Bit Rate Register
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register
U0MR
U0BRG
U0TB
128
127
127
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0
UART0 transmit/receive control register 1
UART0 Receive Buffer Register
U0C0
U0C1
U0RB
128
129
127
UART Transmit/Receive Control Register 2
UCON
129
IIC bus Control Register 1
IIC bus Control Register 2
IIC bus Mode Register
IIC bus Interrupt Enable Register
IIC bus Status Register
Slave Address Register
IIC bus Transmit Data Register
IIC bus Receive Data Register
ICCR1
ICCR2
ICMR
ICIER
ICSR
SAR
ICDRT
ICDRR
143
144
145
146
147
148
148
148
Address
00C0h
00C1h
00C2h
00C3h
00C4h
00C5h
00C6h
00C7h
00C8h
00C9h
00CAh
00CBh
00CCh
00CDh
00CEh
00CFh
00D0h
00D1h
00D2h
00D3h
00D4h
00D5h
00D6h
00D7h
00D8h
00D9h
00DAh
00DBh
00DCh
00DDh
00DEh
00DFh
00E0h
00E1h
00E2h
00E3h
00E4h
00E5h
00E6h
00E7h
00E8h
00E9h
00EAh
00EBh
00ECh
00EDh
00EEh
00EFh
00F0h
00F1h
00F2h
00F3h
00F4h
00F5h
00F6h
00F7h
00F8h
00F9h
00FAh
00FBh
00FCh
00FDh
00FEh
00FFh
NOTES:
1. Blank columns are all reserved space. No access is
allowed.
B-2
A/D Register
Register
Symbol
AD
Page
174
A/D Control Register 2
ADCON2
174
A/D Control Register 0
A/D Control Register 1
ADCON0
ADCON1
173
173
Port P1 Register
P1
187
Port P1 Direction Register
PD1
187
Port P3 Register
P3
187
Port P3 Direction Register
Port P4 Register
PD3
P4
187
187
Port P4 Direction Register
PD4
187
Pull-Up Control Register 0
Pull-Up Control Register 1
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
Timer C Output Control Register
PUR0
PUR1
DRR
TCOUT
188
188
188
120
Address
01B0h
01B1h
01B2h
01B3h
01B4h
01B5h
01B6h
01B7h
01B8h
01B9h
01BAh
01BBh
01BCh
01BDh
01BEh
01BFh
0FFFFh
Register
Symbol
Page
Flash Memory Control Register 4
FMR4
204
Flash Memory Control Register 1
FMR1
204
Flash Memory Control Register 0
FMR0
203
Optional Function Select Register
OFS
79,199
NOTES:
1. Blank columns, 0100h to 01AFh and 01C0h to 02FFh are
all reserved. No access is allowed.
B-3
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
1.
REJ09B0169-0210
Rev.2.10
Jan 19, 2006
Overview
This MCU is built using the high-performance silicon gate CMOS process using the R8C/Tiny Series CPU
core and is packaged in a 20-pin plastic molded LSSOP. This MCU operates using sophisticated
instructions featuring a high level of instruction efficiency. With 1 Mbyte of address space, it is capable of
executing instructions at high speed.
Furthermore, the data flash ROM (1KB × 2blocks) is embedded in the R8C/17 group.
The difference between the R8C/16 and R8C/17 groups is only the existence of the data flash ROM. Their
peripheral functions are the same.
1.1
Applications
Electric household appliance, office equipment, housing equipment (sensor, security), general industrial
equipment, audio, etc.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 1 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
1.2
1. Overview
Performance Overview
Table 1.1 lists the Performance Outline of the R8C/16 Group and Table 1.2 lists the Performance Outline
of the R8C/17 Group.
Table 1.1
Performance Outline of the R8C/16 Group
Item
Performance
CPU
Number of Basic Instructions 89 instructions
Minimum Instruction
50ns(f(XIN)=20MHz, VCC=3.0 to 5.5V)
Execution Time
100ns(f(XIN)=10MHz, VCC=2.7 to 5.5V)
Operating Mode
Single-chip
Address Space
1 Mbyte
Memory Capacity
See Table 1.3 R8C/16 Group Product Information
Peripheral
Port
I/O port : 13 pins (including LED drive port),
Function
Input : 2 pins
LED Drive Port
I/O port: 4 pins
Timer
Timer X: 8 bits × 1 channel, Timer Z: 8 bits × 1 channel
(Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler)
Timer C: 16 bits × 1 channel
(Circuits of input capture and output compare)
Serial Interface
1 channel
Clock synchronous serial I/O, UART
1 channel
I2C bus Interface (IIC)(1)
A/D Converter
10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 4 channels
Watchdog Timer
15 bits × 1 channel (with prescaler)
Reset start selectable, Count source protection mode
Interrupt
Internal: 9 factors, External: 4 factors, Software: 4
factors
Priority level: 7 levels
Clock Generation Circuit
2 circuits
Main clock oscillation circuit (Equipped with a built-in
feedback resistor)
On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed)
Equipped with frequency adjustment function on highspeed on-chip oscillator
Oscillation Stop Detection
Main clock oscillation stop detection function
Function
Voltage Detection Circuit
Included
Power-on Reset Circuit
Included
Electric
Supply Voltage
VCC=3.0 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=20MHz)
Characteristics
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=10MHz)
Power Consumption
Typ. 9mA (VCC=5.0V, f(XIN)=20MHz)
Typ. 5mA (VCC=3.0V, f(XIN)=10MHz)
Typ. 35µA (VCC=3.0V, wait mode, peripheral clock off)
Typ. 0.7µA (VCC=3.0V, stop mode)
Flash Memory Program/Erase Supply
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V
Voltage
Program/Erase Endurance
100 times
Operating Ambient Temperature
-20 to 85°C
-40 to 85°C (D Version)
Package
20-pin plastic mold LSSOP
NOTES:
1. I2C bus is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 2 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 1.2
1. Overview
Performance Outline of the R8C/17 Group
Item
Performance
CPU
Number of Basic Instructions 89 instructions
Minimum Instruction Execution 50ns(f(XIN)=20MHz, VCC=3.0 to 5.5V)
Time
100ns(f(XIN)=10MHz, VCC=2.7 to 5.5V)
Operating Mode
Single-chip
Address Space
1 Mbyte
Memory Capacity
See Table 1.4 R8C/17 Group Product Information
Peripheral
Port
I/O : 13 pins (including LED drive port),
Function
Input : 2 pin
LED drive port
I/O port: 4 pins
Timer
Timer X: 8 bits × 1 channel, Timer Z: 8 bits × 1 channel
(Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler)
Timer C: 16 bits × 1 channel
(Circuits of input capture and output compare)
Serial Interface
1 channel
Clock synchronous serial I/O, UART
1 channel
I2C bus Interface (IIC)(1)
A/D Converter
10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 4 channels
Watchdog Timer
15 bits × 1 channel (with prescaler)
Reset start selectable, Count source protection mode
Interrupt
Internal: 9 factors, External: 4 factors, Software: 4
factors
Priority level: 7 levels
Clock Generation Circuit
2 circuits
Main clock generation circuit (Equipped with a built-in
feedback resistor)
On-chip oscillator (high speed, low speed)
Equipped with frequency adjustment function on highspeed on-chip oscillator
Oscillation Stop Detection
Main clock oscillation stop detection function
Function
Voltage Detection Circuit
Included
Power-on Reset Circuit
Included
Electric
Supply Voltage
VCC=3.0 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=20MHz)
Characteristics
VCC=2.7 to 5.5V (f(XIN)=10MHz)
Power Consumption
Typ. 9mA (VCC = 5.0V, f(XIN) = 20MHz)
Typ. 5mA (VCC = 3.0V, f(XIN) = 10MHz)
Typ.35µA (VCC = 3.0V, wait mode, peripheral clock off)
Typ. 0.7µA (VCC = 3.0V, stop mode)
Flash Memory Program/Erase Supply Voltage VCC=2.7 to 5.5V
Program and Erase
10,000 times (Data flash)
1,000 times (Program ROM)
Endurance
Operating Ambient Temperature
-20 to 85°C
-40 to 85°C (D Version)
Package
20-pin plastic mold LSSOP
NOTES:
1. I2C bus is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 3 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
1.3
1. Overview
Block Diagram
Figure 1.1 shows a Block Diagram.
I/O port
8
4
Port P1
Port P3
1
2
Port P4
Peripheral Function
Timer
A/D Converter
(10 bits × 4 channels)
Timer X (8 bits)
Timer Z (8 bits)
Timer C (16 bits)
UART or
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O
(8 bits × 1 channel)
System Clock Generator
XIN-XOUT
High-Speed On-Chip
Oscillator
Low-Speed On-Chip
Oscillator
I2C bus Interface
Watchdog Timer
(15 bits)
R8C/Tiny Series CPU Core
R0H
R1H
R0L
R1L
R2
R3
SB
ROM(1)
USP
ISP
INTB
A0
A1
FB
Memory
RAM(2)
PC
FLG
Multiplier
NOTES:
1. ROM size depends on MCU type.
2. RAM size depends on MCU type.
Figure 1.1
Block Diagram
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 4 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
1.4
1. Overview
Product Information
Table 1.3 lists the Product Information of R8C/16 Group and Table 1.4 lists the Product Information of
R8C/17 Group.
Table 1.3
Product Information of R8C/16 Group
ROM
Capacity
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
12 Kbytes
16 Kbytes
Type No.
R5F21162SP
R5F21163SP
R5F21164SP
R5F21162DSP
R5F21163DSP
R5F21164DSP
Type No.
RAM
Capacity
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
As of Jan 2006
Package
Type
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
Remarks
Flash Memory Version
D Version
R 5 F 21 16 4 D SP
Package Type:
SP : PLSP0020JB-A
Grouping
D : Operation Ambient Temperature -40°C to 85°C
No Symbol : Operation Ambient Temperature -20°C to 85°C
ROM Capacity
2 : 8KB
3 : 12KB
4 : 16KB
R8C/16 Group
R8C/Tiny Series
Memory Type
F : Flash Memory Version
Renesas MCU
Renesas Semiconductors
Figure 1.2
Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/16 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 5 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 1.4
1. Overview
Product Information of R8C/17 Group
Type No.
R5F21172SP
R5F21173SP
R5F21174SP
R5F21172DSP
R5F21173DSP
R5F21174DSP
Type No.
ROM Capacity
Program ROM Data flash
8 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
12 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
16 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
8 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
12 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
16 Kbytes
1 Kbyte × 2
RAM
Capacity
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
512 bytes
768 bytes
1 Kbyte
As of Jan 2006
Package Type
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
PLSP0020JB-A
Remarks
Flash Memory Version
D Version
R 5 F 21 17 4 D SP
Package Type:
SP : PLSP0020JB-A
Grouping
D : Operation Ambient Temperature -40°C to 85°C
No Symbol : Operating Ambient Temperature -20°C to 85°C
ROM Capacity
2 : 8KB
3 : 12KB
4 : 16KB
R8C/17 Group
R8C/Tiny Series
Memory Type
F : Flash Memory Version
Renesas MCU
Renesas Semiconductors
Figure 1.3
Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/17 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 6 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
1.5
1. Overview
Pin Assignments
Figure 1.4 shows the PLSP0020JB-A Package Pin Assignment (top view).
PIN Assignment (top view)
1
20
P3_4/SDA/CMP1_1
P3_7/CNTR0
2
19
P3_3/TCIN/INT3/CMP1_0
RESET
3
18
P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0
XOUT/P4_7(1)
4
17
P1_1/KI1/AN9/CMP0_1
VSS/AVSS
5
16
AVCC/VREF
XIN/P4_6
6
15
P1_2/KI2/AN10/CMP0_2
VCC
7
14
P1_3/KI3/AN11/TZOUT
MODE
8
13
P1_4/TXD0
P4_5/INT0
9
12
P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
10
11
P1_6/CLK0
P1_7/CNTR00/INT10
R8C/16 Group
R8C/17 Group
P3_5/SCL/CMP1_2
NOTES:
1. P4_7 is a port for the input.
Package: PLSP0020JB-A(20P2F-A)
Figure 1.4
PLSP0020JB-A Package Pin Assignment (top view)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 7 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
1.6
1. Overview
Pin Description
Table 1.5 lists the Pin Description and Table 1.6 lists the Pin Name Information by Pin Number.
Table 1.5
Pin Description
Function
I/O Type
Description
I
Apply 2.7V to 5.5V to the VCC pin. Apply 0V to
the VSS pin
Analog Power Supply AVCC
Input
AVSS
I
Power supply input pins to A/D converter.
Connect AVCC to VCC. Apply 0V to AVSS.
Connect a capacitor between AVCC and AVSS.
Reset Input
RESET
I
Input “L” on this pin resets the MCU
MODE
MODE
I
Connect this pin to VCC via a resistor
Main Clock Input
XIN
I
Main Clock Output
XOUT
O
These pins are provided for the main clock
generation circuit I/O. Connect a ceramic
resonator or a crystal oscillator between the XIN
and XOUT pins. To use an externally derived
clock, input it to the XIN pin and leave the XOUT
pin open.
INT Interrupt
INT0, INT1, INT3
I
INT interrupt input pins
Key Input Interrupt
KI0 to KI3
I
Key input interrupt input pins
Timer X
CNTR0
I/O
Timer X I/O pin
CNTR0
O
Timer X output pin
Timer Z
TZOUT
O
Timer Z output pin
Timer C
TCIN
I
Timer C input pin
CMP0_0 to CMP0_2,
CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
O
Timer C output pins
CLK0
I/O
Transfer clock I/O pin
RXD0
I
Serial data input pin
TXD0
O
Serial data output pin
bus Interface
(IIC)
SCL
I/O
Clock I/O pin
SDA
I/O
Data I/O pin
Reference Voltage
Input
VREF
I
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter
Connect VREF to VCC
A/D Converter
AN8 to AN11
I
Analog input pins to A/D converter
I/O Port
P1_0 to P1_7, P3_3
to P3_5, P3_7, P4_5
Input Port
P4_6, P4_7
Power Supply Input
Serial Interface
I2C
I: Input
O: Output
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Pin Name
VCC
VSS
I/O
I/O: Input and output
Page 8 of 254
I
These are CMOS I/O ports. Each port contains
an I/O select direction register, allowing each
pin in that port to be directed for input or output
individually.
Any port set to input can select whether to use a
pull-up resistor or not by program.
P1_0 to P1_3 also function as LED drive ports.
Port for input-only
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 1.6
Pin
Number
Pin Name Information by Pin Number
Control
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1. Overview
Port
Interrupt
P3_5
P3_7
RESET
XOUT
VSS/AVSS
XIN
VCC
MODE
I/O Pin of Peripheral Functions
Serial
I2C bus
Timer
Interface
Interface
CMP1_2
SCL
A/D Converter
CNTR0
P4_7
P4_6
P4_5
INT0
10
P1_7
INT10
11
12
P1_6
P1_5
13
14
15
CNTR00
CLK0
RXD0
INT11
CNTR01
P1_4
P1_3
KI3
TZOUT
AN11
P1_2
KI2
CMP0_2
AN10
P1_1
KI1
CMP0_1
AN9
18
P1_0
KI0
CMP0_0
AN8
19
P3_3
INT3
TCIN/CMP1_0
20
P3_4
16
17
TXD0
AVCC/VREF
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 9 of 254
CMP1_1
SDA
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
2.
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Figure 2.1 shows the CPU Register. The CPU contains 13 registers. Of these, R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1 and
FB comprise a register bank. Two sets of register banks are provided.
b31
b15
R2
R3
b8b7
b0
R0H (high-order of R0)
R0L (low-order of R0)
R1H (high-order of R1)
R1L (low-order of R1)
Data Register (1)
R2
R3
A0
A1
FB
b19
b15
Address Register (1)
Frame Bass Register (1)
b0
Interrupt Table Register
INTBL
INTBH
The 4-high order bits of INTB are INTBH and
the 16-low bits of INTB are INTBL.
b19
b0
Program Counter
PC
b15
b0
USP
User Stack Pointer
ISP
Interrupt Stack Pointer
SB
Static Base Register
b15
b0
FLG
b15
b8
IPL
b7
Flag Register
b0
U I O B S Z D C
Carry Flag
Debug Flag
Zero Flag
Sign Flag
Register Bank Select Flag
Overflow Flag
Interrupt Enable Flag
Stack Pointer Select Flag
Reserved Bit
Processor Interrupt Priority Level
Reserved Bit
NOTES:
1. A register bank comprises these registers. Two sets of register banks are provided.
Figure 2.1
CPU Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 10 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
2.1
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3)
R0 is a 16-bit register for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to R1 to R3. The
R0 can be split into high-order bit (R0H) and low-order bit (R0L) to be used separately as 8-bit data
registers. The same applies to R1H and R1L as R0H and R0L. R2 can be combined with R0 to be used
as a 32-bit data register (R2R0). The same applies to R3R1 as R2R0.
2.2
Address Registers (A0 and A1)
A0 is a 16-bit register for address register indirect addressing and address register relative addressing.
They also are used for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to A1 as A0. A0 can
be combined with A0 to be used as a 32-bit address register (A1A0).
2.3
Frame Base Register (FB)
FB is a 16-bit register for FB relative addressing.
2.4
Interrupt Table Register (INTB)
INTB is a 20-bit register indicates the start address of an interrupt vector table.
2.5
Program Counter (PC)
PC, 20 bits wide, indicates the address of an instruction to be executed.
2.6
User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP)
The stack pointer (SP), USP and ISP, are 16 bits wide each. The U flag of FLG is used to switch
between USP and ISP.
2.7
Static Base Register (SB)
SB is a 16-bit register for SB relative addressing.
2.8
Flag Register (FLG)
FLG is a 11-bit register indicating the CPU state.
2.8.1
Carry Flag (C)
The C flag retains a carry, borrow, or shift-out bit that has occurred in the arithmetic logic unit.
2.8.2
Debug Flag (D)
The D flag is for debug only. Set to “0”.
2.8.3
Zero Flag (Z)
The Z flag is set to “1” when an arithmetic operation resulted in 0; otherwise, “0”.
2.8.4
Sign Flag (S)
The S flag is set to “1” when an arithmetic operation resulted in a negative value; otherwise, “0”.
2.8.5
Register Bank Select Flag (B)
The register bank 0 is selected when the B flag is “0”. The register bank 1 is selected when this flag
is set to “1”.
2.8.6
Overflow Flag (O)
The O flag is set to “1” when the operation resulted in an overflow; otherwise, “0”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 11 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
2.8.7
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Interrupt Enable Flag (I)
The I flag enables a maskable interrupt.
An interrupt is disabled when the I flag is set to “0”, and are enabled when the I flag is set to “1”. The
I flag is set to “0” when an interrupt request is acknowledged.
2.8.8
Stack Pointer Select Flag (U)
ISP is selected when the U flag is set to “0”, USP is selected when the U flag is set to “1”.
The U flag is set to “0” when a hardware interrupt request is acknowledged or the INT instruction of
software interrupt numbers 0 to 31 is executed.
2.8.9
Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL)
IPL, 3 bits wide, assigns processor interrupt priority levels from level 0 to level 7.
If a requested interrupt has greater priority than IPL, the interrupt is enabled.
2.8.10
Reserved Bit
When write to this bit, set to “0”. When read, its content is indeterminate.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 12 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
3.
3. Memory
Memory
3.1
R8C/16 Group
Figure 3.1 is a Memory Map of the R8C/16 group. The R8C/16 group provides 1-Mbyte address space
from addresses 00000h to FFFFFh.
The internal ROM is allocated lower addresses beginning with address 0FFFFh. For example, a 16Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 0C000h to 0FFFFh.
The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting
address of each interrupt routine.
The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 1Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 007FFh. The internal RAM is used not only for
storing data but for calling subroutines and stacks when interrupt request is acknowledged.
Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh. The peripheral function
control registers are allocated them. All addresses, which have nothing allocated within the SFR, are
reserved area and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(See 4. Special Function
Register (SFR))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh
0FFDCh
Undefined Instruction
Overflow
BRK Instruction
Address Match
Single Step
Watchdog Timer • Oscillation Stop Detection • Voltage Monitor 2
0YYYYh
Address Break
(Reserved)
Reset
Internal ROM
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
Expansion Area
FFFFFh
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Internal ROM
Part Number
Figure 3.1
Internal RAM
Size
0YYYYh
Size
0XXXXh
R5F21164SP, R5F21164DSP
16 Kbytes
0C000h
1 Kbyte
007FFh
R5F21163SP, R5F21163DSP
R5F21162SP, R5F21162DSP
12 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
0D000h
0E000h
768 bytes
512 bytes
006FFh
005FFh
Memory Map of R8C/16 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 13 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
3.2
3. Memory
R8C/17 Group
Figure 3.2 is a memory map of the R8C/17 group. The R8C/17 group provides 1-Mbyte address space
from addresses 00000h to FFFFFh.
The internal ROM (program ROM) is allocated lower addresses beginning with address 0FFFFh. For
example, a 16-Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses 0C000h to 0FFFFh.
The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. They store the starting
address of each interrupt routine.
The internal ROM (data flash) is allocated addresses 02400h to 02BFFh.
The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses beginning with address 00400h. For example, a 1Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 00400h to 007FFh. The internal RAM is used not only for
storing data but for calling subroutines and stacks when interrupt request is acknowledged.
Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 00000h to 002FFh. The peripheral function
control registers are allocated them. All addresses, which have nothing allocated within the SFR, are
reserved area and cannot be accessed by users.
00000h
SFR
(See 4. Special Function
Register (SFR))
002FFh
00400h
Internal RAM
0XXXXh
02400h
02BFFh
Internal ROM
(Data flash)(1)
0FFDCh
Undefined Instruction
Overflow
BRK Instruction
Address Match
Single Step
Watchdog Timer • Oscillation Stop Detection • Voltage Monitor 2
0YYYYh
Address Break
(Reserved)
Reset
Internal ROM
(Program ROM)
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
Expansion Area
FFFFFh
NOTES:
1. The data flash block A (1 Kbyte) and block B (1 Kbyte) are shown.
2. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Internal ROM
Part Number
Figure 3.2
Internal RAM
Size
0YYYYh
Size
0XXXXh
R5F21174SP, R5F21174DSP
16 Kbytes
0C000h
1 Kbyte
007FFh
R5F21173SP, R5F21173DSP
R5F21172SP, R5F21172DSP
12 Kbytes
8 Kbytes
0D000h
0E000h
768 bytes
512 bytes
006FFh
005FFh
Memory Map of R8C/17 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 14 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
4.
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR (Special Function Register) is the control register of peripheral functions. Tables 4.1 to 4.4 list the SFR
information.
Table 4.1
SFR Information(1)(1)
Address
0000h
0001h
0002h
0003h
0004h
0005h
0006h
0007h
0008h
0009h
000Ah
000Bh
000Ch
000Dh
000Eh
000Fh
0010h
0011h
0012h
0013h
0014h
0015h
0016h
0017h
0018h
0019h
001Ah
001Bh
001Ch
001Dh
001Eh
001Fh
0020h
0021h
0022h
0023h
Register
Symbol
After Reset
Processor Mode Register 0
Processor Mode Register 1
System Clock Control Register 0
System Clock Control Register 1
PM0
PM1
CM0
CM1
00h
00h
01101000b
00100000b
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
Protect Register
AIER
PRCR
00h
00h
Oscillation Stop Detection register
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
Watchdog Timer Start Register
Watchdog Timer Control Register
Address Match Interrupt Register 0
OCD
WDTR
WDTS
WDC
RMAD0
00000100b
XXh
XXh
00011111b
00h
00h
X0h
Address Match Interrupt Register 1
RMAD1
00h
00h
X0h
Count Source Protection Mode Register
CSPR
00h
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
INT0F
00h
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2
HRA0
HRA1
HRA2
00h
When shipping
00h
002Ah
002Bh
002Ch
002Dh
002Eh
002Fh
0030h
0031h
0032h
Voltage Detection Register 1(2)
Voltage Detection Register 2(2)
VCA1
VCA2
00001000b
0033h
0034h
0035h
0036h
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register (2)
VW1C
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register (5)
VW2C
0000X000b(3)
0100X001b(4)
00h
0037h
0038h
0039h
003Ah
003Bh
003Ch
003Dh
003Eh
003Fh
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
2. Software reset, the watchdog timer reset or the voltage monitor 2 reset does not affect this register.
3. Owing to Hardware reset.
4. Owing to Power-on reset or the voltage monitor 1 reset.
5. Software reset, the watchdog timer reset or the voltage monitor 2 reset does not affect the b2 and b3.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 15 of 254
00h(3)
01000000b(4)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 4.2
Address
0040h
0041h
0042h
0043h
0044h
0045h
0046h
0047h
0048h
0049h
004Ah
004Bh
004Ch
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0053h
0054h
0055h
0056h
0057h
0058h
0059h
005Ah
005Bh
005Ch
005Dh
005Eh
005Fh
0060h
0061h
0062h
0063h
0064h
0065h
0066h
0067h
0068h
0069h
006Ah
006Bh
006Ch
006Dh
006Eh
006Fh
0070h
0071h
0072h
0073h
0074h
0075h
0076h
0077h
0078h
0079h
007Ah
007Bh
007Ch
007Dh
007Eh
007Fh
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR Information(2)(1)
Register
Symbol
After reset
Key Input Interrupt Control Register
A/D Conversion Interrupt Control Register
IIC Interrupt Control Register
Compare 1 Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Transmit Interrupt Control Register
UART0 Receive Interrupt Control Register
KUPIC
ADIC
IIC2AIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
S0RIC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
Timer X Interrupt Control Register
TXIC
XXXXX000b
Timer Z Interrupt Control Register
TZIC
INT1IC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
INT3IC
XXXXX000b
TCIC
CMP0IC
INT0IC
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XX00X000b
INT1 Interrupt Control Register
INT3 Interrupt Control Register
Timer C Interrupt Control Register
Compare 0 Interrupt Control Register
INT0 Interrupt Control Register
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 16 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 4.3
Address
0080h
0081h
0082h
0083h
0084h
0085h
0086h
0087h
0088h
0089h
008Ah
008Bh
008Ch
008Dh
008Eh
008Fh
0090h
0091h
0092h
0093h
0094h
0095h
0096h
0097h
0098h
0099h
009Ah
009Bh
009Ch
009Dh
009Eh
009Fh
00A0h
00A1h
00A2h
00A3h
00A4h
00A5h
00A6h
00A7h
00A8h
00A9h
00AAh
00ABh
00ACh
00ADh
00AEh
00AFh
00B0h
00B1h
00B2h
00B3h
00B4h
00B5h
00B6h
00B7h
00B8h
00B9h
00BAh
00BBh
00BCh
00BDh
00BEh
00BFh
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR Information(3)(1)
Register
Symbol
After Reset
Timer Z Mode Register
TZMR
00h
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
Prescaler Z Register
Timer Z Secondary Register
Timer Z Primary Register
PUM
PREZ
TZSC
TZPR
00h
FFh
FFh
FFh
Timer Z Output Control Register
Timer X Mode Register
Prescaler X Register
Timer X Register
Timer Count Source Setting Register
TZOC
TXMR
PREX
TX
TCSS
00h
00h
FFh
FFh
00h
Timer C Register
TC
00h
00h
External Input Enable Register
INTEN
00h
Key Input Enable Register
KIEN
00h
Timer C Control Register 0
Timer C Control Register 1
Capture, Compare 0 Register
TCC0
TCC1
TM0
Compare 1 Register
TM1
UART0 Transmit/Receive Mode Register
UART0 Bit Rate Register
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register
U0MR
U0BRG
U0TB
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 0
UART0 Transmit/Receive Control Register 1
UART0 Receive Buffer Register
U0C0
U0C1
U0RB
00h
00h
00h
00h(2)
FFh
FFh
00h
XXh
XXh
XXh
00001000b
00000010b
XXh
XXh
UART Transmit/Receive Control Register 2
UCON
00h
IIC bus Control Register 1
IIC bus Control Register 2
IIC bus Mode Register
IIC bus Interrupt Enable Register
IIC bus Status Register
Slave Address Register
IIC bus Transmit Data Register
IIC bus Receive Data Register
ICCR1
ICCR2
ICMR
ICIER
ICSR
SAR
ICDRT
ICDRR
00h
7Dh
18h
00h
00h
00h
FFh
FFh
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
2. When output compare mode (the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register = 1) is selected, the value after reset is “FFFFh”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 17 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 4.4
Address
00C0h
00C1h
00C2h
00C3h
00C4h
00C5h
00C6h
00C7h
00C8h
00C9h
00CAh
00CBh
00CCh
00CDh
00CEh
00CFh
00D0h
00D1h
00D2h
00D3h
00D4h
00D5h
00D6h
00D7h
00D8h
00D9h
00DAh
00DBh
00DCh
00DDh
00DEh
00DFh
00E0h
00E1h
00E2h
00E3h
00E4h
00E5h
00E6h
00E7h
00E8h
00E9h
00EAh
00EBh
00ECh
00EDh
00EEh
00EFh
00F0h
00F1h
00F2h
00F3h
00F4h
00F5h
00F6h
00F7h
00F8h
00F9h
00FAh
00FBh
00FCh
00FDh
00FEh
00FFh
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR Information(4)(1)
Register
Symbol
After reset
A/D Register
AD
XXh
XXh
A/D Control Register 2
ADCON2
00h
A/D Control Register 0
A/D Control Register 1
ADCON0
ADCON1
00000XXXb
00h
Port P1 Register
P1
XXh
Port P1 Direction Register
PD1
00h
Port P3 Register
P3
XXh
Port P3 Direction Register
Port P4 Register
PD3
P4
00h
XXh
Port P4 Direction Register
PD4
00h
Pull-Up Control Register 0
Pull-Up Control Register 1
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
Timer C Output Control Register
PUR0
PUR1
DRR
TCOUT
00XX0000b
XXXXXX0Xb
00h
00h
01B3h
01B4h
01B5h
01B6h
01B7h
Flash Memory Control Register 4
FMR4
01000000b
Flash Memory Control Register 1
FMR1
1000000Xb
Flash Memory Control Register 0
FMR0
00000001b
0FFFFh
Optional Function Select Register
OFS
(2)
X: Undefined
NOTES:
1. Blank columns, 0100h to 01B2h and 01B8h to 02FFh are all reserved. No access is allowed.
2. The OFS register cannot be changed by program. Use a flash programmer to write to it.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 18 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5.
5. Reset
Reset
There are resets: hardware reset, power-on reset, voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 reset,
watchdog timer reset and software reset. Table 5.1 lists the Reset Name and Factor.
Table 5.1
Reset Name and Factor
Reset Name
Factor
Hardware Reset
Power-On Reset
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Watchdog Timer Reset
Software Reset
Input voltage of RESET pin is held “L”
VCC rises
VCC falls (monitor voltage : Vdet1)
VCC falls (monitor voltage : Vdet2)
Underflow of watchdog timer
Write “1” to PM03 bit in PM0 register
Hardware Reset
RESET
SFR
VCA26,
VW1C0 and
VW1C6 bits
Power-On
Reset Circuit
VCC
Voltage
Detection
Circuit
Watchdog
Timer
Power-On Reset
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
SFR
VCA13, VCA27,
VW1C1, VW1C2,
VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C7,
VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits
Watchdog Timer
Reset
Pin, CPU and
SFR other than
above
CPU
Software Reset
VCA13 : Bit in VCA1 register
VCA26, VCA27 : Bits in VCA2 register
VW1C0 to VW1C2, VW1F0, VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C register
VW2C2, VW2C3 bits : Bits in VW2C register
Figure 5.1
Block Diagram of Reset Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 19 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5. Reset
Table 5.2 shows the Pin Status after Reset, Figure 5.2 shows CPU Register Status after Reset and
Figure 5.3 shows Reset Sequence.
Table 5.2
Pin Status after Reset
Pin Name
P1
P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7
P4_5 to P4_7
Pin Status
Input Port
Input Port
Input Port
b15
b0
0000h
Data Register(R0)
0000h
Data Register(R1)
0000h
Data Register(R2)
0000h
0000h
0000h
0000h
Data Register(R3)
b19
Address Register(A0)
Address Register(A1)
Frame Base Register(FB)
b0
00000h
Content of addresses 0FFFEh to 0FFFCh
b15
Interrupt Table register(INTB)
Program Counter(PC)
b0
0000h
User Stack Pointer(USP)
0000h
Interrupt Stack Pointer(ISP)
0000h
Static Base Register(SB)
b15
b0
Flag Register(FLG)
0000h
b15
b8
IPL
Figure 5.2
b0
b7
U I O B S Z D C
CPU Register Status after Reset
fRING-S
20 cycles or above are needed(1)
Internal Reset
Signal
Flash memory activated time
(CPU Clock × 72 Cycles)
CPU Clock × 28 Cycles
CPU Clock
0FFFEh
0FFFCh
Address
(Internal Address
Signal)
0FFFDh
NOTES:
1. This shows hardware reset
Figure 5.3
Reset Sequence
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 20 of 254
Content of Reset Vector
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5.1
5. Reset
Hardware Reset
A reset is applied using the RESET pin. When an “L” signal is applied to the RESET pin while the power
supply voltage meets the recommended performance condition, the pins, CPU and SFR are reset (refer
to Table 5.2 Pin Status after Reset). When the input level applied to the RESET pin changes “L” to “H”,
the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the lowspeed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after reset.
The internal RAM is not reset. If the RESET pin is pulled “L” during writing to the internal RAM, the
internal RAM will be in indeterminate state.
Figure 5.4 shows the Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation and Figure 5.5 shows the
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Use Example of External Power Supply Voltage Detection Circuit)
and Operation.
5.1.1
When the power supply is stable
(1) Apply an “L” signal to the RESET pin.
(2) Wait for 500µs (1/fRING-S×20).
(3) Apply an “H” signal to the RESET pin.
5.1.2
Power on
(1) Apply an “L” signal to the RESET pin.
(2) Let the power supply voltage increase until it meets the recommended performance condition.
(3) Wait for td(P-R) or more until the internal power supply stabilizes (Refer to 19. Electrical
Characteristics).
(4) Wait for 500µs (1/fRING-S×20).
(5) Apply an “H” signal to the RESET pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 21 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5. Reset
VCC
2.7V
VCC
0V
RESET
RESET
0.2VCC or below
0V
td(P-R)+500µs or above
NOTES:
1. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.4
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit and Operation
Power Supply
Voltage Detection
Circuit
RESET
5V
VCC
2.7V
VCC
0V
5V
RESET
0V
td(P-R)+500µs or above
Example when
VCC=5V
NOTES:
1. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.5
Example of Hardware Reset Circuit (Use Example of External Power Supply Voltage
Detection Circuit) and Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 22 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5.2
5. Reset
Power-On Reset Function
When the RESET pin is connected to the VCC pin via about 5kΩ pull-up resistor and the VCC pin rises,
the function is enabled and the microcomputer resets its pins, CPU, and SFR. When a capacitor is
connected to the RESET pin, always keep the voltage to the RESET pin 0.8VCC or more.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or above, count operation of the lowspeed on-chip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
for 32 times, the internal reset signal is held “H” and the microcomputer enters the reset sequence (See
Figure 5.3). The low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU
after reset.Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after power-on reset.
The voltage monitor 1 reset is enabled after power-on reset.
Figure 5.6 shows the Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation.
VCC
0.1V to 2.7V
0V
VCC
About
5kΩ
RESET
0.8VCC or above
RESET
0V
within td(P-R)
Vdet1(3)
Vdet1(3)
Vccmin
Vpor2
Vpor1
tw(por1)
tw(Vpor1–Vdet1)
Sampling Time(1, 2)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2–Vdet1)
Internal Reset
Signal
(“L” Valid)
1
× 32
fRING-S
1
× 32
fRING-S
NOTES:
1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time.
2. A sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
4. Refer to 19. Electrical Characteristics.
Figure 5.6
Example of Power-On Reset Circuit and Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 23 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
5.3
5. Reset
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
A reset is applied using the built-in voltage detection 1 circuit. The voltage detection 1 circuit monitors
the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet1.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or below, the pins, CPU and SFR are
reset.
And when the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or above, count operation of the
low-speed on-chip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator
clock for 32 times, the internal reset signal is held “H” and the microcomputer enters the reset sequence
(See Figure 5.3). The low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the
CPU after reset.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the status of the SFR after voltage monitor 1 reset.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet1 level or
below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state.
Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 1 reset.
5.4
Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
A reset is applied using the built-in voltage detection 2 circuit. The voltage detection 2 circuit monitors
the input voltage to the VCC pin. The voltage to monitor is Vdet2.
When the input voltage to the VCC pin drops to the Vdet2 level or below, the pins, CPU and SFR are
reset and the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset,
the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
The voltage monitor 2 does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for
details.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the input voltage to the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet2 level or
below during writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM is in indeterminate state.
Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details of voltage monitor 2 reset.
5.5
Watchdog Timer Reset
When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “1” (reset when watchdog timer underflows), the
microcomputer resets its pins, CPU and SFR if the watchdog timer underflows. Then the program is
executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip
oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU clock.
After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the CPU
clock.
The watchdog timer reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for
details.
The internal RAM is not reset. When the watchdog timer underflows, the internal RAM is in
indeterminate state.
Refer to 12. Watchdog Timer for watchdog timer.
5.6
Software Reset
When the PM03 bit in the PM0 register is set to “1” (microcomputer reset), the microcomputer resets its
pins, CPU and SFR. The the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset
vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divide-by-8 is automatically selected for the
CPU clock.
The software reset does not reset some SFRs. Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for details.
The internal RAM is not reset.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 24 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6.
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Detection Circuit
The voltage detection circuit is a circuit to monitor the input voltage to the VCC pin. This circuit monitors the
VCC input voltage by the program. And the voltage monitor 1 reset, voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage
monitor 2 reset can be used.
Table 6.1 lists the Specification of Voltage Detection Circuit and Figures 6.1 to 6.3 show the Block
Diagrams. Figures 6.4 to 6.6 show the Associated Registers.
Table 6.1
Specification of Voltage Detection Circuit
VCC Monitor
Item
Voltage to Monitor
Detection Target
Monitor
Process When Voltage Is Reset
Detected
Interrupt
Digital Filter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Switch
Enabled / Disabled
Sampling Time
Page 25 of 254
Voltage Detection 1
Vdet1
Whether passing
through Vdet1 by rising
or falling
None
Voltage Detection 2
Vdet2
Whether passing
through Vdet2 by rising
or falling
VCA13 bit in VCA1
register
Whether VCC is higher
or lower than Vdet2
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Reset at Vdet1 > VCC ; Reset at Vdet2 > VCC
Restart CPU operation at Restart CPU operation
VCC > Vdet1
after a specified time
None
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
Interrupt request at
Vdet2 > VCC and VCC >
Vdet2 when digital filter
is enabled ;
Interrupt request at
Vdet2 > VCC or VCC >
Vdet2 when digital filter
is disabled
Available
Available
(Divide-by-n of fRING-S) (Divide-by-n of fRING-S)
x4
x4
n : 1, 2, 4 and 8
n : 1, 2, 4 and 8
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCA27
VCC
+
Internal
Reference
Voltage
-
Voltage Detection 2
Signal
Noise Filter
≥ Vdet2
VCA1 Register
b3
VCA26
VCA13 Bit
Voltage Detection 1
Signal
+
-
Figure 6.1
≥ Vdet1
Block Diagram of Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Generation Circuit
VW1F1 to VW1F0
=00b
=01b
Voltage Detection 1 Circuit
=10b
fRING-S
1/2
1/2
1/2
=11b
VCA26
VCC
+
Internal
Reference
Voltage
Digital
Filter
Voltage
Detection 1
Signal
Voltage detection 1
signal is held “H” when
VCA26 bit is set to “0”
(disabled)
Voltage
Monitor 1
Reset
Signal
VW1C1
VW1C0
VW1C6
VW1C7
VW1C0 to VW1C1, VW1F0 to VW1F1, VW1C6, VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C register
VCA26: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.2
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 26 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt / Reset Generation Circuit
VW2F1 to VW2F0
=00b
=01b
Voltage Detection 2 Circuit
=10b
fRING-S
1/2
1/2
1/2
VW2C2 bit is set to “0” (not detected)
by writing “0” by program.
When VCA27 bit is set to “0” (voltage
detection 2 circuit disabled), VW2C2
bit is set to “0”
=11b
VCA27
Watchdog
Timer Interrupt
Signal
VCA13
VCC
+
Noise Filter
Internal
Reference
voltage
(Filter Width: 200ns)
Digital
Filter
Voltage
Detection
2 signal
VW2C2
Voltage detection 2 signal
is held “H” when VCA27 bit
is set to “0” (disabled)
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Signal
Non-Maskable
Interrupt Signal
VW2C1
Oscillation Stop
Detection
Interrupt Signal
Watchdog Timer Block
VW2C3
Watchdog Timer
Underflow Signal
VW2C7
This bit is set to “0” (not detected) by writing
“0” by program.
VW2C0
VW2C6
VW2C0 to VW2C3, VW2F2, VW2F1, VW2C6, VW2C7: Bits in VW2C register
VCA13: Bit in VCA1 register
VCA27: Bit in VCA2 register
Figure 6.3
Block Diagram of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt / Reset Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 27 of 254
Voltage
Monitor 2
Reset
Signal
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Detection Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0031h
VCA1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b2-b0)
VCA13
—
(b7-b4)
After Reset(2)
00001000b
Function
Set to “0”
RW
RW
Voltage Detection 2 Signal Monitor
Flag(1)
0 : VCC < Vdet2
1 : VCC ≥ Vdet2 or voltage detection 2
circuit disabled
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RO
RW
NOTES :
1. The VCA13 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled).
The VCA13 bit is set to “1” (VCC ≥ Vdet 2) w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “0” (voltage detection 2
circuit disabled).
2. The softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect this register.
Voltage Detection Register 2(1)
After Reset(4)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
VCA2
Address
0032h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b5-b0)
VCA26
VCA27
Hardw are Reset : 00h
Pow er-On Reset, Voltage Monitor 1Reset
: 01000000b
Function
Set to “0”
RW
RW
Voltage Detection 1 Enable Bit(2)
0 : Voltage detection 1 circuit disabled
1 : Voltage detection 1 circuit enabled
RW
Voltage Detection 2 Enable Bit(3)
0 : Voltage detection 2 circuit disabled
1 : Voltage detection 2 circuit enabled
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before w riting to this register.
2. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset, set the VCA26 bit to “1”.
After the VCA26 bit is set from “0” to “1”, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation.
3. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt / reset or the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register, set the VCA27 bit to “1”.
After the VCA27 bit is from “0” to “1”, the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation.
4. The softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset do not affect this register.
Figure 6.4
VCA1 and VCA2 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 28 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
VW1C
Address
0036h
After Reset(2)
Hardw are Reset : 0000X000b
Pow er-On Reset, Voltage Monitor 1 Reset :
0100X001b
Bit Symbol
VW1C0
VW1C1
VW1C2
—
(b3)
Bit Name
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Enable
Bit(3)
Function
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
Voltage Monitor 1 Digital Filter
Disable Mode Select Bit
0 : Digital filter enabled mode
(digital filter circuit enabled)
1 : Digital filter disabled mode
(digital filter circuit disabled)
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”.
Reserved Bit
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Sampling Clock Select Bit
b5 b4
VW1F0
0 0 : fRING-S divide-by-1
0 1 : fRING-S divide-by-2
1 0 : fRING-S divide-by-4
1 1 : fRING-S divide-by-8
VW1F1
RW
RO
RW
RW
VW1C6
Voltage Monitor 1 Circuit Mode
Select Bit
When the VW1C0 bit is set to “1” (enables
voltage monitor 1 reset), set to “1”.
RW
VW1C7
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Generation Condition Select Bit
When the VW1C1 bit is set to “1” (digital filter
disabled mode), set to “1”.
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before w riting to this register.
When rew riting the VW1C register, the VW1C2 bit may be set to “1”. Set the VW1C2 bit to “0” after rew riting the
VW1C register.
2. The value after reset remains unchanged in softw are reset, w atchdogi timer reset and voltage monitor 2 reset.
3. The VW1C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 1 circuit
enabled). Set the VW1C0 bit to “0” (disable), w hen the VCA26 bit is set to “0” (voltage detection 1 circuit disabled).
Figure 6.5
VW1C Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 29 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Control Register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
VW2C
Bit Symbol
VW2C0
VW2C1
VW2C2
Address
0037h
Bit Name
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt /
Reset Enable Bit(6, 10)
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
Voltage Monitor 2 Digital Filter
Disabled Mode Select Bit(2)
0 : Digital filter enabled mode
(digital filter circuit enabled)
1 : Digital filter disabled mode
(digital filter circuit disabled)
RW
Voltage Change Detection
Flag(3,4,8)
0 : Not detected
1 : Vdet2 pass detected
RW
WDT Detection Flag
0 : Not detected
1 : Detected
RW
Sampling Clock Select Bit
b5 b4
(4,8)
VW2C3
After Reset(8)
00h
Function
VW2F0
0 0 : fRING-S divide-by-1
0 1 : fRING-S divide-by-2
1 0 : fRING-S divide-by-4
1 1 : fRING-S divide-by-8
VW2F1
VW2C6
Voltage Monitor 2 Circuit Mode
Select Bit(5)
0 : Voltage monitor 2 interrupt mode
1 : Voltage monitor 2 reset mode
VW2C7
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt /
Reset Generation Condition
Select Bit(7,9)
0 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or above
1 : When VCC reaches Vdet2 or below
RW
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (rew rite enable) before w riting to this register.
When rew riting the VW2C register, the VW2C2 bit may be set to “1”. Set the VW2C2 bit to “0” after rew riting the
VW2C register.
2. When the voltage monitor 2 interrupt is used to exit stop mode and to return again, w rite “0” to the VW2C1
bit before w riting “1”.
3. This bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit
enabled).
4. Set this bit to “0” by a program. When w riting “0” by a program, it is set to “0” (It remains unchanged even if it is set
to “1”).
5. This bit is enabled w hen the VW2C0 bit is set to “1” (voltage monitor 2 interrupt / enables reset).
6. The VW2C0 bit is enabled w hen the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register is set to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit
enabled). Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disable) w hen the VCA27 bit is set to “0” (voltage detection 2 circuit disabled).
7. The VW2C7 bit is enabled w hen the VW2C1 bit is set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode).
8. The VW2C2 and VW2C3 bits remain unchanged in the softw are reset, w atchdog timer reset and voltage monitor 2
reset.
9. When the VW2C6 bit is set to “1” (voltage monitor 2 reset mode), set the VW2C7 bit to “1” (w hen VCC
reaches to Vdet2 or below )(do not set to “0”).
10. Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disabled) under the conditions of the VCA13 bit in the VCA1 register set to “1” (VCC ≥
Vdet2 or voltage detection 2 circuit disabled), the VW2C1 bit set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode) and the VW2C7
bit set to “0” (w hen VCC reaches Vdet2 or above).
Set the VW2C0 bit to “0” (disabled) under the conditions of the VCA13 bit set to “0” (VCC < Vdet2), the VW2C1 bit
set to “1” (digital filter disabled mode) and the VW2C7 bit set to “1” (w hen VCC reaches Vdet2 or below ).
Figure 6.6
VW2C Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 30 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6.1
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Monitoring VCC Input Voltage
6.1.1
Monitoring Vdet1
Vdet1 cannot be monitored.
6.1.2
Monitoring Vdet2
Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled). After td(E-A) (refer
to 19. Electrical Characteristics) elapse, Vdet2 can be monitored by the VCA13 bit in the VCA1
register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 31 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6.2
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Table 6.2 lists the Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit and Figure 6.7 shows
the Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset. When using the voltage monitor 1 reset to exit stop
mode, set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (digital filter disabled).
Table 6.2
Procedure
1
2
3(1)
4(1)
5(1)
6
7
8
9
Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit
When Using Digital Filter
When Not Using Digital Filter
Set the VCA26 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled)
Wait for td(E-A)
Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Set the VW1C7 bit in the VW1C register to
by the VW1F0 to VW1F1 bits in the VW1C “1”
register
Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to Set the VW1C1 bit in the VW1C register to
“0” (digital filter enabled).
“1” (digital filter disabled)
Set the VW1C6 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (voltage monitor 1 reset mode)
Set the VW1C2 bit in the VW1C register to “0”
Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0” −
(low-speed on-chip oscillator on)
Wait for the sampling clock of the digital
− (no wait time)
filter x 4 cycles
Set the VW1C0 bit in the VW1C register to “1” (enables voltage monitor 1 reset)
NOTES:
1. When the VW1C0 bit is set to “0” (disabled), procedures 3, 4 and 5 can be executed simultaneously
(with 1 instruction).
VCC
Vdet1
(Typ. 2.85V)
Sampling Clock of
Digital Filter x 4 Cycles
When the VW1C1 bit is set
to “0” (digital filter enabled)
1
x 32
fRING-S
Internal Reset Signal
1
x 32
fRING-S
When the VW1C1 bit is set
to “1” (digital filter disabled)
and the VW1C7 bit is set
to “1”
Internal Reset Signal
VW1C1 and VW1C7 : Bits in VW1C Register
The above applies to the following conditions.
• VCA26 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 1 circuit enabled)
• VW1C0 bit in VW1C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 1 reset )
• VW1C6 bit in VW1C register = 1 (voltage monitor 1 reset mode)
When the internal reset signal is held “L”, the pins, CPU and SFR are reset.
The internal reset signal is changed from “L” to “H”, the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the
reset vector.
Refer to 4. Special Function Register (SFR) for the SFR status after reset.
Figure 6.7
Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 32 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
6.3
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Table 6.3 lists the Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Associated Bit. Figure 6.8 shows the Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage
Monitor 2 Reset. When using the voltage monitor 2 interrupt or voltage monitor 2 reset to exit stop
mode, set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to “1” (digital filter disabled).
Table 6.3
Procedure
1
2
3(2)
4(2)
5(2)
6
7
8
9
Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Associated Bit
When Using Digital Filter
When Not Using Digital Filter
Voltage Monitor 2
Voltage Monitor 2
Voltage Monitor 2
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
Reset
Interrupt
Reset
Set the VCA27 bit in the VCA2 register to “1” (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled)
Wait for td(E-A)
Select the sampling clock of the digital filter Select the timing of the interrupt and reset
by the VW2F0 to VW2F1 bits in the VW2C
request by the VW2C7 bit in the VW2C
register
register(1)
Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to Set the VW2C1 bit in the VW2C register to
“0” (digital filter enabled)
“1” (digital filter disabled)
Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in Set the VW2C6 bit in
the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to the VW2C register to
“0” (voltage monitor 2 “1” (voltage monitor 2 “0” (voltage monitor 2 “1” (voltage monitor 2
reset mode)
interrupt mode)
reset mode)
interrupt mode)
Set the VW2C2 bit in the VW2C register to “0” (passing of Vdet2 is not detected)
−
Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0”
(low-speed on-chip oscillator on)
Wait for the sampling clock of the digital filter − (no wait time)
x 4 cycles
Set the VW2C0 bit in the VW2C register to “1” (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt / reset)
NOTES:
1. Set the VW2C7 bit to “1” (when VCC reaches Vdet2 or below) for the voltage monitor 2 reset.
2. When the VW2C0 bit is set to “0” (disabled), procedures 3, 4 and 5 can be executed simultaneously
(with 1 instruction).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 33 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Vdet2
(Typ. 3.30V)
6. Voltage Detection Circuit
VCC
2.7V(1)
“1”
VCA13 Bit
“0”
Sampling Clock of Digital Filter
x 4 Cycles
Sampling Clock of Digital Filter
x 4 Cycles
“1”
VW2C2 Bit
“0”
Set to “0” by a program
When the VW2C1 bit is set
to “0” (digital filter enabled)
Set to “0” by interrupt request
acknowledgement
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Internal Reset Signal
(VW2C6=1)
Set to “0” by a program
“1”
When the VW2C1 bit is
set to “1” (digital filter
disabled) and the
VW2C7 bit is set to “0”
(Vdet2 or above)
VW2C2 Bit
“0”
Set to “0” by interrupt
request
acknowledgement
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Set to “0” by a program
“1”
VW2C2 Bit
“0”
When the VW2C1 bit is
set to “1” (digital filter
disabled) and the
VW2C7 bit is set to “1”
(Vdet2 or below)
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt Request
(VW2C6=0)
Set to “0” by interrupt
request acknowledgement
Internal Reset Signal
(VW2C6=1)
VCA13 : Bit in VCA1 Register
VW2C1, VW2C2, VW2C6, VW2C7 : Bit in VW2C Register
The above applies to the following conditions.
• VCA27 bit in VCA2 register = 1 (voltage detection 2 circuit enabled)
• VW2C0 bit in VW2C register = 1 (enables voltage monitor 2 interrupt and voltage monitor 2 reset)
NOTES:
1. When the voltage monitor 1 reset is not used, set the power supply to VCC ≥ 2.7.
Figure 6.8
Operating Example of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage Monitor 2 Reset
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 34 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
7.
7. Processor Mode
Processor Mode
7.1
Types of Processor Mode
Single-chip mode can be selected as processor mode. Table 7.1 lists Features of Processor Mode.
Figure 7.1 shows the PM0 Register and Figure 7.2 shows the PM1 Register.
Table 7.1
Features of Processor Mode
Processor Mode
Single-Chip Mode
Pins to which I/O ports are
assigned
SFR, Internal RAM, Internal ROM All pins are I/O ports or peripheral
function I/O pins
Access Area
Processor Mode Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
PM0
Address
0004h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b2-b0)
Softw are Reset Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
RW
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to the PM0 register.
Figure 7.1
PM0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
The microcomputer is reset w hen this bit
is set to “1”. When read, its content is “0”.
PM03
—
(b7-b4)
RW
Page 35 of 254
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
7. Processor Mode
Processor Mode Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol
PM1
Address
0005h
After Reset
00h
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
(b0)
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
(b1)
PM12
—
(b6-b3)
—
(b7)
Function
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
WDT Interrupt/Reset Sw itch Bit
0 : Watchdog Timer Interrupt
1 : Watchdog Timer Reset(2)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. The PM12 bit is set to “1” by a program (It remains unchanged even if it is set to “0”).
When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to “1” (selects count source protect mode), the PM12 bit is
automatically set to “1”.
Figure 7.2
PM1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 36 of 254
RW
—
RW
RW
—
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
8.
8. Bus
Bus
During access, the ROM/RAM and SFR vary from bus cycles. Table 8.1 lists Bus Cycles for Access Area of
the R8C/16 Group and Table 8.2 lists Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/17 Group.
The ROM/RAM and SFR are connected to the CPU through an 8-bit bus. When accessing in word-(16 bits)
unit, these area are accessed twice in 8-bit unit. Table 8.3 lists Access Unit and Bus Operation.
Table 8.1
Bus Cycles for Access Area of the R8C/16 Group
Access Area
SFR
ROM/RAM
Table 8.2
Bus Cycle
2 cycles of CPU clock
1 cycle of CPU clock
Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/17 Group
Access Area
SFR/Data flash
Program ROM/RAM
Table 8.3
Bus Cycle
2 cycles of CPU clock
1 cycle of CPU clock
Access Unit and Bus Operation
SFR, Data flash
Area
Even Address
Byte Access
CPU Clock
CPU Clock
Even
Address
Data
Odd Address
Byte Access
CPU Clock
Odd
Data
Even
Data
Even+1
Data
CPU Clock
Data
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Data
Odd
Data
Data
CPU Clock
Data
Address
Data
Address
CPU Clock
Address
Even
CPU Clock
Data
Odd Address
Word Access
Address
Data
Address
Even Address
Word Access
ROM (Program ROM), RAM
Address
Data
Even
Data
Even+1
Data
CPU Clock
Odd
Odd+1
Data
Page 37 of 254
Data
Address
Data
Odd+1
Odd
Data
Data
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Clock Generation Circuit
The MCU has two on-chip clock generation circuits:
• Main clock oscillation circuit
• On-chip oscillator (oscillation stop detection function)
Table 9.1 lists a Clock Generation Circuit Specification. Figure 9.1 shows a Clock Generation Circuit.
Figures 9.2 to 9.5 show clock-associated registers.
Table 9.1
Item
Use of Clock
Clock Generation Circuit Specification
Main Clock
Oscillation Circuit
• CPU clock source
• Peripheral
function clock
source
Clock Frequency 0 to 20MHz
Connectable
• Ceramic
resonator
Oscillator
• Crystal oscillator
Oscillator
XIN, XOUT(1)
Connect Pins
Oscillation Stop, Usable
Restart Function
Oscillator Status Stop
After Reset
Others
Externally
generated clock
can be input
On-Chip Oscillator
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
• CPU clock source
• CPU clock source
• Peripheral function clock
• Peripheral function clock
source
source
• CPU and peripheral function
• CPU and peripheral function
clock sources when main
clock sources when main
clock stops oscillating
clock stops oscillating
Approx. 8MHz
Approx. 125kHz
−
−
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
Usable
Usable
Stop
Oscillate
−
−
NOTES:
1. This pin can be used as P4_6 and P4_7 when using the on-chip oscillator clock for a CPU clock
while the main clock oscillation circuit is not used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 38 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
HRA2 Register
HRA1 Register
On-Chip Oscillator Clock
Frequency Adjustable
High-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
HRA00
fRING-fast
Watchdog
Timer
fRING
HRA01=1
1/128
HRA01=0
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
CM14
Timer C
f4
d
f8
e
R
Main Clock
OCD2=1
g
CM13
XIN
A/D
Converter
f2
c
Oscillation
Stop
Detection
S Q
WAIT
Instruction
Timer Z
f1
b
Power-on reset
Software reset
Interrupt request
Timer X
Voltage
Detection
Circuit
R
RESET
INT0
Power-On
Reset Circuit
fRING-S
S Q
CM10=1(Stop Mode)
IIC
fRING128
a
Divider
f32
h
CPU Clock
OCD2=0
XOUT
CM13
System Clock
CM05
CM02
1/2
a
1/2
g
e
d
c
b
1/2
1/2
1/2
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=11b
CM06=1
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=10b
CM02, CM05, CM06: Bits in CM0 register
CM10, CM13, CM14, CM16, CM17: Bits in CM1 register
OCD0, OCD1, OCD2: Bits in OCD register
HRA00, HRA01: Bits in HRA0 register
h
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=01b
CM06=0
CM17 to CM16=00b
Details of Divider
Oscillation Stop Detection Circuit
Forcible discharge when OCD0(1)=0
Main Clock
Figure 9.1
Pulse generation
circuit for clock
edge detection and
charge, discharge
control circuit
Charge,
Discharge
Circuit
Oscillation Stop Detection
Interrupt Generation
Circuit Detected
OCD1(1)
Watchdog
Timer Interrupt
Voltage
Monitor 2
Interrupt
OCD2 Bit Switch Signal
NOTES :
1. Set the same value to the OCD1 and OCD0 bits.
CM14 Bit Switch Signal
Clock Generation Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 39 of 254
Oscillation Stop
Detection,
Watchdog Timer,
Voltage Monitor 2
Interrupt
UART0
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0 1
0 0
Symbol
CM0
Bit Symbol
—
Reserved Bit
(b1-b0)
CM02
Address
0006h
Bit Name
After Reset
68h
Function
Set to “0”
WAIT Peripheral Function Clock Stop Bit 0 : Peripheral function clock does not
stop in w ait mode
1 : Peripheral function clock stops in
w ait mode
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
—
(b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Main Clock (XIN-XOUT)
Stop Bit(2,4)
0 : Main clock oscillates
1 : Main clock stops (3)
RW
System Clock Division Select Bit 0(5)
0 : Enables CM16, CM17
1 : Divide-by-8 mode
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
CM06
—
(b7)
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (enables w riting) before rew riting to this register.
2. The CM05 bit is to stop the main clock w hen the on-chip oscillator mode is selected.
Do not use this bit for w hether the main clock is stopped. To stop the main clock, set the bits in the follow ing
orders:
(a) Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
(b) Set the OCD2 bit to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock).
3. Set the CM05 bit to “1” (main clock stops) and the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to “1” (XIN-XOUT pin) w hen the
external clock is input.
4. When the CM05 bit is set to “1” (stops main clock), P4_6 and P4_7 can be used as input ports.
5. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to “1” (divide-by-8 mode).
CM0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
—
(b3)
CM05
Figure 9.2
RW
Page 40 of 254
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
System Clock Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
CM1
Bit Symbol
Address
0007h
Bit Name
All Clock Stop Control Bit(4,7,8)
After Reset
20h
Function
0 : Clock oscillates
1 : All Clocks stop (stop mode)
—
(b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
—
(b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Port XIN-XOUT Sw itch Bit(7)
0 : Input port P4_6, P4_7
1 : XIN-XOUT Pin
CM10
CM13
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
CM14
Low -speed On-Chip Oscillation Stop 0 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator on
Bit(5,6,8)
1 : Low -speed on-chip oscillator off
RW
CM15
XIN-XOUT Drive Capacity Select Bit(2) 0 : LOW
1 : HIGH
RW
System Clock Division Select Bit 1(3)
CM16
CM17
b7 b6
0 0 : No division mode
0 1 : Divide-by-2 mode
1 0 : Divide-by-4 mode
1 1 : Divide-by-16 mode
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (enables w riting) before rew riting to this register.
2. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, this bit is set to “1” (drive capacity HIGH).
3. When the CM06 bit is set to “0” (CM16, CM17 bits enabled), this bit is enabled.
4. When the CM10 bit is set to “1” (stop mode), the internal feedback resistor is disabled.
5. When the OCD2 bit is set to “0” (selects main clock), the CM14 bit is set to “1” (stops low -speed
on-chip oscillator). When the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock), the CM14 bit is set to “0”
(low -speed on-chip oscillator on). It remains unchanged even if it is set to “1”.
6. When using the voltage detection interrupt, CM14 bit is set to “0” (low -speed on-chip oscillator on).
7. When the CM10 bit is set to “1” (stop mode) or the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to “1” (main clock stops) and the
CM13 bit is set to “1” (XIN-XOUT pin), the XOUT (P4_7) pin becomes “H”.
When the CM13 bit is set to “0” (input ports, P4_6, P4_7), the P4_7 (XOUT) enters input mode.
8. In count source protect mode (Refer to 12.2 Count Source Protect Mode ), the value remains unchanged even if
the CM10 and CM14 bits are set.
Figure 9.3
CM1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 41 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Oscillation Stop Detection Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
OCD
Bit Symbol
OCD0
Address
000Ch
Bit Name
Oscillation Stop Detection
Enable Bit
OCD1
System Clock Select Bit(6)
—
(b7-b4)
RW
b1 b0
0 0 : Oscillation stop detection function
disabled
0 1 : Do not set
1 0 : Do not set
1 1 : Oscillation stop detection function
enabled(4,7)
RW
RW
0 : Selects main clock(7)
1 : Selects on-chip oscillator clock(2)
RW
Clock Monitor Bit(3,5)
0 : Main clock oscillates
1 : Main clock stops
RO
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
OCD2
OCD3
After Reset
04h
Function
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (enables w riting) before rew riting to this register.
2. The OCD2 bit is automatically set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator clock) if a main clock oscillation stop is detected
w hile the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b” (oscillation stop detection function enabled). If the OCD3 bit is set to “1”
(main clock stops), the OCD2 bit remains unchanged w hen w riting “0” (selects main
clock).
3. The OCD3 bit is enabled w hen the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b”.
4. Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled) before entering stop and on-chip
oscillator mode (main clock stops).
5. The OCD3 bit remains “0” (main clock oscillates) if the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “00b”.
6. The CM14 bit is set to “0” (low -speed on-chip oscillator on) if the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (selects on-chip oscillator
clock).
7. Refer to Figure 9.9 Procedure of Sw itching Clock Source From Low -Speed On-Chip Oscillator to Main
Clock for the sw itching procedure w hen the main clock re-oscillates after detecting an oscillation stop.
Figure 9.4
OCD Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 42 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
HRA0
Bit Symbol
HRA00
HRA01
—
(b7-b2)
Address
0020h
Bit Name
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
Enable Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : High-speed on-chip oscillator off
1 : High-speed on-chip oscillator on
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Select 0 : Selects low -speed on-chip oscillator (3)
1 : Selects high-speed on-chip oscillator
Bit(2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. Change the HRA01 bit under the follow ing conditions.
• HRA00 = 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillation)
• The CM14 bit in the CM1 register = 0 (low -speed on-chip oscillator on)
3. When setting the HRA01 bit to “0” (selects low -speed on-chip oscillator), do not set the HRA00 bit to “0” (high-speed
on-chip oscillator off) at the same time.
Set the HRA00 bit to “0” after setting the HRA01 bit to “0”.
Figure 9.5
HRA0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 43 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
HRA1
Address
0021h
After Reset
When Shipping
Function
The frequency of high-speed on-chip oscillator is adjusted w ith bits 0 to 7.
High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency = 8MHz
(HRA1 register = value w hen shipping ; fRING-fast mode 0)
Set the value of the HRA1 register to smaller (minimum value : 00h), the frequency w ill be
higher
Set the value of the HRA1 register to larger (maximum value : FFh), the frequecny w ill be
low er
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Control Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
HRA2
Bit Symbol
HRA20
HRA21
Address
After Reset
0022h
00h
Bit Name
Function
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode b1 b0
Select Bit
0 0 : fRING-fast mode 0(2)
0 1 : fRING-fast mode 1(3)
1 0 : fRING-fast mode 2(4)
1 1 : Do not set
—
(b4-b2)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
—
(b7-b5)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
NOTES :
1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to “1” (w rite enable) before rew riting to this register.
2. High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency = 8MHz (HRA1 register = value w hen shipping)
3. If fRING-fast mode 0 is sw itched to fRING-fast mode 1, frequency w ill increase 1.5 times.
4. If fRING-fast mode 0 is sw itched to fRING-fast mode 2, frequency w ill increase 0.5 times.
Figure 9.6
HRA1 and HRA2 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 44 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
The following describes the clocks generated by the clock generation circuit.
9.1
Main Clock
This clock is supplied by a main clock oscillation circuit. This clock is used as the clock source for the
CPU and peripheral function clocks. The main clock oscillator circuit is configured by connecting a
resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins. The main clock oscillation circuit contains a feedback
resistor, which is disconnected from the oscillation circuit in stop mode in order to reduce the amount of
power consumed in the chip. The main clock oscillation circuit may also be configured by feeding an
externally generated clock to the XIN pin. Figure 9.7 shows the Examples of Main Clock Connection
Circuit.
During reset and after reset, the main clock stops.
The main clock starts oscillating when the CM05 bit in the CM0 register is set to “0” (main clock on) after
setting the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to “1” (XIN- XOUT pin).
To use the main clock for the CPU clock source, set the OCD2 bit in the OCD register to “0” (select main
clock) after the main clock is oscillating stably.
The power consumption can be reduced by setting the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to “1” (main clock
stops) if the OCD2 bit is set to “1” (select on-chip oscillator clock).
When the clocks externally generated to the XIN pin are input, a main clock does not stop if setting the
CM05 bit to “1”. If necessary, use an external circuit to stop the clock.
In stop mode, all clocks including the main clock stop. Refer to 9.4 Power Control for details.
Microcomputer
(Built-In Feedback Resistor)
XIN
Microcomputer
(Built-In Feedback Resistor)
XIN
XOUT
XOUT
Open
Rd(1)
Externally Derived Clock
CIN
COUT
VCC
VSS
Ceramic Resonator External Circuit
External Clock Input Circuit
NOTES :
1. Insert a damping resistor if required. The resistance will vary depending on the oscillator and the oscillation drive
capacity setting. Use the value recommended by the maker of the oscillator.
When the oscillation drive capacity is set to low, check that oscillation is stable. Also, if the oscillator manufacturer's
data sheet specifies that a feedback resistor be added external to the chip, insert a feedback resistor between XIN
and XOUT following the instruction.
Figure 9.7
Examples of Main Clock Connection Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 45 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.2
9. Clock Generation Circuit
On-Chip Oscillator Clock
This clock is supplied by an on-chip oscillator. The on-chip oscillator contains a high-speed on-chip
oscillator and a low-speed on-chip oscillator. Either an on-chip oscillator clock is selected by the HRA01
bit in the HRA0 register.
9.2.1
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU
clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128 and fRING-S.
After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the low-speed on-chip oscillator by divide-by-8
is selected for the CPU clock.
If the main clock stops oscillating when the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register are set to “11b”
(oscillation stop detection function enabled), the low-speed on-chip oscillator automatically starts
operating, supplying the necessary clock for the microcomputer.
The frequency of the low-speed on-chip oscillator varies depending on the supply voltage and the
operating ambient temperature. The application products must be designed with sufficient margin for
the frequency change.
9.2.2
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock
The clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU
clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128, and fRING1-fast.
After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock generated by the high-speed on-chip oscillator stops. The
oscillation starts by setting the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register to “1” (high-speed on-chip oscillator
on). The frequency can be adjusted by the HRA1 and HRA2 registers.
Since the difference in delay between the bits, adjust by changing each bit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 46 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.3
9. Clock Generation Circuit
CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock
There are two type clocks: a CPU clock to operate the CPU and a peripheral function clock to operate
the peripheral functions. Refer to Figure 9.1 Clock Generation Circuit.
9.3.1
System Clock
The system clock is a clock source for the CPU and peripheral function clocks. The main clock or onchip oscillator clock can be selected.
9.3.2
CPU Clock
The CPU clock is an operating clock for the CPU and watchdog timer.
The system clock can be the divide-by-1 (no division), 2, 4, 8 or 16 to produce the CPU clock. Use
the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register to select the value
of the division.
After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-8 provides the CPU clock.
When entering stop mode from high-speed or medium-speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to “1”
(divide-by-8 mode).
9.3.3
Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f4, f8, f32)
The peripheral function clock is operating clock for the peripheral functions.
The clock fi (i=1, 2, 4, 8, 32) is generated by the system clock divided-by-i. The clock fi is used for
timers X, Y, Z, C, serial interface and A/D converter.
When the WAIT instruction is executed after setting the CM02 bit in the CM0 register to “1”
(peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the clock fi stops.
9.3.4
fRING and fRING128
fRING and fRING128 are operating clocks for the peripheral functions.
The fRING runs at the same frequency as the on-chip oscillator clock and can be used as the source
for the timer X. The fRING128 is generated by the fRING by dividing it by 128 and can be used for
the timer C.
When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clocks fRING and fRING128 do not stop.
9.3.5
fRING-fast
fRING-fast is used as the count source for the timer C. The fRING-fast is generated by the highspeed on-chip oscillator and provided by setting the HRA00 bit to “1”.
When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clock fRING-fast does not stop.
9.3.6
fRING-S
fRING-S is an operating clock for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit. When setting the
CM14 bit to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) using the clock generated by the low-speed on-chip
oscillator, the fRING-S can be provided. When the WAIT instruction is executed or in count source
protect mode of the watchdog timer, fRING-S does not stop.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 47 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.4
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Power Control
There are three power control modes. All modes other than wait and stop modes are referred to as
normal operating mode.
9.4.1
Normal Operating Mode
Normal operating mode is further separated into four modes.
In normal operating mode, the CPU clock and the peripheral function clock are supplied to operate
the CPU and the peripheral function clocks. Power consumption control is enabled by controlling the
CPU clock frequency. The higher the CPU clock frequency, the more processing power increases.
The lower the CPU clock frequency, the more power consumption decreases. When unnecessary
oscillator circuits stop, power consumption is further reduced.
Before the clock sources for the CPU clock can be switched over, the new clock source after
switching needs to be stabilized and oscillated. If the new clock source is the main clock, allow
sufficient wait time in a program until an oscillation is stabilized before exiting.
Table 9.2
Setting and Mode of Clock Associated Bit
Modes
High-Speed Mode
divide-by-2
MediumSpeed
divide-by-4
Mode
divide-by-8
divide-by-16
High-Speed,
no division
Low-Speed
divide-by-2
On-Chip
divide-by-4
Oscillator
divide-by-8
Mode(1)
divide-by-16
OCD Register
OCD2
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
CM1 Register
CM17, CM16
CM13
00b
1
01b
1
10b
1
−
1
11b
1
00b
−
01b
−
10b
−
−
−
11b
−
CM0 Register
CM06
CM05
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
−
0
−
0
−
1
−
0
−
NOTES:
1. The low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the CM14 bit in the
CM1 register is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) and the HRA01 bit in the HRA0 register
is set to “0”.
The high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the HRA00 bit in the
HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip oscillator A on) and the HRA01 bit in the HRA0
register is set to “1”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 48 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.4.1.1
9. Clock Generation Circuit
High-Speed Mode
The main clock divided-by-1 (no division) provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to “0” (lowspeed on-chip oscillator on) or the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip
oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers X and C. When the HRA00 bit is set to
“1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator
on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.1.2
Medium-Speed Mode
The main clock divided-by-2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to “0” (lowspeed on-chip oscillator on) or the HRA00 bit in the HRA0 register is set to “1” (high-speed on-chip
oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers X and C. When the HRA00 bit is set to
“1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator
on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.1.3
High-Speed, Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode
The on-chip oscillator clock divided-by-1 (no division), -2, -4, -8 or -16 provides the CPU clock. The
on-chip oscillator clock is also the clock source for the peripheral function clocks. When the HRA00
bit is set to “1”, fRING-fast can be used for timer C. When the CM14 bit is set to “0” (low-speed onchip oscillator on), fRING-S can be used for the watchdog timer and voltage detection circuit.
9.4.2
Wait Mode
Since the CPU clock stops in wait mode, the CPU operated in the CPU clock and the watchdog timer
in the CPU clock operating mode stop. The main clock and on-chip oscillator clock do not stop and
the peripheral functions using these clocks maintain operating.
9.4.2.1
Peripheral Function Clock Stop Function
If the CM02 bit is set to “1” (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the f1, f2, f4, f8 and f32
clocks stop in wait mode. The power consumption can be reduced.
9.4.2.2
Entering Wait Mode
The microcomputer enters wait mode by executing the WAIT instruction.
9.4.2.3
Pin Status in Wait Mode
The status before entering wait mode is maintained.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 49 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.4.2.4
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Exiting Wait Mode
The microcomputer exits wait mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using
a hardware reset to exit wait mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to
“000b” (interrupts disabled) before executing the WAIT instruction.
The peripheral function interrupts are affected by the CM02 bit. When the CM02 bit is set to “0”
(peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode), all peripheral function interrupts can be used
to exit wait mode. When the CM02 bit is set to “1” (peripheral function clock stops in wait mode), the
peripheral functions using the peripheral function clock stop operating and the peripheral functions
operated by external signals can be used to exit wait mode.
Table 9.3 lists Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions.
When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit wait mode, set up the following before executing
the WAIT instruction.
(1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in the interrupt control register of the
peripheral function interrupts to use for exiting wait mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the
peripheral function interrupts not to use for exiting wait mode to “000b” (disables interrupt).
(2) Set the I flag to “1”.
(3) Operate the peripheral functions to use for exiting wait mode.
When an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock supply is started if exiting by the
peripheral function interrupt, an interrupt sequence is executed.
The CPU clock, when exiting wait mode by a peripheral function interrupt, is the same clock as the
CPU clock when the WAIT instruction is executed.
Table 9.3
Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions
Interrupt
Serial Interface Interrupt
IIC Interrupt
Key Input Interrupt
A/D Conversion Interrupt
Timer X Interrupt
Timer Z Interrupt
Timer C Interrupt
INT Interrupt
CM02=0
Usable when operating with
internal or external clocks
Usable in all modes
Usable
Usable in one-shot mode
Usable in all modes
Usable in all modes
Usable in all modes
Usable
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Usable
Oscillation Stop Detection Usable
Interrupt
Watchdog Timer Interrupt Usable in count source protect
mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 50 of 254
CM02=1
Usable when operating with external
clock
−(Do not use)
Usable
−(Do not use)
Usable in event counter mode
−(Do not use)
−(Do not use)
Usable (INT0 and INT3 are usable if
there is no filter.
Usable
−(Do not use)
Usable in count source protect mode
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.4.3
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Stop Mode
Since the oscillator circuits stop in stop mode, the CPU clock and peripheral function clock stop and
the CPU and peripheral functions operated by these clocks stop operating. The least power required
to operate the microcomputer is in stop mode. If the voltage applied to the VCC pin is VRAM or
more, the internal RAM is maintained.
The peripheral functions operated by external signals maintain operating. Table 9.4 lists Interrupts to
Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions.
Table 9.4
Interrupts to Exit Stop Mode and Usage Conditions
Interrupt
Key Input Interrupt
Usage Conditions
−
INT0 to INT1 Interrupts
INT0 is usable if there is no filter
INT3 Interrupt
No filter. Interrupt request is generated at INT3 input. (TCC06 bit
in TCC0 register is set to “1”)
When external pulse is counted in event counter mode
When external clock is selected
Usable in digital filter disabled mode (VW2C1 bit in VW2C register
is set to “1”)
Timer X Interrupt
Serial Interface Interrupt
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
9.4.3.1
Entering Stop Mode
The microcomputer enters stop mode by setting the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to “1” (all clocks
stop). At the same time, the CM06 bit in the CM0 register is set to “1” (divide-by-8 mode) and the
CM15 bit in the CM10 register is set to “1” (drive capacity HIGH of main clock oscillator circuit).
When using stop mode, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function
disabled) before entering stop mode.
9.4.3.2
Pin Status in Stop Mode
The status before entering stop mode is maintained.
However, when the CM13 bit in the CM1 register is set to “1” (XIN-XOUT pins), the XOUT(P4_7) pin
is held “H”. When the CM13 bit is set to “0” (input port P4_6 and P4_7), the P4_7(XOUT) is held in
input status.
9.4.3.3
Exiting Stop Mode
The microcomputer exits stop mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt.
When using a hardware reset to exit stop mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function
interrupts to “000b” (disables interrupts) before setting the CM10 bit to “1”.
When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit stop mode, set up the following before setting the
CM10 bit to “1”.
(1) Set the interrupt priority level to the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts to
use for exiting stop mode. Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits of the peripheral function interrupts not
to use for exiting stop mode to “000b” (disables interrupt).
(2) Set the I flag to “1”.
(3) Operates the peripheral function to use for exiting stop mode.
When an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock supply is started if exiting by the
peripheral function interrupt, an interrupt sequence is executed.
The CPU clock, when exiting stop mode by a peripheral function interrupt, is the divide-by-8 of the
clock which is used before entering stop mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 51 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Figure 9.8 shows the State Transition of Power Control.
Reset
There are six power control modes.
(1) High-speed mode
(2) Middle-speed mode
(3) High-speed on-chip oscillator mode
(4) Low-speed on-chip oscillator mode
(5) Wait mode
(6) Stop mode
1=
HRA00=1, HRA01=1
A0
CM14=1, HRA01=0
5=
CM
OC 1 3
D 2 =1 ,
=0 C M
0
HR
,C
=1
13 =0
CM D2
OC
1,
0=
A0 = 1
H R D2
OC
High-speed Mode,
Middle-speed Mode
OCD2=0
CM05=0
CM13=1
0,
CM
OC 1 4
D 2 = 0,
= 1 HR
A
01
=0
,
Low-speed On-chip
Oscillator Mode
OCD2=1
HRA01=0
CM14=0
1,
M
05
=0
,
Interrupt
High-speed On-chip
Oscillator Mode
OCD2=1
HRA01=1
HRA00=1
WAIT
Instruction
Interrupt
Wait Mode
Figure 9.8
CM05: Bit in CM0 register
CM10, CM13, CM14: Bit in CM1 register
OCD2: Bit in OCD register
HRA00, HRA01: Bit in HRA0 register
Stop Mode
State Transition of Power Control
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
CM10=1
(All oscillators stop)
Page 52 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
9.5
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
The oscillation stop detection function is a function to detect the stop of the main clock oscillation circuit.
The oscillation stop detection function can be enabled or disabled by the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the
OCD register.
Table 9.5 lists the Specification of Oscillation Stop Detection Function.
When the main clock is the CPU clock source and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to “11b” (oscillation
stop detection function enabled), the system is placed in the following state if the main clock stops.
• OCD2 bit in OCD register = 1 (on-chip oscillator clock selected)
• OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1 (main clock stops)
• CM14 bit in CM1 register = 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillates)
• Oscillation stop detection interrupt request is generated
Table 9.5
Specification of Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Item
Oscillation Stop Detection Enable Clock
and Frequency Bandwidth
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Enable Condition
Operation at Oscillation Stop Detection
9.5.1
Specification
f(XIN) ≥ 2 MHz
Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop detection
function enabled)
Oscillation stop detection interrupt is generated
How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function
• The oscillation stop detection interrupt shares the vector with the voltage monitor 2 interrupt and
•
•
•
•
•
•
the watchdog timer interrupt. When using the oscillation stop detection interrupt and watchdog
timer interrupt, the interrupt factor needs to be determined. Table 9.6 lists the Determine Interrupt
Factor of Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer and Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts.
When the main clock is re-oscillated after the oscillation stops, switch the main clock to the clock
source of the CPU clock and peripheral functions by a program.
Figure 9.9 shows the Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator
to Main Clock.
To enter wait mode while using the oscillation stop detection function, set the CM02 bit to “0”
(peripheral function clock does not stop in wait mode).
Since the oscillation stop detection function is a function preparing to stop the main clock by the
external factor, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled)
when the main clock stops or oscillates in the program, that is stop mode is selected or the CM05
bit is changed.
This function cannot be used when the main clock frequency is below 2 MHz. Set the OCD1 to
OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
When using the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of
peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HRA01 bit in the HRA0 register to
“0” (low-speed on-chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop
detection function enabled).
When using the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of
peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HRA01 bit to “1” (high-speed onchip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “11b” (oscillation stop detection function
enabled).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 53 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 9.6
9. Clock Generation Circuit
Determine Interrupt Factor of Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer and
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupts
Generated Interrupt Factor
Bit Showing Interrupt Factor
Oscillation Stop Detection
(a) OCD3 bit in OCD register = 1
( (a) or (b) )
(b) OCD1 to OCD0 bits in OCD register = 11b and the OCD2 bit = 1
Watchdog Timer
VW2C3 bit in VW2C register = 1
Voltage Monitor 2
VW2C2 bit in VW2C register = 1
Switch to Main clock
Determine OCD3 Bit
1(Main Clock Stop)
0(Main Clock oscillate)
Judge several times
Determine several times that the main clock is supplied
Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b”
(oscillation stop detection function
disabled)
Set OCD2 bit to “0”
(select Main Clock)
End
OCD3 to OCD0 bits: Bits in OCD register
Figure 9.9
Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator to Main
Clock
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 54 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
10. Protection
10. Protection
Protection function protects important registers from being easily overwritten when a program runs out of
control. Figure 10.1 shows the PRCR Register. The following lists the registers protected by the PRCR
register.
• Registers protected by PRC0 bit : CM0, CM1, and OCD, HRA0, HRA1, HRA2 registers
• Registers protected by PRC1 bit : PM0 and PM1 registers
• Registers protected by PRC3 bit : VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers
Protect Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0
Symbol
PRCR
Bit Symbol
Address
000Ah
Bit Name
Protect Bit 0
PRC0
Protect Bit 1
PRC1
—
(b2)
Set to “0”
Protect Bit 3
Writing to the VCA2, VW1C and VW2C registers is
enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
1 : Enables w riting
—
(b5-b4)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
—
(b7-b6)
Reserved Bit
When read, its content is “0”.
PRCR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Writing to the PM0 and PM1 registers is enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
1 : Enables w riting
Reserved Bit
PRC3
Figure 10.1
After Reset
00h
Function
Writing to the CM0, CM, OCD, HRA0, HRA1and
HRA2 registers is enabled.
0 : Disables w riting
1 : Enables w riting
Page 55 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RO
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
11. Interrupt
11.1
Interrupt Overview
11.1.1
Types of Interrupts
Figure 11.1 shows types of Interrupts.
Software
(Non-Maskable Interrupt)
Interrupt
Special
(Non-Maskable Interrupt)
Hardware
Undefined Instruction (UND Instruction)
Overflow (INTO Instruction)
BRK Instruction
INT Instruction
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Single Step(2)
Address Match
Peripheral Function(1)
(Maskable Interrupt)
NOTES :
1. Peripheral function interrupts in the microcomputer are used to generate the peripheral interrupt.
2. Do not use this interrupt. For development tools only.
Figure 11.1
Interrupts
• Maskable Interrupt:
• Non-Maskable Interrupt:
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
The interrupt enable flag (I flag) enables or disables an interrupt. The
interrupt priority order based on interrupt priority level can be
changed.
The interrupt enable flag (I flag) does not enable or disable an
interrupt. The interrupt priority order based on interrupt priority level
cannot be changed.
Page 56 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.2
11. Interrupt
Software Interrupts
A software interrupt is generated when an instruction is executed. The software interrupts are nonmaskable interrupts.
11.1.2.1
Undefined Instruction Interrupt
The undefined instruction interrupt is generated when the UND instruction is executed.
11.1.2.2
Overflow Interrupt
The overflow interrupt is generated when the O flag is set to “1” (arithmetic operation overflow) and
the INTO instruction is executed. Instructions to set the O flag are :
ABS, ADC, ADCF, ADD, CMP, DIV, DIVU, DIVX, NEG, RMPA, SBB, SHA, SUB
11.1.2.3
BRK Interrupt
A BRK interrupt is generated when the BRK instruction is executed.
11.1.2.4
INT Instruction Interrupt
An INT instruction interrupt is generated when the INT instruction is executed. The INT instruction
can select software interrupt numbers 0 to 63. Software interrupt numbers 4 to 31 are assigned to the
peripheral function interrupt. Therefore, the microcomputer executes the same interrupt routine when
the INT instruction is executed as when a peripheral function interrupt is generated. In software
interrupt numbers 0 to 31, the U flag is saved to the stack during instruction execution and set the U
flag to “0” (ISP selected) before executing an interrupt sequence. The U flag is restored from the
stack when returning from the interrupt routine. In software interrupt numbers 32 to 63, the U flag
does not change state during instruction execution, and the selected SP is used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 57 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.3
11. Interrupt
Special Interrupts
Special interrupts are non-maskable interrupts.
11.1.3.1
Watchdog Timer Interrupt
The watchdog timer interrupt is generated by the watchdog timer. Reset the watchdog timer after the
watchdog timer interrupt is generated. For details, refer to 12. Watchdog Timer.
11.1.3.2
Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt
Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt is generated by the oscillation stop detection function. For details
of the oscillation stop detection function, refer to 9. Clock Generation Circuit.
11.1.3.3
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt
The voltage monitor 2 interrupt is generated by the voltage detection circuit. For details of the voltage
detection circuit, refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit.
11.1.3.4
Single-Step Interrupt, Address Break Interrupt
Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
11.1.3.5
Address Match Interrupt
The address match interrupt is generated immediately before executing an instruction that is stored
into an address indicated by the RMAD0 to RMAD1 registers when the AIER0 or AIER1 bit in the
AIER register which is set to "1" (address match interrupt enable). For details of the address match
interrupt, refer to 11.4 Address Match Interrupt.
11.1.4
Peripheral Function Interrupt
The peripheral function interrupt is generated by the internal peripheral function of the
microcomputer and a maskable interrupt. Refer to Table 11.2 Relocatable Vector Tables for the
interrupt factor of the peripheral function interrupt. For details of the peripheral function, refer to the
description of each peripheral function.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 58 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.5
11. Interrupt
Interrupts and Interrupt Vector
There are 4 bytes in one vector. Set the starting address of interrupt routine in each vector table.
When an interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU branches to the address set in the
corresponding interrupt vector. Figure 11.2 shows the Interrupt Vector.
MSB
LSB
Vector Address (L)
Low Address
Mid Address
Vector Address (H)
Figure 11.2
11.1.5.1
0000
High Address
0000
0000
Interrupt Vector
Fixed Vector Tables
The fixed vector tables are allocated addresses 0FFDCh to 0FFFFh. Table 11.1 lists the Fixed Vector
Tables. The vector addresses (H) of fixed vectors are used by the ID code check function. For
details, refer to 18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting.
Table 11.1
Fixed Vector Tables
Vector Addresses
Address (L) to (H)
Undefined Instruction 0FFDCh to 0FFDFh
Interrupt Factor
Overflow
0FFE0h to 0FFE3h
BRK Instruction
0FFE4h to 0FFE7h
Address Match
0FFE8h to 0FFEBh
0FFECh to 0FFEFh
Step(1)
Single
• Watchdog Timer
• Oscillation Stop
Detection
• Voltage Monitor 2
Address Break(1)
(Reserved)
Reset
Remarks
Interrupt on UND
R8C/Tiny Series software
instruction
manual
Interrupt on INTO
instruction
If the content of address
0FFE7h is FFh, program
execution beginning with
the address shown by the
vector in the relocatable
vector table.
11.4 Address Match Interrupt
0FFF0h to 0FFF3h
• 12. Watchdog Timer
• 9. Clock Generation Circuit
• 6. Voltage Detection Circuit
0FFF4h to 0FFF7h
0FFF8h to 0FFFBh
0FFFCh to 0FFFFh
1. Do not use the single-step interrupt. For development tools only.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Reference
Page 59 of 254
5. Reset
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.5.2
11. Interrupt
Relocatable Vector Tables
The relocatable vector tables occupy 256 bytes from the starting address set in the INTB register.
Table 11.2 lists the Relocatable Vector Tables.
Table 11.2
Relocatable Vector Tables
Interrupt Factor
BRK Instruction(2)
−(Reserved)
Key Input
A/D Converter
IIC
Compare 1
UART0 Transmit
UART0 Receive
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
Timer X
−(Reserved)
Timer Z
INT1
INT3
Timer C
Compare 0
INT0
−(Reserved)
−(Reserved)
Vector Address(1)
Address (L) to Address (H)
+0 to +3(0000h to 0003h)
Software
Reference
Interrupt Number
0
R8C/Tiny Series software
manual
1 to 12
+52 to +55(0034h to 0037h)
+56 to +59(0038h to 003Bh)
+60 to +63(003Ch to 003Fh)
13
14
15
+64 to +67(0040h to 0043h)
+68 to +71(0044h to 0047h)
+72 to +75(0048h to 004Bh)
+96 to +99(0060h to 0063h)
+100 to +103(0064h to 0067h)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
+104 to +107(0068h to 006Bh)
26
+108 to +111(006Ch to 006Fh)
+112 to +115(0070h to 0073h)
+116 to +119(0074h to 0077h)
27
28
29
+88 to +91(0058h to 005Bh)
Software Interrupt(2) +128 to +131(0080h to 0083h) to
+252 to +255(00FCh to 00FFh)
30
31
32 to 63
NOTES:
1. These addresses are relative to those in the INTB register.
2. The I flag does not disable these interrupts.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 60 of 254
11.3 Key Input Interrupt
16. A/D Converter
15. I2C bus Interface (IIC)
13.3 Timer C
14. Serial Interface
13.1 Timer X
13.2 Timer Z
11.2 INT interrupt
13.3 Timer C
11.2 INT interrupt
R8C/Tiny Series
software manual
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6
11. Interrupt
Interrupt Control
The following describes enable/disable the maskable interrupts and set the priority order to
acknowledge. The contents explained does not apply to the nonmaskable interrupts.
Use the I flag in the FLG register, IPL and the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in each interrupt control register to
enable/disable the maskable interrupts. Whether an interrupt is requested is indicated by the IR bit in
each interrupt control register.
Figure 11.3 shows the Interrupt Control Register and Figure 11.4 shows the INT0IC Register.
Interrupt Control Register(2)
Symbol
KUPIC
ADIC
IIC2AIC
CMP1IC
S0TIC
S0RIC
TXIC
TZIC
INT1IC
INT3IC
TCIC
CMP0IC
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Bit Symbol
Address
004Dh
004Eh
004Fh
0050h
0051h
0052h
0056h
0058h
0059h
005Ah
005Bh
After Reset
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
XXXXX000b
005Ch
XXXXX000b
Bit Name
Interrupt Priority Level Select Bit
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable)
0 0 1 : Level 1
0 1 0 : Level 2
0 1 1 : Level 3
1 0 0 : Level 4
1 0 1 : Level 5
1 1 0 : Level 6
1 1 1 : Level 7
ILVL0
ILVL1
ILVL2
IR
—
(b7-b4)
Function
Interrupt Request Bit
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 : Requests no interrupt
1 : Requests interrupt
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
RW
RW
RW
RW(1)
—
NOTES :
1. Only “0” can be w ritten to the IR bit. Do not w rite “ 1”.
2. To rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not
generated. Refer to 20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Registers.
Figure 11.3
Interrupt Control Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 61 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
INT0 Interrupt Control Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
INT01C
Bit Symbol
Address
005Dh
Bit Name
Interrupt Priority Level Select Bit
ILVL1
ILVL2
POL
—
(b5)
—
(b7-b6)
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disable)
0 0 1 : Level 1
0 1 0 : Level 2
0 1 1 : Level 3
1 0 0 : Level 4
1 0 1 : Level 5
1 1 0 : Level 6
1 1 1 : Level 7
ILVL0
IR
After Reset
XX00X000b
Function
RW
RW
RW
Interrupt Request Bit
0 : Requests no interrupt
1 : Requests interrupt
RW(1)
Polarity Sw itch Bit(4)
0 : Selects falling edge
1 : Selects rising edge(3)
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
RW
—
NOTES :
1. Only “0” can be w ritten to the IR bit. (Do not w rite “1”.)
2. To rew rite the interrupt control register, rew rite it w hen the interrupt request w hich is applicable for its register is not
generated. Refer to 20.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Registers.
3. If the INTOPL bit in the INTEN register is set to “1” (both edges), set the POL bit to “0” (selects falling edge).
4. The IR bit may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the POL bit is rew ritten. Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt
Factor.
Figure 11.4
INT0IC Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 62 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6.1
11. Interrupt
I Flag
The I flag enables or disables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to “1” (enabled) enables the
maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to “0” (disabled) disables all maskable interrupts.
11.1.6.2
IR Bit
The IR bit is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when an interrupt request is generated. Then, when the
interrupt request is acknowledged and the CPU branches to the corresponding interrupt vector, the
IR bit is set to “0” (interrupt not requested).
The IR bit can be set to “0” by a program. Do not write “1” to this bit.
11.1.6.3
ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits and IPL
Interrupt priority levels can be set using the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits.
Table 11.3 lists the Settings of Interrupt Priority Levels and Table 11.4 lists the Interrupt Priority
Levels Enabled by IPL.
The following are conditions under which an interrupt is acknowledged:
• I flag = 1
• IR bit = 1
• interrupt priority level > IPL
The I flag, IR bit, ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits and IPL are independent of each other. They do not affect one
another.
Table 11.3
ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits
000b
Settings of Interrupt Priority
Levels
Table 11.4
IPL
Interrupt Priority Levels Enabled by
IPL
Interrupt Priority Level
Priority Order
Level 0 (interrupt disabled)
−
000b
Interrupt level 1 and above
Enabled Interrupt Priority Levels
Low
001b
Interrupt level 2 and above
001b
Level 1
010b
Level 2
010b
Interrupt level 3 and above
011b
Level 3
011b
Interrupt level 4 and above
100b
Level 4
100b
Interrupt level 5 and above
101b
Level 5
101b
Interrupt level 6 and above
110b
Level 6
110b
Interrupt level 7 and above
111b
Level 7
111b
Disables all maskable interrupts
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
High
Page 63 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6.4
11. Interrupt
Interrupt Sequence
An interrupt sequence is performed between an interrupt request acknowledgement and interrupt
routine execution.
When an interrupt request is generated while an instruction is executed, the CPU determines its
interrupt priority level after the instruction is completed. The CPU starts the interrupt sequence from
the following cycle. However, in regards to the SMOVB, SMOVF, SSTR or RMPA instruction, if an
interrupt request is generated while executing the instruction, the microcomputer suspends the
instruction to start the interrupt sequence. The interrupt sequence is performed as follows. Figure
11.5 shows the Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence.
(1) The CPU gets interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) by reading
the address 00000h. The IR bit for the corresponding interrupt is set to “0” (interrupt not
requested).
(2) The FLG register immediately before entering the interrupt sequence is saved to the CPU
internal temporary register(1).
(3) The I, D and U flags in the FLG register are set as follows:
The I flag is set to “0” (disables interrupts).
The D flag is set to “0” (disables single-step interrupt).
The U flag is set to “0” (ISP selected).
However, the U flag does not change state if an INT instruction for software interrupt numbers
32 to 63 is executed.
(4) The CPU’s internal temporary register(1) is saved to the stack.
(5) The PC is saved to the stack.
(6) The interrupt priority level of the acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL.
(7) The starting address of the interrupt routine set in the interrupt vector is stored in the PC.
After the interrupt sequence is completed, the instructions are executed from the starting address of
the interrupt routine.
NOTES:
1. This register cannot be used by user.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CPU Clock
Address Bus
Data Bus
Address
0000h
Indeterminate
Interrupt
information
RD
Indeterminate
SP-2 SP-1
SP-4
SP-2
SP-1
SP-4
contents contents contents
SP-3
SP-3
contents
VEC
VEC
contents
VEC+1
VEC+1
contents
Indeterminate
WR
The indeterminate state depends on the instruction queue buffer. A read cycle occurs when the instruction queue buffer is
ready to acknowledge instructions.
Figure 11.5
Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 64 of 254
VEC+2
VEC+2
contents
PC
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6.5
11. Interrupt
Interrupt Response Time
Figure 11.6 shows an Interrupt Response Time. The interrupt response time is the period between
an interrupt request generation and the execution of the first instruction in an interrupt routine. An
interrupt response time includes the period between an interrupt request generation and the
completed execution of an instruction (see #a in Figure 11.6) and the period required to perform an
interrupt sequence (20 cycles, see #b in Figure 11.6).
Interrupt request is generated Interrupt request is acknowledged
Time
Instruction
(a)
Interrupt Sequence
Instruction in
interrupt routine
20 Cycles (b)
Interrupt Response Time
(a) Period between an interrupt request generation and the completed execution of an
instruction. The length of this time varies depending on the instruction being executed.
The DIVX instruction requires the longest time; 30 cycles (no wait and when the register
is set as the divisor)
(b) 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 11.6
11.1.6.6
Interrupt Response Time
IPL Change when Interrupt Request is Acknowledged
When an interrupt request of a maskable interrupt is acknowledged, the interrupt priority level of the
acknowledged interrupt is set in the IPL.
When a software interrupt and special interrupt request are acknowledged, the value listed in Table
11.5 is set to the IPL. Table 11.5 lists the IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupts Is
Acknowledged.
Table 11.5
IPL Value When Software or Special Interrupts Is Acknowledged
Interrupt Factor
Value Set to IPL
Watchdog Timer, Oscillation Stop Detection, Voltage Monitor 2 7
Software, Address Match, Single-Step
Not changed
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 65 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6.7
11. Interrupt
Saving a Register
In the interrupt sequence, the FLG register and PC are saved to the stack.
After 4 high-order bits in the PC and 4 high-order (IPL) and 8 low-order bits in the FLG register,
extended to 16 bits, are saved to the stack, the 16 low-order bits in the PC are saved. Figure 11.7
shows the Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request.
The other necessary registers are saved by a program at the beginning of the interrupt routine. The
PUSHM instruction can save several registers in the register bank being currently used(1) with 1
instruction.
NOTES:
1. Selectable from the R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1, SB and FB registers.
S ta ck
A d d re s s
S ta c k
A d d re ss
M SB
LSB
MSB
LSB
m −4
m −4
PCL
m −3
m −3
PCM
m −2
m −2
FLGL
m −1
m −1
m
C o n te n t o f P re vio u s S ta ck
m +1
C o n te n t o f P re vio u s S ta ck
[S P ]
S P v a lu e b e fo re
in te rru p t re q u e s t is
a c k n o w le d g e d
m
PCH
C o n te n t o f P re vio u s S ta ck
m +1
S ta ck sta te b e fo re in te rru p t re q u e s t
is a c kn o w le d g e d
FLG H
[S P ]
N e w S P V a lu e
C o n te n t o f P re vio u s S ta ck
PCH
PCM
PCL
FLG H
FLG L
:
:
:
:
:
H ig h -o rd e r 4 b its o f P C
M id d le -o rd e r 8 b its o f P C
L o w -o rd e r 8 b its o f P C
H ig h -o rd e r 4 b its o f F L G
L o w -o rd e r 8 b its o f F L G
S ta c k s ta te a fte r in te rru p t re q u e st
is a ck n o w le d g e d
NO TES
1 .W h e n e xe c u tin g th e so ftw a re n u m b e r 3 2 to 6 3 IN T in stru ctio n s,
th is S P is s p e cifie d b y th e U fla g . O th e rw is e it is IS P .
Figure 11.7
Stack State Before and After Acknowledgement of Interrupt Request
The register saving operation which is performed in the interrupt sequence is saved in 8 bits every 4
steps. Figure 11.8 shows Operation of Saving Register.
Stack
Address
Sequence in which
order registers are
saved
[SP]−5
[SP]−4
PCL
(3)
[SP]−3
PCM
(4)
[SP]−2
FLGL
(1)
Saved, 8 bits at a time
[SP]−1
FLGH
PCH
(2)
[SP]
completed saving
registers in four
operations.
PCH
PCM
PCL
FLGH
FLGL
NOTES :
1. [SP] indicates the default value of the SP when interrupt request is acknowledged.
After registers are saved, the SP content is [SP] minus 4. When executing the
software number 32 to 63 INT instructions, this SP is specified by the U
flag. Otherwise it is ISP.
Figure 11.8
Operation of Saving Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 66 of 254
:
:
:
:
:
High-order 4 bits of PC
Middle-order 8 bits of PC
Low-order 8 bits of PC
High-order 4 bits of FLG
Low-order 8 bits of FLG
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.1.6.8
11. Interrupt
Returning from an Interrupt Routine
When the REIT instruction is executed at the end of an interrupt routine, the FLG register and PC,
which have been saved to the stack, are automatically returned. The program, executed before the
interrupt request has been acknowledged, starts running again.
Return the register saved by a program in an interrupt routine using the POPM instruction or others
before the REIT instruction.
11.1.6.9
Interrupt Priority
If two or more interrupt requests are generated while executing one instruction, the interrupt with the
higher priority is acknowledged.
Set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to select the desired priority level for maskable interrupts (peripheral
functions). However, if two or more maskable interrupts have the same priority level, their interrupt
priority is resolved by hardware, with the higher priority interrupt acknowledged in hardware.
The priority levels of special interrupts such as reset (reset has the highest priority) and watchdog
timer are set by hardware. Figure 11.9 shows the Interrupt Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupt.
The interrupt priority does not affect software interrupts. The microcomputer jumps to the interrupt
routine when the instruction is executed.
Reset
High
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Peripheral Function
Single Step
Address Match
Figure 11.9
Interrupt Priority Levels of Hardware Interrupt
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 67 of 254
Low
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
11.1.6.10 Interrupt Priority Judgement Circuit
The interrupt priority judgement circuit selects the highest priority interrupt. Figure 11.10 shows the
Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level.
Priority Level of Each Interrupt
Level 0 (initial value)
Highest
Compare 0
INT3
Timer Z
Timer X
INT0
Timer C
INT1
Priority of peripheral function interrupts
(if priority levels are same)
UART0 Receive
Compare 1
A/D Conversion
UART0 Transmit
IIC
Key Input
IPL
Lowest
Interrupt request level
judgment output signal
I flag
Address Match
Watchdog Timer
Oscillation Stop Detection
Voltage Monitor 2
Figure 11.10
Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 68 of 254
Interrupt
request
acknowledged
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.2
11. Interrupt
INT Interrupt
11.2.1
INT0 Interrupt
The INT0 interrupt is generated by an INT0 input. When using the INT0 interrupt, the INT0EN bit in
the INTEN register is set to “1” (enable). The edge polarity is selected using the INT0PL bit in the
INTEN register and the POL bit in the INT0IC register.
Inputs can be passed through a digital filter with three different sampling clocks.
The INT0 pin is shared with the external trigger input pin of timer Z.
Figure 11.11 shows the INTEN and INT0F Registers.
External Input Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
INTEN
Bit Symbol
INT0EN
Address
0096h
Bit Name
_____
INT0 Input Enable Bit(1)
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
INT0 Input Polarity Select Bit(2,3)
0 : One edge
1 : Both edges
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
_____
INT0PL
—
(b7-b2)
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the INT0EN bit w hile the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (one-shot trigger disabled).
2. When setting the INT0PL bit to “1” (both edges), set the POL bit in the INT0IC register to “0” (selects falling
edge).
3. The IR bit in the INT0IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the INT0PL bit is rew ritten. Refer to 20.2.5
Changing Interrupt Factor.
_______
INT0 Input Filter Select Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
INT0F
Bit Symbol
Address
001Eh
Bit Name
_____
INT0F0
INT0 Input Filter Select Bit
INT0F1
—
(b2)
—
(b7-b3)
Figure 11.11
Reserved Bit
Page 69 of 254
RW
b1 b0
0 0 : No filter
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
Set to “0”
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
INTEN and INT0F Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
RW
RW
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.2.2
11. Interrupt
INT0 Input Filter
The INT0 input contains a digital filter. The sampling clock is selected by the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits
in the INT0F register. The IR bit in the INT0IC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when the
INT0 level is sampled for every sampling clock and the sampled input level matches three times.
Figure 11.12 shows the Configuration of INT0 Input Filter. Figure 11.13 shows the Operating
Example of INT0 Input Filter.
INT0F1 to INT0F0
f1
f8
f32
INT0
Port P4_5
Direction
Register
=01b
=10b
Sampling Clock
=11b
INT0EN
Digital Filter
(input level
matches 3x)
Other than
INT0F1 to INT0F0
=00b
=00b
INT0F0, INT0F1 : Bits in INT0F register
INT0EN, INT0PL : Bits in INTEN register
Figure 11.12
INT0 Interrupt
INT0PL=0
Both Edges
Detection
INT0PL=1
Circuit
Configuration of INT0 Input Filter
INT0 Input
Sampling
Timing
IR Bit in
INT0IC Register
Set to “0” by program
This is an operation example when the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits in the
INT0F register is set to “01b”, “10b”, or “11b”(passing digital filter).
Figure 11.13
Operating Example of INT0 Input Filter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 70 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.2.3
11. Interrupt
INT1 Interrupt
The INT1 interrupt is generated by INT1 inputs. The edge polarity is selected by the R0EDG bit in the
TXMR register.
When the CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register is set to “0”, the INT10 pin becomes the INT1 input pin.
When the CNTRSEL bit is set to “1”, the INT11 pin becomes the INT1 input pin.
The INT10 pin is shared with the CNTR00 pin and the INT11 pin is shared with the CNTR01 pin.
Figure 11.14 shows the TXMR Register When INT1 Interrupt is Used.
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TXMR
Bit Symbol
TXMOD0
TXMOD1
Address
After Reset
008Bh
00h
Bit Name
Function
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
1(1)
mode
0 1 : Do not set
1 0 : Event count mode
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
RW
RW
RW
_____
R0EDG
TXS
INT1/CNTR0 Polarity Sw itch 0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
Bit(2)
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
________
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG
TXUND
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
Function varies depending on operating mode
Operating Mode Select
Bit 2
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
Active Edge Reception Flag Function varies depending on operating mode
Timer X Underflow Flag
Function varies depending on operating mode
NOTES :
_____
1. When using INT1 interrupt, select modes other than pulse output mode.
2. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten. Refer to
20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
3. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 11.14
TXMR Register when INT1 Interrupt is Used
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 71 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.2.4
11. Interrupt
INT3 Interrupt
The INT3 interrupt is generated by the INT3 input. Set the TCC07 bit in the TCC0 register to “0”
(INT3).
When the TCC06 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0”, the INT3 interrupt request is generated
synchronizing with the count source of timer C. When the TCC06 bit is set to “1”, the INT3 interrupt
request is generated when the INT3 is input.
The INT3 input contains a digital filter. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to “1” (interrupt
requested) when the INT3 level is sampled for every sampling clock and the sampled input level
matches three times. The sampling clock is selected by the TCC11 to TCC10 bits in the TCC1
register. When selecting “Filter”, the interrupt request is generated synchronizing with the sampling
clock even if the TCC06 bit is set to “1”. The P3_3 bit in the P3 register indicates the previous value
before filtering regardless of the contents set in the TCC11 to TCC10 bits.
The INT3 pin is used with the TCIN pin.
When setting the TCC07 bit to “1” (fRING128), the INT3 interrupt is generated by the fRING128
clock. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) every fRING128 clock cycle
or every half fRING128 clock cycle.
Figure 11.15 shows the TCC0 Register and Figure 11.16 shows the TCC1 Register.
Timer C Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
TCC0
Bit Symbol
TCC00
Address
009Ah
Bit Name
Timer C Count Start Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
Timer C Count Source Select Bit(1)
b2 b1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : f32
1 1 : fRING-fast
TCC01
TCC02
_____
TCC03
0 0 : Rising edge
0 1 : Falling edge
1 0 : Both edges
1 1 : Do not set
TCC04
Set to “0”
Reserved Bit
_____
TCC06
TCC07
RW
RW
RW
b4 b3
INT3 Interrupt and Capture
Polarity Select Bit(1,2)
—
(b5)
RW
RW
RW
RW
_____
INT3 Interrupt Request Generation
Timing Select Bit(2,3)
0 : INT3 Interrupt is generated
synchronizing w ith Timer C count
_____
1 : INT3 Interrupt is generated w hen
_____
INT3 interrupt is input(4)
_____
0 : INT3
1 : fRING128
INT3 Interrupt and Capture Input
Sw itch Bit(1,2)
_____
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Change this bit w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The IR bit in the INT3IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the TCC03, TCC04, TCC06 and TCC07
bits are rew ritten. Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Inte rrupt Factor.
_____
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “1” (output compare mode) and INT3 interrupt is input, regardless of the
setting value of the TCC06 bit, an interrupt request is generated.
_____
_____
4. When using INT3 filter, the INT3 interrupt is generated synchronizing w ith the clock for the digital filter.
Figure 11.15
TCC0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 72 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
Timer C Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TCC1
Bit Symbol
TCC10
_____
INT3 Filter Select Bit(1)
TCC13
TCC14
TCC15
TCC16
TCC17
After Reset
00h
Function
Compare 0 / Capture Select Bit 0 : Capture Select (input capture mode)
1 : Compare 0 Output Select
(output compare mode)
RW
Compare 1 Output Mode Select b7 b6
Bit(3)
0 0 : CMP output remains unchanged even
w hen compare 1 is matched
0 1 : CMP output is reversed w hen compare
1 signal is matched
1 0 : CMP output is set to “L” w hen compare
1 signal is matched
1 1 : CMP output is set to “H” w hen compare
1 signal is matched
Page 73 of 254
RW
(2)
Compare 0 Output Mode Select b5 b4
Bit(3)
0 0 : CMP output remains unchanged even
w hen compare 0 is matched
0 1 : CMP output is reversed w hen compare
0 signal is matched
1 0 : CMP output is set to “L” w hen compare
0 signal is matched
1 1 : CMP output is set to “H” w hen compare
0 signal is matched
TCC1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
Timer C Counter Reload Select 0 : No reload
Bit(2,3)
1 : Set TC register to “0000h” w hen compare 1
is matched
NOTES :
_____
1. When the same value from the INT3 pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
2. When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stop), rew rite the TCC13 bit.
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (input capture mode), set the TCC12, TCC14 to TCC17 bits to “0”.
Figure 11.16
RW
b1b0
0 0 : No filter
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
TCC11
TCC12
Address
009Bh
Bit Name
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.3
11. Interrupt
Key Input Interrupt
A key input interrupt request is generated by one of the input edges of the K10 to K13 pins. The key
input interrupt can be used as a key-on wake-up function to exit wait or stop mode.
The KIiEN (i=0 to 3) bit in the KIEN register can select whether the pins are used as KIi input. The KIiPL
bit in the KIEN register can select the input polarity.
When inputting “L” to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to “0” (falling edge), the input of the other K10 to
K13 pins are not detected as interrupts. Also, when inputting “H” to the KIi pin which sets the KIiPL bit to
“1” (rising edge), the input of the other K10 to K13 pins are not detected as interrupts.
Figure 11.17 shows a Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt.
PU02 bit in PUR0 register
KUPIC Register
Pull-Up
Transistor
PD1_3 bit in PD1 register
KI3EN Bit
PD1_3 Bit
KI3PL=0
KI3
KI3PL=1
Pull-Up
Transistor
KI2EN Bit
PD1_2 Bit
KI2PL=0
Interrupt Control
Circuit
KI2
KI2PL=1
Pull-Up
Transistor
Key Input Interrupt
Request
KI1EN Bit
PD1_1 Bit
KI1PL=0
KI1
KI1PL=1
Pull-Up
Transistor
KI0EN Bit
PD1_0 Bit
KI0PL=0
KI0
KI0PL=1
Figure 11.17
Block Diagram of Key Input Interrupt
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 74 of 254
KI0EN, KI1EN, KI2EN, KI3EN,
KI0PL, KI1PL, KI2PL, KI3PL: Bits in KIEN register
PD1_0, PD1_1, PD1_2, PD1_3: Bits in PD1 register
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
Key Input Enable Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
KIEN
Bit Symbol
KI0EN
KI0PL
KI1EN
KI1PL
KI2EN
KI2PL
KI3EN
KI3PL
Address
0098h
Bit Name
KI0 Input Enable Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
KI0 Input Polarity Select Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
RW
KI1 Input Enable Bit
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
KI1 Input Polarity Select Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
RW
KI2 Input Enable Bit
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
KI2 Input Polarity Select Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
RW
KI3 Input Enable Bit
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
KI3 Input Polarity Select Bit
0 : Falling edge
1 : Rising edge
RW
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the KUPIC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the KIEN register is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
Figure 11.18
KIEN Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
Page 75 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11.4
11. Interrupt
Address Match Interrupt
An address match interrupt request is generated immediately before executing the instruction at the
address indicated by the RMADi register (i=0, 1). This interrupt is used for a break function of the
debugger. When using the on-chip debugger, do not set an address match interrupt (the registers of
AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) in a user system.
Set the starting address of any instruction in the RMADi register. The AIER0 and AIER1 bits in the
AIER0 register can select to enable or disable the interrupt. The I flag and IPL do not affect the address
match interrupt.
The value of the PC (Refer to 11.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the value of the PC) which is saved to the
stack when an address match interrupt is acknowledged varies depending on the instruction at the
address indicated by the RMADi register (The appropriate return address is not pushed on the stack).
When returning from the address match interrupt, return by one of the following:
• Change the content of the stack and use the REIT instruction.
• Use an instruction such as POP to restore the stack as it was before an interrupt request was
acknowledged. And then use a jump instruction.
Table 11.6 lists the Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged.
Figure 11.19 shows the AIER and RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers.
Table 11.6
Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt is Acknowledged
Address Indicated by RMADi Register (i=0,1)
• 16-bit operation code instruction
• Instruction shown below among 8-bit operation code instructions
ADD.B:S
#IMM8,dest SUB.B:S #IMM8,dest AND.B:S #IMM8,dest
OR.B:S
#IMM8,dest MOV.B:S #IMM8,dest STZ.B:S #IMM8,dest
STNZ.B:S #IMM8,dest STZX.B:S #IMM81,#IMM82,dest
CMP.B:S
#IMM8,dest PUSHM src
POPM
dest
JMPS
#IMM8
JSRS
#IMM8
MOV.B:S
#IMM,dest (However, dest = A0 or A1)
• Instructions other than the above
PC Value Saved(1)
Address indicated by
RMADi register + 2
Address indicated by
RMADi register + 1
NOTES:
1. Refer to the 11.1.6.7 Saving a Register for the saved PC value.
Table 11.7
Between Address Match Interrupt Factor and Associated Registers
Address Match Interrupt Factor Address Match Interrupt Enable Bit Address Match Interrupt Register
Address Match Interrupt 0
AIER0
RMAD0
Address Match Interrupt 1
AIER1
RMAD1
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 76 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
11. Interrupt
Address Match Interrupt Enable Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
AIER
Bit Symbol
AIER0
AIER1
—
(b7-b2)
Address
0009h
Bit Name
Address Match Interrupt 0 Enable Bit 0 : Disable
1 : Enable
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
RW
Address Match Interrupt 1 Enable Bit 0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
—
Address Match Interrupt Register i(i=0,1)
(b23)
b7
(b19)
b3
(b16) (b15)
b0 b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
RMAD0
RMAD1
Address
0012h-0010h
0016h-0014h
Function
Address setting register for address match interrupt
—
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
(b7-b4)
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Figure 11.19
AIER and RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 77 of 254
After Reset
X00000h
X00000h
Setting Range
RW
00000h to FFFFFh
RW
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
12. Watchdog Timer
The watchdog timer is a function to detect when the program is out of control. To use the watchdog timer is
recommend for improving reliability of a system. The watchdog timer contains a 15-bit counter and can
select count source protection mode is enabled or disabled. Table 12.1 lists the Count Source Protection
Mode is Enabled / Disabled.
Refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset for details of the watchdog timer reset.
Figure 12.1 shows the Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer and Figures 12.2 to 12.3 show the OFS, WDC,
WDTR, WDTS and CSPR Registers.
Table 12.1
Count Source Protection Mode is Enabled / Disabled
When Count Source Protection
Mode is Disabled
CPU clock
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
When Count Source Protection
Mode is Enabled
Low-speed on-chip oscillator
clock
Decrement
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
Either of following can be selected
• After reset, count starts automatically
• Count starts by writing to WDTS register
Stop mode, wait mode
None
Watchdog timer interrupt or
Watchdog timer reset
watchdog timer reset
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Operation at the time of
Underflow
Prescaler
1/16
WDC7=0
CSPRO=0
1/128
CPU Clock
PM12=0
Watchdog Timer
Interrupt Request
Watchdog Timer
WDC7=1
fRING-S
CSPRO=1
Write to WDTR register
Set to
“7FFFh”(1)
PM12=1
Watchdog
Timer Reset
Internal
Reset Signal
CSPRO : Bit in CSPR register
WDC7 : Bit in WDC register
NOTES:
1. When the CSPRO bit is set to “1” (count source protection mode enabled), “0FFFh” is set.
Figure 12.1
Block Diagram of Watchdog Timer
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 78 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
1
Symbol
OFS
Bit Symbol
WDTON
—
(b1)
ROMCR
ROMCP1
—
(b6-b4)
Address
0FFFFh
Bit Name
Watchdog Timer Start
Select Bit
Before Shipment
FFh(2)
Function
0 : Watchdog timer starts automatically after reset
1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
ROM Code Protect
Disabled Bit
0 : ROM code protect disabled
1 : ROMCP1 enabled
RW
ROM Code Protect Bit
0 : ROM code protect enabled
1 : ROM code protect disabled
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
RW
RW
RW
RW
Count Source Protection 0 : Count source protect mode enabled after reset
CSPROINI Mode After Reset Select 1 : Count source protect mode disabled after reset
Bit
RW
NOTES :
1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program.
2. If the block including the OFS register is erased, “FFh” is set to the OFS register.
Watchdog Timer Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
Address
000Fh
WDC
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
High-order Bit of Watchdog Timer
(b4-b0)
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
—
(b6)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Prescaler Select Bit
0 : Divide-by-16
1 : Divide-by-128
WDC7
Figure 12.2
OFS and WDC Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 79 of 254
After Reset
00011111b
Function
RW
RO
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
12. Watchdog Timer
Watchdog Timer Reset Register
b7
b0
Symbol
WDTR
Address
000Dh
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
When w riting “00h” before w riting “FFh”, the w atchdog timer is reset.(1)
The default value of the w atchdog timer is set to “7FFFh” w hen count source protection
mode is disabled and “0FFFh” w hen count source protection mode is enabled.(2)
RW
WO
NOTES :
1. Do not generate an interrupt betw een “00h” and the “FFh” w ritings.
2. When the CSPRO bit in the CSPR register is set to “1” (count source protection mode enabled),
“0FFFh” is set to the w atchdog timer.
Watchdog Timer Start Register
b7
b0
Symbol
WDTS
Address
000Eh
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
The w atchdog timer starts counting after a w rite instruction to this register.
RW
WO
Count Source Protection Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
001Ch
CSPR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b6-b0)
CSPRO
After Reset(1)
00h
Function
Set to “0”
Count Source Protection Mode 0 : Count source protection mode disabled
Select Bit(2)
1 : Count source protection mode enabled
NOTES :
1. When w riting “0” to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the value after reset is set to “10000000b”.
2. Write “0” before w riting “1” to set the CSPRO bit to “1”.
“0” cannot be set by a program
Figure 12.3
WDTR, WDTS and CSPR Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 80 of 254
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
12.1
12. Watchdog Timer
When Count Source Protection Mode Disabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the CPU clock when count source protection mode is
disabled. Table 12.2 lists the Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is
Disabled).
Table 12.2
Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is Disabled)
Item
Specification
Count Source
Count Operation
Period
CPU clock
Decrement
Count Start Condition
The WDTON bit(2) in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation
of watchdog timer after reset
• When the WDTON bit is set to “1” (watchdog timer is in stop state
after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count
starts by writing to the WDTS register
• When the WDTON bit is set to “0” (watchdog timer starts
automatically after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after
reset
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
Stop and wait modes (inherit the count from the held value after exiting
modes)
• When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “0”
Watchdog timer interrupt
• When the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is set to “1”
Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset)
Division ratio of prescaler(n) x count value of watchdog timer(32768)(1)
CPU clock
n : 16 or 128 (selected by WDC7 bit in WDC register)
e.g.When the CPU clock is 16MHz and prescaler is divided by 16, the
period is approximately 32.8ms
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
Count Stop Condition
Operation at the time of
Underflow
NOTES:
1. The watchdog timer is reset when writing “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”. The
prescaler is reset after the microcomputer is reset. Some errors occur by the prescaler for the
period of the watchdog timer.
2. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write “0” to the bit
0 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 81 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
12.2
12. Watchdog Timer
When Count Source Protection Mode Enabled
The count source of the watchdog timer is the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock when count source
protection mode is enabled. If the CPU clock stops when the program is out of control, the clock can be
supplied to the watchdog timer. Table 12.3 lists the Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count
Source Protection Mode is Enabled).
Table 12.3
Specification of Watchdog Timer (When Count Source Protection Mode is Enabled)
Item
Specification
Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
Decrement
Count value of watchdog timer (4096)
Low-speed on-chip oscillator clock
e.g.Period is approximately 32.8ms when the low-speed on-chip
oscillator clock is 125 kHz
Count Source
Count Operation
Period
Count Start Condition
Reset Condition of Watchdog
Timer
Count Stop Condition
Operation at the time of
Underflow
Register, Bit
The WDTON bit(1) in the OFS register (0FFFFh) selects the operation
of the watchdog timer after reset.
• When the WDTON bit is set to “1” (watchdog timer is in stop state
after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler stop after reset and the count
starts by writing to the WDTS register
• When the WDTON bit is set to “0” (watchdog timer starts
automatically after reset)
The watchdog timer and prescaler start counting automatically after
reset
• Reset
• Write “00h” to the WDTR register before writing “FFh”
• Underflow
None (the count does not stop in wait mode after the count starts. The
microcomputer does not enter stop mode)
Watchdog timer reset (refer to 5.5 Watchdog Timer Reset)
• When setting the CSPPRO bit in the CSPR register to “1” (count
source protection mode is enabled)(2), the following are set
automatically
- Set 0FFFh to the watchdog timer
- Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to “0” (low-speed on-chip
oscillator on)
- Set the PM12 bit in the PM1 register to “1” (The watchdog timer is
reset when watchdog timer underflows)
• The following states are held in count source protection mode
- Writing to the CM10 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains
unchanged even if it is set to “1”. The microcomputer does not
enter stop mode)
- Writing to the CM14 bit in the CM1 register disables (It remains
unchanged even if it is set to “1”. The low-speed on-chip oscillator
does not stop)
NOTES:
1. The WDTON bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write “0” to the bit
0 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
2. Even if writing “0” to the CSPROINI bit in the OFS register, the CSPRO bit is set to “1”. The
CSPROINI bit cannot be changed by a program. When setting the CSPROINI bit, write “0” to the bit
7 of the address 0FFFFh by a flash writer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 82 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
13. Timers
The microcomputer contains two 8-bit timers with 8-bit prescaler and a 16-bit timer. The two 8-bit timers with
the 8-bit prescaler contain Timer X and Timer Z. These timers contain a reload register to memorize the
default value of the counter. The 16-bit timer is Timer C which contains the input capture and output
compare. All these timers operate independently. The count source for each timer is the operating clock that
regulates the timing of timer operations such as counting and reloading.
Table 13.1 lists Functional Comparison of Timers.
Table 13.1
Functional Comparison of Timers
Item
Configuration
Count
Count Source
Function
Timer Mode
Pulse Output Mode
Event Counter Mode
Pulse Width Measurement
Mode
Pulse Period Measurement
Mode
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Programmable One-Shot
Generation Mode
Programmable Wait OneShot Generation Mode
Input Capture Mode
Output Compare Mode
Input Pin
Output Pin
Timer Z
8-bit timer with 8-bit
prescaler (with
reload register)
Decrement
• f1
• f2
• f8
• Timer X underflow
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
Timer C
16-bit free-run timer
(with input capture
and output compare)
Increment
• f1
• f8
• f32
• fRING-fast
not provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
provided
not provided
not provided
not provided
CNTR0
not provided
not provided
provided
provided
TCIN
CNTR0
CNTR0
Timer X interrupt
INT1 interrupt
Related Interrupt
Timer Stop
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Timer X
8-bit timer with 8-bit
prescaler (with
reload register)
Decrement
• f1
• f2
• f8
• fRING
provided
provided
provided
provided
provided
Page 83 of 254
INT0
TZOUT
Timer Y interrupt
INT0 interrupt
provided
CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
Timer C interrupt
INT3 interrupt
Compare 0 interrupt
Compare 1 interrupt
provided
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1
13. Timers
Timer X
Timer X is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler.
The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and counter. The reload register and counter are
allocated at the same address. When accessing the PREX and TX registers, the reload register and
counter can be accessed (Refer to Tables 13.2 to 13.6 the Specification of Each Modes.)
Figure 13.1 shows the Block Diagram of Timer X. Figures 13.2 and 13.3 show the registers associated
with Timer X.
Timer X contains five operating modes listed as follows:
• Timer mode:
The timer counts an internal count source.
• Pulse output mode:
The timer counts an internal count source and outputs the
pulses which inverts the polarity by underflow of the timer.
• Event counter mode:
The timer counts external pulses.
• Pulse width measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse width of an external pulse.
• Pulse period measurement mode: The timer measures the pulse period of an external pulse.
Data Bus
TXCK1 to TXCK0
f1
f8
fRING
f2
=00b
=01b
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0
=00b or 01b
=10b
=11b
Reload Register
Reload Register
=11b
Counter
PREX Register
=10b
Counter
TXS Bit
CNTRSEL=1
INT11/CNTR01
Polarity
Switch
INT10/CNTR00
CNTRSEL=0
Timer X Interrupt
TX Register
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0
bits=01b
INT1 Interrupt
R0EDG=1
Q
TXOCNT Bit
Q
R0EDG=0
Toggle Flip-Flop
CK
CLR
Write to TX Register
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0 bits=01b
CNTR0
TXMOD0 to TXMOD1, R0EDG, TXS, TXOCNT : Bits in TXMR register
TXCK0 to TXCK1 : Bits in TCSS register
CNTRSEL : Bit in UCON register
Figure 13.1
Block Diagram of Timer X
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 84 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TXMR
Bit Symbol
Address
008Bh
Bit Name
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
TXMOD1
_____
TXS
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
________
TXOCNT
TXEDG
TXUND
Function varies depending on operating mode
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
Function varies depending on operating mode
Operating Mode Select Bit 2
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
TXMOD2
Active Edge Reception Flag
Function varies depending on operating mode
Timer X Underflow Flag
Function varies depending on operating mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.2
TXMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 85 of 254
RW
b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
0 1 : Pulse output mode
1 0 : Event counter mode
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
TXMOD0
R0EDG
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Prescaler X Register
b7
b0
Symbol
PREX
Mode
Timer Mode
Pulse Output Mode
Event Counter Mode
Pulse Width
Measurement Mode
Pulse Period
Measurement Mode
Address
008Ch
Function
Counts internal count source
Counts internal count source
Counts input pulses from external
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
00h to FFh
00h to FFh
RW
RW
RW
00h to FFh
RW
Measures pulse w idth of input pulses from
external (counts internal count source)
00h to FFh
RW
Measures pulse period of input pulses from
external (counts internal count source)
00h to FFh
RW
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
RW
00h to FFh
RW
Timer X Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TX
Address
008Dh
Function
Counts underflow of Prescaler X
Timer Count Source Setting Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0
Symbol
TCSS
Bit Symbol
TXCK0
TXCK1
—
(b3-b2)
TZCK0
TZCK1
—
(b7-b6)
Address
008Eh
Bit Name
Timer X Count Source Select b1 b0
Bit(1)
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : fRING
1 1 : f2
Reserved Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
Timer Z Count Source Select b5 b4
Bit(1)
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : Selects Timer X underflow
1 1 : f2
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Do not sw itch a count source during a count operation. Stop the timer count before sw itching a count
source.
Figure 13.3
PREX, TX, and TCSS Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 86 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1.1
13. Timers
Timer Mode
Timer mode is mode to count the count source which is internally generated (See Table 13.2
Specification of Timer Mode). Figure 13.4 shows the TXMR Register in Timer Mode.
Table 13.2
Specification of Timer Mode
Item
Count source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f2, f8, fRING
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and
the count is inherited
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
Division Ratio
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Pin
Function
Programmable I/O port, or INT1 interrupt input
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to timer
Programmable I/O port
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0
Symbol
TXMR
Bit Symbol
TXMOD0
Address
008Bh
Bit Name
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
After Reset
00h
Function
b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
TXMOD1
TXS
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG
TXUND
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1, 2)
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
Set to “0” in timer mode
Operating Mode Select Bit 2
Set to “0” in timer mode
Set to “0” in timer mode
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
RW
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
_____
2. This bit is used to select the polarity of INT1 interrupt in timer mode.
3. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.4
TXMR Register in Timer Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
RW
_____
R0EDG
RW
Page 87 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1.2
13. Timers
Pulse Output Mode
Pulse output mode is mode to count the count source internally generated and outputs the pulse
which inverts the polarity from the CNTR0 pin each time the timer underflows (See Table 13.3
Specification of Pulse Output Mode). Figure 13.5 shows TXMR Register in Pulse Output Mode.
Table 13.3
Specification of Pulse Output Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Division Ratio
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Specification
f1, f2, f8, fRING
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and
the count is inherited
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
INT10/CNTR00 Pin
Function
Pulse output
CNTR0 Pin Function
Programmable I/O port or inverted output of CNTR0
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
Select Function
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select the polarity level when the pulse output starts(1)
• Inverted pulse output function
The pulse which inverts the polarity of the CNTR0 output can be output from
the CNTR0 pin (selected by TXOCNT bit)
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
NOTES:
1. The level of the output pulse becomes the level when the pulse output starts when the TX register is
written to.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 88 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
0 1
Symbol
TXMR
Bit Symbol
TXMOD0
Address
008Bh
Bit Name
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
After Reset
00h
Function
b1 b0
0 1 : Pulse output mode
TXMOD1
TXS
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
________
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG
TXUND
P3_7/CNTR0 Select Bit
0 : CNTR0 signal output starts at “H”
1 : CNTR0 signal output starts at “L”
RW
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
0 : Port P3_7
________
1 : CNTR0 output
Set to “0” in pulse output mode
Set to “0” in pulse output mode
Set to “0” in pulse output mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.5
TXMR Register in Pulse Output Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
RW
_____
R0EDG
RW
Page 89 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1.3
13. Timers
Event Counter Mode
Event counter mode is mode to count an external signal which inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See
Table 13.4 Specification of Event Counter Mode). Figure 13.6 shows TXMR Register in Event
Counter Mode.
Table 13.4
Specification of Event Counter Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Division Ratio
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Specification
External signal which is input to CNTR0 pin (Active edge is selectable by
software)
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded
and the count is inherited
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: setting value of PREX register, m: setting value of TX register
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
• When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Signal
Pin Function
Count source input (INT1 interrupt input)
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Programmable I/O port
Select Function
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
The count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value
is written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select the active edge of the count source.
• Count source input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01
pin
Page 90 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
1 0
Symbol
Address
008Bh
TXMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
TXMOD0 Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
TXMOD1
_____
R0EDG
TXS
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG
TXUND
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
in event counter
in event counter
in event counter
in event counter
After Reset
00h
Function
b1 b0
1 0 : Event Counter Mode
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
RW
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
mode
mode
mode
mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.6
TXMR Register in Event Counter Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 91 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1.4
13. Timers
Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Pulse width measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse width of an external signal which
inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See Table 13.5 Specification of Pulse Width Measurement
Mode). Figure 13.7 shows the TXMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode. Figure 13.8
shows an Operating Example in Pulse Width Measurement Mode.
Table 13.5
Specification of Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Specification
f1, f2, f8, fRING
• Decrement
• Continuously counts the selected signal only when the measurement pulse is
“H” level, or conversely only “L” level.
• When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded
and the count is inherited
Write “1” (count starts) to TXS bit in TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to TXS bit in TXMR register
• When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
• Rising or falling of CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1 interrupt]
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Signal
Pin Function
Measurement pulse input (INT1 interrupt input)
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Programmable I/O port
Select Function
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
The Count value can be read by reading the TX and PREX registers.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value
is written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
• INT1/CNTR0 signal polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select “H” or “L” level duration as the input pulse
measurement
• Measurement pulse input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01
pin
Page 92 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
1 1
Symbol
Address
008Bh
TXMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
TXMOD0 Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
TXMOD1
_____
R0EDG
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
After Reset
00h
Function
b1 b0
1 1 : Pulse w idth measurement mode
[CNTR0]
0 : Measures “L” level w idth
1 : Measures “H” level w idth
_______
[INT1]
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
TXS
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG
TXUND
Timer X Count Start Flag(2)
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
Set to “0”
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
in pulse w idth measurement mode
in pulse w idth measurement mode
in pulse w idth measurement mode
in pulse w idth measurement mode
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.7
TXMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 93 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
n = high-level: the contents of TX register, low-level: the contents of PREX register
FFFFh
Count Start
Underflow
Counter contents (hex)
n
Count Stop
Count Stop
Count Start
0000h
Period
Set to “1” by program
TXS Bit in
TXMR Register
Measurement Pulse
(CNTR0i Pin Input)
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in INT1IC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in TXIC
Register
“1”
“0”
Conditions: “H” level width of measurement pulse is measured. (R0EDG=1)
i=0 to 1
Figure 13.8
Operating Example in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 94 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.1.5
13. Timers
Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Pulse period measurement mode is mode to measure the pulse period of an external signal which
inputs from the INT1/CNTR0 pin (See Table 13.6 Specification of Pulse Period Measurement
Mode). Figure 13.9 shows the TXMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode. Figure 13.10
shows an Operating Example in Pulse Period Measurement Mode.
Table 13.6
Specification of Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Count Start Condition
Count Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Specification
f1, f2, f8, fRING
• Decrement
• After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, contents for the read-out
buffer are retained at the first underflow of prescaler X. Then timer X reloads
contents in the reload register at the second underflow of prescaler X and
continues counting.
Write “1” (count starts) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
Write “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit in the TXMR register
• When timer X underflows or reloads [timer X interrupt]
• Rising or falling of CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1 interrupt]
INT10/CNTR00,
INT11/CNTR01 Signal
Pin Function
Measurement pulse input(1) (INT1 interrupt input)
CNTR0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Programmable I/O port
Write to Timer
Select Function
Contents in the read-out buffer can be read by reading the TX register. The
value retained in the read-out buffer is released by reading the TX register.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers while the count stops, the value
is written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TX and PREX registers during the count, the value is
written to each reload register of the TX and PREX registers at the following
count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the second
count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
• INT1/CNTR0 polarity switch function
The R0EDG bit can select the measurement period of input pulse.
• Measurement pulse input pin select function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register can select the CNTR00 or CNTR01
pin.
NOTES:
1. Input the pulse whose period is longer than twice of the prescaler X period. Input the longer pulse for
“H” width and “L” width than the prescaler X period. If the shorter pulse than the period is input to the
CNTR0 pin, the input may be disabled.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 95 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer X Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0
0 0
Symbol
TXMR
Bit Symbol
TXMOD0
Address
008Bh
Bit Name
Operating Mode Select Bit 0, 1
After Reset
00h
Function
b1 b0
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement
mode
TXMOD1
RW
RW
RW
_____
INT1/CNTR0 Signal
Polarity Sw itch Bit(1)
R0EDG
[CNTR0]
0 : Measures measurement pulse from one
rising edge to next rising edge
1 : Measures measurement pulse from one
falling edge to next falling edge
RW
______
[INT1]
0 : Rising edge
1 : Falling edge
TXS
TXOCNT
TXMOD2
TXEDG(2)
TXUND(2)
Timer X Count Start Flag(3)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
Set to “0” in pulse w idth measurement mode
Operating Mode Select Bit 2
1 : Pulse period measurement mode
0 : Active edge not received
Active Edge Reception Flag
1 : Active edge received
Timer X underflow flag
0 : No underflow
1 : Underflow
NOTES :
1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the R0EDG bit is rew ritten.
Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
2. This bit is set to “0” by w riting “0” in a program. (It remains unchanged even if w riting “1”)
3. Refer to 20.4.2 Tim er X for precautions on the TXS bit.
Figure 13.9
TXMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 96 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Underflow Signal of
Prescaler X
Set to “1” by program
TXS Bit in TXMR
Register
“1”
“0”
Starts
counting
CNTR0i Pin Input
“1”
“0”
Timer X
reloads
Timer X
reloads
0Fh 0Eh 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh 0Ch 0Bh 0Ah 09h 08h 0Fh 0Eh 0Dh
Contents of Timer X
(7)
Contents of
Read-Out Buffer1
0Eh
0Fh
01h 00h 0Fh 0Eh
Retained(7)
Retained
0Ah 09h
08h
(2)
0Dh
01h 00h 0Fh 0Eh
Timer X read(3)
Timer X read(3)
TXEDG Bit in
TXMR Register
Timer X
reloads
(2)
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” by program(4)
(6)
TXUND Bit in
TXMR Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” by program(5)
IR Bit in
TXIC Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in INT1IC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
Conditions: A period from one rising edge to the next rising edge of measurement pulse is measured (R0EDG=0)
with the default value of the TX register as 0Fh.
i=0 to 1
NOTES :
1. The contents of the read-out buffer can be read when the TX register is read in pulse period measurement mode.
2. After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, the TXEDG bit in the TXMR register is set to “1” (active edge found)
when the prescale X underflows for the second time.
3. The TX register should be read before the next active edge is input after the TXEDG bit is set to “1” (active edge found).
The contents in the read-out buffer is retained until the TX register is read. If the TX register is not read before the next
active edge is input, the measured result of the previous period is retained.
4. When set to “0” by program, use a MOV instruction to write “0” to the TXEDG in the TXMR register. At the same time,
write “1” to the TXUND bit.
5. When set to “0” by program, use a MOV instruction to write “0” to the TXUND in the TXMR register. At the same time,
write “1” to the TXEDG bit.
6. The TXUND and TXEDG bits are both set to “1” if the timer underflows and reloads on an active edge simultaneously.
In this case, the validity of the TXUND bit should be determined by the contents of the read-out buffer.
7. If the CNTR0 active edge is input, when the prescaler X underflow signal is “H” level, its count value is the one of the
read buffer. If “L” level, the following count value is the one of the read buffer.
Figure 13.10
Operating Example in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 97 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.2
13. Timers
Timer Z
Timer Z is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler. The prescaler and timer consist of the reload register and
counter. The reload register and counter are allocated at the same address. Refer to the Tables 13.7 to
13.12 for the Specification of Each Mode. Timer Z contains the timer Z primary and timer Z secondary
as the reload register.
Figure 13.11 shows the Block Diagram of Timer Z. Figures 13.12 to 13.15 show the TZMR, PREZ,
TZSC, TZPR, TZOC, PUM, and TCSS registers.
Timer Z contains the following four operating modes.
• Timer mode:
The timer counts an internal count source or
Timer X underflow.
• Programmable waveform generation mode:
The timer outputs pulses of a given width
successively.
• Programmable one-shot generation mode:
The timer outputs one-shot pulse.
• Programmable wait one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs delayed one-shot pulse.
Data Bus
TZSC Register
Reload Register
TZCK1 to TZCK0
f1
f8
Timer X Underflow
f2
Reload Register
TZPR Register
Reload Register
=00b
=01b
=10b
=11b
Counter
Counter
Timer Z Interrupt
PREZ Register
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=10b, 11b
TZS
TZOS
INT0 Interrupt
INT0
Digital Filter
Input polarity selected to
be one edge or both edges
INT0PL
INT0EN
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=01b, 10b, 11b
TZOCNT=0
Polarity
Select
INOSEG
TZOPL=1
TZOUT
P1_3 Bit in P1 Register
Q
Toggle
Flip-Flop
Q
CLR
TZOPL=0
TZOCNT=1
TZMOD0 to TZMOD1, TZS : Bits in TZMR Register
TZOS, TZOCNT : Bits in TZOC Register
Figure 13.11
Block Diagram of Timer Z
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 98 of 254
TZOPL, INOSTG : Bits in PUM Register
TZCK0 to TZCK1 : Bits in TCSS Register
INT0EN, INT0PL : Bits in INTEN Register
CK
Write to TZMR Register
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0
=01b, 10b, 11b
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b3-b0)
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
TZWC
TZS
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
Timer Z Operating Mode b5 b4
0 0 : Timer mode
Bit
0 1 : Programmable w aveform generation mode
1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode
1 1 : Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit Functions varies depending on operating mode
Timer Z Count Start
Flag(1)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
NOTES :
1. Refer to 20.4.3 Tim er Z for precautions on the TZS bit.
Figure 13.12
TZMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 99 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Prescaler Z Register
b7
b0
Symbol
PREZ
Mode
Address
0085h
Function
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
00h to FFh
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
00h to FFh
Programmable One-Shot
Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
00h to FFh
Programmable Wait OneShot Generation Mode
Counts internal count source or Timer X
underflow
00h to FFh
Timer Mode
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
Timer Z Secondary Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TZSC
Mode
Timer Mode
Address
0086h
Function
Disabled
(1)
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
Programmable One-Shot
Generation Mode
Disabled
Programmable Wait OneShot Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z (one-shot
w idth is counted)
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
RW
—
—
00h to FFh
—
00h to FFh
WO(2)
—
WO
NOTES :
1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted.
2. The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR register even w hen the secondary period is being
counted.
Timer Z Primary Register
b7
b0
Symbol
TZPR
Mode
Timer Mode
Address
0087h
Function
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
After Reset
FFh
Setting Range
00h to FFh
(1)
Programmable Waveform
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
00h to FFh
Programmable One-Shot
Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
(counts one-shot w idth)
00h to FFh
Programmable Wait OneShot Generation Mode
Counts underflow of Prescaler Z
(counts w ait period)
00h to FFh
NOTES :
1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately and counted.
Figure 13.13
PREZ, TZSC, and TZPR Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 100 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Output Control Register(3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
TZOC
Bit Symbol
Address
008Ah
Bit Name
Timer Z One-Shot Start Bit(1)
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : One-shot stops
1 : One-shot starts
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
TZOCNT
Timer Z Programmable Waveform
Generation Output Sw itch Bit(2)
0 : Outputs programmable w aveform
1 : Outputs value in P1_3 port register
—
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
TZOS
—
(b1)
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
NOTES :
1. This bit is set to “0” w hen the output of one-shot w aveform is completed. Set the TZOS bit to “0” w hen the
w aveform output is stopped by setting the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “0” (count stops) during the one-shot
w aveform output.
2. This bit is enabled only w hen operating in programmable w aveform generation mode.
3. If executing an instruction w hich changes this register w hen the TZOS bit is set to “1” (during count), the TZOS bit is
automatically set to “0” (one-shot stops) w hen the count is completed w hile the instruction is executed. If this
causes some problems, execute an instruction w hich changes this register w hen the TZOS bit is set to “0” (oneshot stops).
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0084h
PUM
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b4-b0)
TZOPL
Timer Z Output Level Latch
_____
INOSTG
INOSEG
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger Control
Bit(2)
_____
INT0 Pin One-shot Trigger Polarity
Select Bit(1)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
Function varies depending on operating
mode
RW
RW
RW
_____
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
_____
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
0 : Falling edge trigger
1 : Rising edge trigger
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. When the INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
2. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” w hen setting the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register.
Figure 13.14
TZOC, and PUM Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 101 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Count Source Setting Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0
Symbol
TCSS
Bit Symbol
TXCK0
Address
008Eh
Bit Name
Timer X Count Source Select Bit(1)
TZCK0
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Timer Z Count Source Select Bit(1)
b5 b4
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : Selects Timer X underflow
1 1 : f2
TZCK1
—
(b7-b6)
b1 b0
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : fRING
1 1 : f2
TXCK1
—
(b3-b2)
After Reset
00h
Function
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. Do not sw itch a count source during a count operation. Stop the timer count before sw itching the count
source.
Figure 13.15
TCSS Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 102 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.2.1
13. Timers
Timer Mode
Timer mode is mode to count a count source which is internally generated or Timer X underflow (see
Table 13.7 Specification of Timer Mode). The TZSC register is unused in timer mode. Figure 13.16
shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in Timer Mode.
Table 13.7
Specification of Timer Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the reload register contents before the
count continues (When Timer Z underflows, the contents of Timer Z primary
reload register is reloaded.)
Division Ratio
1/(n+1)(m+1) fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count starts) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stops) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Interrupt Request
• When Timer Z underflows [Timer Z interrupt]
Generation Timing
TZOUT Pin Function Programmable I/O port
INT0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer(1)
Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers
• When writing to the TZPR and PREZ registers while the count stops, the value is
written to both the reload register and counter.
• When writing to the TZPR and PREZ registers during the count while the TZWC
bit is set to “0” (writing to the reload register and counter simultaneously), the
value is written to each reload register of the TZPR and PREZ registers at the
following count source input and the data is transferred to the counter at the
second count source input and the count re-starts at the third count source input.
When the TZWC bit is set to “1” (writing to only the reload register), the value is
written to each reload register of the TZPR and PREZ registers (the data is
transferred to the counter at the following reload).
NOTES:
1. The IR bit in the TZIC register is set to “1” (interrupt requested) when writing to the TZPR or PREZ
register while both of the following conditions are met.
<Conditions>
• TZWC bit in TZMR register is set to “0” (write to reload register and counter simultaneously)
• TZS bit in TZMR register is set to “1” (count starts)
When writing to the TZPR or PREZ register in the above state, disable an interrupt before writing.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 103 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b3-b0)
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
TZWC
TZS
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
RW
RW
b5 b4
0 0 : Timer mode
RW
RW
Timer Z Write Control Bit(1)
0 : Write to reload register and counter
1 : Write to reload register only
RW
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), the setting value in the TZWC bit is enabled. When the TZWC bit is set to
“0”, Timer Z count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter. Timer Z count value is w ritten to the reload
register only. When the TZS bit is set to “0” (count stop), Timer Z count value is w ritten to both reload register and
counter regardless of the setting value in the TZWC bit.
2. Refer to 20.4.3 Tim er Z for precautions on the TZS bit.
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0084h
PUM
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b4-b0)
TZOPL
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Control Bit
Set to “0” in timer mode
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit
Set to “0” in timer mode
____
INOSEG
Figure 13.16
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch Set to “0” in timer mode
_____
INOSTG
After Reset
00h
Function
TZMR and PUM Registers in Timer Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 104 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.2.2
13. Timers
Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Programmable waveform generation mode is mode to invert the signal output from the TZOUT pin
each time the counter underflows, while the values in the TZPR and TZSC registers are counted
alternately (see Table 13.8 Specification of Programmable Waveform Generation Mode). A
counting starts by counting the value set in the TZPR register. Figure 13.17 shows TZMR and PUM
Registers in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode. Figure 13.18 shows Operating Example of
Timer Z in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode.
Table 13.8
Specification of Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
• Decrement
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of primary reload register and
secondary reload register alternately before the count continues.
Width and Period of
Primary period: (n+1)(m+1)/fi
Output Waveform
Secondary period: (n+1)(p+1)/fi
Period: (n+1){(m+1)+(p+1)}/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: Setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register, p: setting
value in TZSC register
Count Start Condition Write “1” (count starts) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Count Stop Condition Write “0” (count stops) to the TZS bit in the TZMR register
Interrupt Request
In half of count source, after Timer Z underflows during secondary period (at the
Generation Timing
same time as the TZout output change) [Timer Z interrupt].
TZOUT Pin Function Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
INT0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Select Function
Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers(1).
The value written to the TZSC, PREZ and TZPR registers is written to the reload
register only(2).
• Output level latch select function
The TZOPL bit can select the output level during primary and secondary
periods.
• Programmable waveform generation output switch function
When the TZOCNT bit in the TZOC register is set to “0”, the output from TZOUT
is inverted synchronously when Timer Z underflows. And when setting to “1”,
output the value in the P1_3 bit from TZOUT pin (3).
NOTES:
1. Even when counting the secondary period, read out the TZPR register.
2. The setting value in the TZPR register and TZSC register are made effective by writing a value to
the TZPR register. The set values are reflected to the waveform output beginning with the following
primary period after writing to the TZPR register.
3. The TZOCNT bit is enabled by the followings.
• When count starts.
• When the timer Z interrupt request is generated. The contents after the TZOCNT bit is changed
are reflected from the output of the following primary period.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 105 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0 1 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b3-b0)
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
Timer Z Write Control Bit
TZWC
TZS
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
RW
RW
b5 b4
0 1 : Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
RW
RW
Set to “1” in programmable w aveform generation
mode(1)
RW
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Refer to 20.4.3 Tim er Z for precautions on the TZS bit.
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0084h
PUM
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b4-b0)
Timer Z Output Level Latch
TZOPL
_____
INOSTG
Figure 13.17
Set to “0”
0 : Outputs
Outputs
Outputs
1 : Outputs
Outputs
Outputs
RW
“H” for primary period
“L” for secondary period
“L” w hen the timer is stopped
“L” for primary period
“H” for secondary period
“H” w hen the timer is stopped
RW
Set to “0” in programmable w aveform generation
mode
RW
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit
Set to “0” in programmable w aveform generation
mode
RW
TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Control Bit
_____
INOSEG
After Reset
00h
Function
Page 106 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Set to “1” by program
TZS Bit in
TZMR Register
“1”
“0”
Count Source
Prescaler Z
Underflow Signal
Timer Z
secondary
reloads
01h
Contents of Timer Z
00h
02h
Timer Z
primary
reloads
01h
00h
01h
00h
02h
Set to “0” when interrupt request
is acknowledged, or set by
program
IR Bit in
TZIC Register
“1”
TZOPL Bit in
PUM Register
“1”
“0”
Set to "0" by program
“0”
Waveform
output starts
TZOUT Pin Output
Waveform
output inverts
Waveform
output inverts
“H”
“L”
Primary period
Secondary period
Primary period
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h, TZSC=02h
TZOC register TZOCNT bit = 0
Figure 13.18
Operating Example of Timer Z in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 107 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.2.3
13. Timers
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Programmable one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT pin
by a program or an external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin). (see Table 13.9 Specification of
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode). When a trigger is generated, the timer starts
operating from the point only once for a given period equal to the set value in the TZPR register. The
TZSC register is unused in this mode. Figure 13.19 shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in
Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode. Figure 13.20 shows an Operating Example in
Programmable One-shot Generation Mode.
Table 13.9
Specification of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
One-Shot Pulse
Output Time
Specification
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
• Decrement the setting value in TZPR register
• When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of the reload register before
the count is completed and the TZOS bit is set to “0” (one-shot stop).
• When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before
it stops.
(n+1)(m+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency, n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in
TZPR register
Count Start Condition • Set TZOS bit in TZOC register to “1” (one-shot starts) (1)
• Input active trigger to INT0 pin(2)
Count Stop Condition • When reloading is completed after the count value is set to “00h”
• When the TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops)
• When the TZOS bit in the TZOC register is set to “0” (one-shot stops)
Interrupt Request
In half cycles of count source, after the timer underflows (at the same time as the
Generation Timing
TZOUT output ends) [Timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
INT0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Select Function
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (INT0 one-shot trigger
disabled)
programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “1” (INT0 one-shot trigger
enabled)
external trigger (INT0 interrupt input)
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ registers.
The value written to the TZPR and PREZ registers is written to the reload register
only(3).
• Output level latch select function
The TZOPL bit can select the output level of the one-shot pulse waveform.
• INT0 pin one-shot trigger control and polarity select functions
The INOSTG bit can select the trigger input from the INT0 pin is active or
inactive. Also, the INOSEG bit can select the active trigger polarity.
NOTES:
1. Set the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “1” (count starts).
2. Set the TZS bit to “1” (count starts), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to “1” (enables INT0 input),
and the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to “1” (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled). A trigger which is
input during the count cannot be acknowledged, however the INT0 interrupt request is generated.
3. The set value is reflected at the following one-shot pulse after writing to the TZPR register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 108 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b3-b0)
TZMOD0
TZMOD1
TZWC
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
(2)
TZS
RW
b5 b4
1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode
Timer Z Write Control Bit
Timer Z Count Start Flag
RW
RW
RW
Set to “1” in programmable one-shot generation
mode(1)
RW
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Refer to 20.4.3 Tim er Z for precautions on the TZS bit.
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0084h
PUM
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b4-b0)
TZOPL
INOSEG
Set to “0”
Timer Z Output Level Latch 0 : Outputs one-shot pulse “H”
Outputs “L” w hen the timer is stopped
1 : Outputs one-shot pulse “L”
Outputs “H” w hen the timer is stopped
_____
INOSTG
After Reset
00h
Function
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Control Bit(1)
_____
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit(2)
TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 109 of 254
RW
RW
_____
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
_____
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
0 : Falling edge trigger
1 : Rising edge trigger
NOTES :
1. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM
_____
register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to “1” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled), set the INT0F0 to
_____
INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register. Set the INOSTG bit to “0” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the
TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops).
2. The INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
Figure 13.19
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Set to "1" by program
TZS Bit in TZMR
Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "0" when count
ends
Set to "1" by program
TZOS Bit in TZOC
Register
Set to "1" by INT0 pin
input trigger
"1"
"0"
Count Source
Prescaler Z
Underflow Signal
INT0 Pin Input
"1"
"0"
Count
starts
01h
Contents of Timer Z
Timer Z Count
primary starts
reloads
00h
01h
Timer Z
primary
reloads
00h
01h
Set to "0" when interrupt request is
acknowledged, or set to "0" by
program
IR Bit in TZIC
Register
"1"
TZOPL bit in
PUM Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "0" by program
"0"
Waveform
output starts
TZOUT Pin Input
Waveform
output ends
Waveform
output starts
"H"
"L"
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h
TZOPL bit in PUM register=0, INOSTG bit=1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled)
INOSEG bit=1 (rising edge trigger)
Figure 13.20
Operating Example in Programmable One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 110 of 254
Waveform
output ends
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.2.4
13. Timers
Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Programmable wait one-shot generation mode is mode to output the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT
pin by the external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin) (see Table 13.10 Specification of
Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode). When a trigger is generated from this point, the
timer starts outputting pulses only once for a given length of time equal to the setting value in the
TZSC register after waiting for a given length of time equal to the setting value in the TZPR register.
Figure 13.21 shows the TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation
Mode. Figure 13.22 shows an Operating Example in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 111 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 13.10
13. Timers
Specification of Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f2, f8, Timer X underflow
• Decrement the setting value in Timer Z primary
• When a count of TZPR register underflows, the timer reloads the
contents of the TZSC register before the count continues.
• When a count of the TZSC register underflows, the timer reloads the
contents of the TZPR register before the count completes and the TZOS
bit is set to “0”.
• When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register
before it stops.
Wait Time
(n+1)(m+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, m: setting value in TZPR register
One-Shot Pulse Output Time (n+1)(p+1)/fi
fi: Count source frequency
n: setting value in PREZ register, p: setting value in TZSC register
Count Start Condition
• Set the TZOS bit in the TZOC register to “1” (one-shot starts)(1)
• Input active trigger to the INT0 pin(2)
Count Stop Condition
• When reloading completes after Timer Z underflows during secondary
period
• When the TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops)
• When the TZOS bit in the TZOC register is set to “0” (one-shot stops)
Interrupt Request
In half cycles of count source after timer Z underflows during secondary
Generation Timing
period (complete at the same time as waveform output from the TZOUT
pin) [timer Z interrupt]
TZOUT Pin Function
Pulse output
(When using this function as a programmable I/O port, set to timer mode.)
INT0 Pin Function
Read from Timer
Write to Timer
Select Function
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “0” (INT0 one-shot
trigger disabled), programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
• When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to “1” (INT0 one-shot
trigger enabled), external trigger (INT0 interrupt input)
The count value can be read out by reading the TZPR and PREZ
registers.
The value written to the TZPR, PREZ and TZSC register is written to the
reload register only(3).
• Output level latch select function
The TZOPL bit can select the output level for the one-shot pulse
waveform.
• INT0 pin one-shot trigger control function and polarity select function
The INOSTG bit can select the trigger input from INT0 pin is active or
inactive. Also, the INOSEG bit can select the active trigger polarity
NOTES:
1. Set the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “1” (count starts).
2. Set the TZS bit to “1” (count starts), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to “1” (enables INT0 input),
and the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to “1” (enabling INT0 one-shot trigger). A trigger which is
input during the count cannot be acknowledged, however the INT0 interrupt request is generated.
3. The setting values are reflected beginning with the following one-shot pulse after writing to the
TZPR register.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 112 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer Z Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0080h
TZMR
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b3-b0)
TZMOD0
Timer Z Operating Mode Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
RW
b5 b4
1 1 : Programmable w ait one-shot generation mode
TZS
RW
RW
TZMOD1
TZWC
RW
Timer Z Write Control Bit
Set to “1” in programmable w ait one-shot generation
mode(1)
RW
Timer Z Count Start Flag(2)
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
RW
NOTES :
1. When the TZS bit is set to “1” (count start), The count value is w ritten to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is
set to “0” (count stop), The count value is w ritten to both reload register and counter.
2. Refer to 20.4.3 Tim er Z for precautions on the TZS bit.
Timer Z Waveform Output Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
0084h
PUM
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b4-b0)
Timer Z Output Level Latch
TZOPL
_____
INOSTG
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Control Bit(1)
_____
INOSEG
INT0 Pin One-Shot Trigger
Polarity Select Bit(2)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
0 : Outputs one-shot pulse “H”
Outputs “L” w hen the timer is stopped
1 : Outputs one-shot pulse “L”
Outputs “H” w hen the timer is stopped
TZMR and PUM Registers in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 113 of 254
RW
RW
_____
0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled
_____
1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled
0 : Falling edge trigger
1 : Rising edge trigger
NOTES :
register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM
1. Set the INOSTG bit to “1” after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN
_____
register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to “1” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled), set the INT0F0 to
_____
INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register. Set the INOSTG bit to “0” (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the
TZS bit in the TZMR register is set to “0” (count stops).
2. The INOSEG bit is enabled only w hen the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to “0” (one edge).
Figure 13.21
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Set to "1" by program
TZS Bit in TZMR
Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "1" by program, or set to "1" by INT0
pin input trigger
TZOS Bit in TZOC
Register
Set to "0" when count
ends
"1"
"0"
Count Source
Prescaler Z Underflow
Signal
INT0 Pin Input
"1"
"0"
Timer Z secondary
reloads
Count starts
01h
Contents of Timer Z
00h
02h
Timer Z primary
reloads
01h
00h
01h
Set to "0" when interrupt request is
acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in TZIC
Register
"1"
"0"
Set to "0" by program
TZOPL Bit in PUM
Register
"1"
"0"
Wait starts
TZOUT Pin Output
Waveform output starts
Waveform output ends
"H"
"L"
The above applies to the following conditions.
PREZ=01h, TZPR=01h, TZSC=02h
PUM register TZOPL bit=0, INOSTG bit=1 (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled)
INOSEG bit= 1 (rising edge trigger)
Figure 13.22
Operating Example in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 114 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.3
13. Timers
Timer C
Timer C is a 16-bit timer. Figure 13.23 shows the Block Diagram of Timer C. Figure 13.24 shows the
Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Generation Unit. Figure 13.25 shows the Block Diagram of CMP
Waveform Output Unit.
Timer C has two modes: input capture mode and output compare mode. Figure 13.26 to 13.29 show the
Timer C-associated registers.
TCC11 to TCC10
f1
f8
f32
Sampling
Clock
=01b
=10b
=11b
INT3/TCIN
Other than
00b
TCC07=0
Digital
Filter
=00b
TCC07=1
Edge
Detection
INT3 Interrupt
fRING128
Transfer Signal
Higher 8 Bits
Lower 8 Bits
Capture and Compare 0 Register
TM0 Register
Data bus
Compare Circuit 0
Compare 0 Interrupt
TCC02 to TCC01
f1
f8
f32
fRING-fast
=00b
Higher 8 Bits
=01b
=10b
=11b
Lower 8 Bits
Timer C Interrupt
Counter
TC Register
TYC00
TCC12
=0
TCC12=1
Timer C Counter Reset Signal
Compare Circuit 1
Higher 8 Bits
Lower 8 Bits
Compare Register 1
TM1 Register
TCC01 to TCC02, TCC07: Bits in TCC0 register
TCC10 to TCC12: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 13.23
Block Diagram of Timer C
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 115 of 254
Compare 1 Interrupt
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
TCC14
TCC15
Compare 0 Interrupt Signal
Compare 1 Interrupt Signal
TCC16
TCC17
H
L
Reverse
TCC17 to TCC16
T
=11b
D
=10b
=01b
Latch
Q
R
CMP Output
(Internal Signal)
Reset
Reverse
L
H
TCC15 to TCC14
=01b
=10b
=11b
TCC14 to TCC17: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 13.24
Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Generation Unit
TCOUT6=0
CMP Output
(Internal Signal)
TCOUT0=1
PD1_0
TCOUT0
Inverted
CMP0_0
TCOUT6=1
TCOUT0=0
P1_0
Register
Bit
Setting Value
TCOUT
TCOUT0
1
1
1
1
P1
P1_0
1
1
0
0
TCOUT
TCOUT6
0
1
0
1
CMP0_0 Output
CMP0_0 waveform output
CMP0_0 reversed waveform output
“L” output
“H” output
This diagram is a block diagram of the CMP0_0 waveform output unit.
The CMP0_1 to CMP0_2 and CMP1_0 to CMP1_2 waveform output units are the same configurations.
Figure 13.25
Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 116 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer C Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
TC
Address
0091h-0090h
After Reset
0000h
RW
Function
Count the internal count source.
“0000h” can be read out by reading w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stops)
The count value can be read out by reading w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “1” (count starts)
RO
Capture and Compare 0 Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
TM0
Address
009Dh-009Ch
Mode
After Reset
0000h(2)
RW
Function
When the active edge of measurement pulse is input, store
the value in the TC register
Input Capture Mode
Mode
Function
(1)
Output compare Mode
Store the value compared w ith Timer C
Setting Range
0000h to FFFFh
RO
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. When setting the value to the TM0 register, set the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register to “1” (compare 0 output selected).
When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (capture selected), the value cannot be w ritten.
2. When setting the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register to “1”, the value after reset is “FFFFh”.
Compare 1 Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
TM1
Mode
Output Compare Mode
Figure 13.26
TC, TM0 and TM1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 117 of 254
Address
009Fh-009Eh
Function
Store the value compared w ith Timer C
After Reset
FFFFh
Setting Range
0000h to FFFFh
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer C Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
TCC0
Bit Symbol
TCC00
Address
009Ah
Bit Name
Timer C Count Start Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : Stops counting
1 : Starts counting
(1)
TCC01
Timer C Count Source Select Bit
b2 b1
0 0 : f1
0 1 : f8
1 0 : f32
1 1 : fRING-fast
TCC02
RW
RW
RW
RW
_____
TCC03
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Polarity
Select Bit(1, 2)
TCC04
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
b4 b3
0 0 : Rising edge
0 1 : Falling edge
1 0 : Both edges
1 1 : Do not set
Set to “0”
_____
TCC06
TCC07
RW
RW
_____
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Input
Bit(2, 3)
0 : INT3 Interrupt is generated
synchronizing w ith Timer C count source
_____
1 : INT3 Interrupt is generated w hen
_____
INT3 interrupt is input(4)
_____
0 : INT3
1 : fRING128
INT3 Interrupt / Capture Input
Sw itch Bit(1, 2)
RW
_____
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Change this bit w hen the TCC00 bit is set to “0” (count stop).
2. The IR bit in the INT3IC register may be set to “1” (requests interrupt) w hen the TCC03, TCC04, TCC06 and TCC07
bits are rew ritten. Refer to 20.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor.
_____
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “1” (output compare mode) and INT3 interrupt is input, regardless of the
setting value of the TCC06 bit, an interrupt request is generated.
_____
_____
4. When using the INT3 filter, the INT3 interrupt is generated synchronizing w ith the clock for the digital filter.
Figure 13.27
TCC0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 118 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer C Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TCC1
Bit Symbol
TCC10
_____
Address
009Bh
Bit Name
INT3 Filter Select Bit(1)
TCC13
TCC14
TCC15
TCC16
TCC17
b1 b0
0 0 : No filter
0 1 : Filter w ith f1 sampling
1 0 : Filter w ith f8 sampling
1 1 : Filter w ith f32 sampling
TCC11
TCC12
After Reset
00h
Function
Timer C Counter Reload Select 0 : No reload
1 : Set TC register to “0000h” w hen compare 1
Bit(3)
matches
Compare 0 / Capture Select
Bit(2)
0 : Select capture (input capture mode) (3)
1 : Select compare 0 output
(output compare mode)
RW
RW
RW
RW
Compare 1 Output Mode Select b7 b6
Bit(3)
0 0 : CMP output remains unchanged even
w hen compare 1 matches
0 1 : CMP output is reversed w hen compare 1
signal matches
1 0 : CMP output is set to “L” w hen compare 1
signal matches
1 1 : CMP output is set to “H” w hen compare 1
signal matches
RW
3. When the TCC13 bit is set to “0” (input capture mode), set the TCC12, TCC14 to TCC17 bits to “0”.
TCC1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
Compare 0 Output Mode Select b5 b4
Bit(3)
0 0 : CMP output remains unchanged even
w hen compare 0 matches
0 1 : CMP output is reversed w hen compare 0
signal matches
1 0 : CMP output is set to “L” w hen compare 0
signal matches
1 1 : CMP output is set to “H” w hen compare 0
signal matches
NOTES :
_____
1. When the same value from the INT3 pin is sampled three times continuously, the input is determined.
2. When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops), rew rite the TCC13 bit.
Figure 13.28
RW
Page 119 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Timer C Output Control Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
TCOUT
Bit Symbol
TCOUT0
TCOUT1
TCOUT2
TCOUT3
TCOUT4
TCOUT5
Address
00FFh
Bit Name
CMP Output Enable Bit 0
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP0_0
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP0_0
RW
CMP Output Enable Bit 1
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP0_1
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP0_1
RW
CMP Output Enable Bit 2
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP0_2
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP0_2
RW
CMP Output Enable Bit 3
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP1_0
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP1_0
RW
CMP Output Enable Bit 4
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP1_1
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP1_1
RW
CMP Output Enable Bit 5
0 : Disables CMP output from CMP1_2
1 : Enables CMP output from CMP1_2
RW
CMP Output Reverse Bit 0
0 : Not reverse CMP output from CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
1 : Reverses CMP output from CMP0_0 to CMP0_2
TCOUT6
CMP Output Reverse Bit 1
TCOUT7
NOTES :
1. Set the bits w hich are not used for the CMP output to “0”
Figure 13.29
TCOUT Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 120 of 254
0 : Not reverse CMP output from CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
1 : Reverses CMP output from CMP1_0 to CMP1_2
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.3.1
13. Timers
Input Capture Mode
Input capture mode is mode to input an edge to the TCIN pin or the fRING128 clock as trigger to latch
the timer value and generates an interrupt request. The TCIN input contains a digital filter and this
prevents an error caused by noise or so on from occurring. Table 13.11 shows Specification of Input
Capture Mode. Figure 13.30 shows an Operating Example in Input Capture Mode.
Table 13.11
Specification of Input Capture Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast
• Increment
• Transfer the value in the TC register to the TM0 register at the active edge
of measurement pulse
• The value in the TC register is set to “0000h” when count stops
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “1” (count starts)
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
Count Start Condition
Counter Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
• When the active edge of measurement pulse is input [INT3 interrupt](1)
• When Timer C overflows [Timer C interrupt]
INT3/TCIN Pin Function
Programmable I/O port or measurement pulse input (INT3 interrupt input)
P1_0 to P1_2, P3_3 to
P3_5 Pin Function
Counter Value Reset
Timing
Programmable I/O port
Read from Timer(2)
• The count value can be read out by reading the TC register.
• The count value at measurement pulse active edge input can be read out
by reading the TM0 register.
Write to the TC and TM0 registers is disabled
Write to Timer
Select Function
When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (capture disabled)
• INT3/TCIN polarity select function
The TCC03 to TCC04 bits can select the active edge of measurement
pulse
• Digital filter function
The TCC11 to TCC10 bits can select the digital filter sampling frequency
• Trigger select function
The TCC07 bit can select the TCIN input or the fRING128
NOTES:
1. The digital filter delay and one count source (max.) delay are generated for the INT3 interrupt.
2. Read the TC and TM0 registers in 16-bit unit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 121 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
FFFFh
Counter Contents (hex)
Overflow
Count Starts
←Measurement value 2
←
←Measurement value 1
Measurement
value 3
0000h
Set to "0" by
program
Set to "1" by program
TCC00 Bit in
TCC0 Register
“1”
“0”
The delay caused by digital filter and
one count source cycle delay (max.)
Measurement Pulse
(TCIN Pin Input)
Transfer Timing
from Timer C
Counter to TM0
Register
“1”
“0”
Transfer
(Measurement
value 1)
Transfer
(Measurement
value 2)
Transfer
(Measurement
value 3)
“1”
“0”
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Measurement
value 1
TM0 Register
Measurement value 2
Measurement
value 3
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
IR Bit in INT3IC
Register
IR Bit in TCIC
Register
“1”
“0”
Set to "0" when interrupt
request is acknowledged, or set
by program
“1”
“0”
The above applies to the following conditions.
TCC0 register TCC04 to TCC03 bits=01b (capture input polarity is set for falling edge),
TCC07=0 (INT3/TCIN input as capture input trigger)
Figure 13.30
Operating Example in Input Capture Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 122 of 254
Period
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13.3.2
13. Timers
Output Compare Mode
Output compare mode is mode to generate an interrupt request when the value of the TC register
matches the value of the TM0 or TM1 register. Table 13.12 shows Specification of Output Compare
Mode. Figure 13.31 shows an Operating Example in Output Compare Mode.
Table 13.12
Specification of Output Compare Mode
Item
Count Source
Count Operation
Specification
f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast
• Increment
• The value in the TC register is set to “0000h” when count stops
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “1” (count starts)
The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
The TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits in the TCOUT register is set to “1” (enables
CMP output).(2)
The TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits in the TCOUT register is set to “0” (disables
CMP output).
• When a match occurs in the compare circuit 0 [compare 0 interrupt]
• When a match occurs in the compare circuit 1 [compare 1 interrupt]
• When Time C overflows [Timer C interrupt]
Count Start Condition
Counter Stop Condition
Waveform Output Start
Condition
Waveform Output Stop
Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
INT3/TCIN Pin Function
P1_0 to P1_2 Pins and
P3_0 to P3_2 Pins
Function
Counter Value Reset
Timing
Read from Timer(1)
Write to Timer(1)
Select Function
Programmable I/O port or INT3 interrupt input
Programmable I/O port or CMP output(1)
When the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to “0” (count stops)
• The value in the compare register can be read out by reading the TM0 and
TM1 registers.
• The count value can be read out by reading the TC register.
• Write to the TC register is disabled.
• The values written to the TM0 and TM1 registers are stored in the compare
register at the following timings:
- When the TM0 and TM1 registers are written if the TCC00 bit is set to “0”
(count stops)
- When the counter overflows if the TCC00 bit is set to “1” (during
counting) and the TCC12 bit in the TCC1 register is set to “0” (free-run)
- When the compare 1 matches a counter if the TCC00 bit is set to “1” and
the TCC12 bit is set to “1” (set the TC register to “0000h” when the
compare 1 matches)
• Timer C counter reload select function
The TCC12 bit in the TCC1 register can select whether the counter value
in the TC register is set to “0000h” when the compare circuit 1 matches or
not.
• The TCC14 to TCC15 bits in the TCC1 register can select the output level
when the compare circuit 0 matches. The TCC16 to TCC17 bits in the
TCC1 register can select the output level when the compare circuit 1
matches.
• The TCOUT6 to TCOUT7 bits in the TCOUT register can select whether
the output is reversed or not.
NOTES:
1. When the corresponding port data is “1”, the waveform is output depending on the setting of the
registers TCC1 and TCOUT. When the corresponding port data is “0”, the fixed level is output (refer
to Figure 13.25 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit).
2. Access the TC, TM0, and TM1 registers in 16-bit units.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 123 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
13. Timers
Match
Counter content (hex)
Set value in TM1 register
Count start
Match
Match
Set value in TM0 register
0000h
Time
Set to "1" by program
TCC00 bit in “1”
TCC0 register “0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program
IR bit in CMP0IC “1”
register “0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is
accepted, or set by program
IR bit in CMP1IC “1”
register “0”
CMP0_0 output
“1”
“0”
CMP1_0 output
“1”
“0”
Conditions :
TCC12 bit in TCC1 register = 1 (TC register is set to “0000h” at Compare 1 match occurrence )
TCC13 bit in TCC1 register = 1 (Compare 0 output selected)
TCC15 to TCC14 bits in TCC1 register = 11b (CMP output level is set to high at Compare 0 match occurrence)
TCC17 to TCC16 bits in TCC1 register = 10b (CMP output level is set to low at Compare 1 match occurrence)
TCOUT6 bit in TCOUT register = 0 (not reversed)
TCOUT7 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (reversed)
TCOUT0 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (CMP0_0 output enabled)
TCOUT3 bit in TCOUT register = 1 (CMP1_0 output enabled)
P1_0 bit in P1 register = 1 (high)
P3_0 bit in P3 register = 1 (high)
Figure 13.31
Operating Example in Output Compare Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 124 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
14. Serial Interface
Serial interface is configured with one channel: UART0. UART0 has an exclusive timer to generate a
transfer clock.
Figure 14.1 shows a UART0 Block Diagram. Figure 14.2 shows a UART0 Transmit/Receive Unit.
UART0 has two modes: clock synchronous serial I/O mode, and clock asynchronous serial I/O mode (UART
mode).
Figures 14.3 to 14.5 show the UART0-associated registers.
(UART0)
RXD0
TXD0
CLK1 to CLK0=00b
f1
f8
f32
CKDIR=0
Internal
=01b
1/16
Clock
synchronous type
U0BRG register
=10b
1/(n0+1)
UART reception
1/16
Reception control
circuit
UART transmission
Clock
synchronous type
External
CKDIR=1
1/2
Clock synchronous type
(when internal clock is selected)
Clock synchronous type
(when external clock is selected)
Clock synchronous type
(when internal clock is selected)
CLK0
CLK
polarity
reversing
circuit
Figure 14.1
UART0 Block Diagram
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 125 of 254
Transmission
control circuit
CKDIR=0
CKDIR=1
Receive
clock
Transmit
clock
Transmit/
receive
unit
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
PRYE=0
PAR
Disabled
1SP
RXD0
SP
SP
Clock
Synchronous
Type
Clock
Synchronous
Type
UART (7 bits)
UART (8 bits)
UART (7 bits)
UART0 Receive Register
PAR
PAR
Enabled
PRYE=1
2SP
UART
UART (9 bits)
Clock
synchronous
Type
UART (8 bits)
UART (9 bits)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0 U0RB Register
MSB/LSB Conversion Circuit
Data Bus High-Order Bits
Data Bus Low-Order Bits
MSB/LSB Conversion Circuit
D8
PRYE=1
PAR
Enabled
2SP
SP
SP
UART (9 bits)
UART
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
TXD0
Clock
PAR
Disabled Synchronous
PRYE=0 Type
"0"
UART0 Transmit/Receive Unit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
D0 U0TB Register
UART (8 bits)
UART (9 bits)
Clock
Synchronous
Type
PAR
1SP
Figure 14.2
D7
Page 126 of 254
UART (7 bits)
UART (8 bits)
Clock
Synchronous
Type
UART (7 bits)
UART0 Transmit Register
SP: Stop Bit
PAR: Parity Bit
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit Buffer Register(1, 2)
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
U0TB
Address
00A3h-00A2h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
RW
—
(b8-b0)
Transmit data
—
(b15-b9)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
WO
—
NOTES :
1. When the transfer data length is 9-bit long, w rite to high-byte data first then low -byte data.
2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register.
UART0 Receive Buffer Register(1)
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
U0RB
Bit Symbol
—
(b7-b0)
Address
00A7h-00A6h
Bit Name
—
—
(b8)
—
(b11-b9)
OER
FER
PER
SUM
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
Receive data (D7 to D0)
Receive data (D8)
—
RW
RO
RO
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
—
Overrun Error Flag(2)
0 : No overrun error
1 : Overrun error
RO
Framing Error Flag(2)
0 : No framing error
1 : Framing error
RO
Parity Error Flag(2)
0 : No parity error
1 : Parity error
RO
Error Sum Flag(2)
0 : No error
1 : Error
RO
NOTES :
1. Read out the UiRB register in 16-bit unit.
2. The SUM, PER, FER and OER bits are set to “0” (no error) w hen the SMD2 to SMD0 bits in the UiMR register are set to
“000b” (serial interface disabled) or the RE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (disables receive). The SUM bit is set
to “0” (no error) w hen the PER, FER and OER bits are set to “0” (no error).
The PER and FER bits are set to “0” even w hen the higher byte of the U0RB register is read out.
UART0 Bit Rate Register(1, 2, 3)
b7
b0
Symbol
U0BRG
Address
00A1h
Function
Assuming that set value is n, U0BRG divides the count source by
n+1
NOTES :
1. Write to this register w hile the serial interface is neither transmitting nor receiving.
2. Use the MOV instruction to w rite to this register.
3. After setting the CLK0 to CLK1 bits of the U0C0 register, w rite to the U0BRG register.
Figure 14.3
U0TB, U0RB and U0BRG Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 127 of 254
After Reset
Indeterminate
Setting Range
00h to FFh
RW
WO
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit / Receive Mode Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
U0MR
Bit Symbol
Address
00A0h
Bit Name
Serial Interface Mode Select Bit
SMD0
Internal / External Clock Select
Bit
0 : Internal clock
1 : External clock(1)
RW
Stop Bit Length Select Bit
0 : 1 Stop Bit
1 : 2 Stop Bits
RW
Odd / Even Parity Select Bit
Enables w hen PRYE = 1
0 : Odd parity
1 : Even parity
RW
Parity Enable Bit
0 : Parity disabled
1 : Parity enabled
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
PRY
PRYE
—
(b7)
RW
RW
SMD2
STPS
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : Serial interface disabled
0 0 1 : Clock synchronous serial I/O mode
1 0 0 : UART mode transfer data 7 bits long
1 0 1 : UART mode transfer data 8 bits long
1 1 0 : UART mode transfer data 9 bits long
Other than above : Do not set
SMD1
CKDIR
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set the PD1_6 bit in the PD1 register to “0” (input).
UART0 Transmit / Receive Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
U0C0
Bit Symbol
CLK0
CLK1
—
(b2)
TXEPT
—
(b4)
NCH
Address
00A4h
Bit Name
BRG Count Source Select b1 b0
Bit(1)
0 0 : Selects f1
0 1 : Selects f8
1 0 : Selects f32
1 1 : Do not set
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Transmit Register Empty
Flag
0 : Data in transmit register (during transmit)
1 : No data in transmit register (transmit completed)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
RW
RW
RO
—
RW
CLK Polarity Select Bit
0 : Transmit data is output at falling edge of transfer
clock and receive data is input at rising edge
1 : Transmit data is output at rising edge of transfer
clock and receive data is input at falling edge
RW
Transfer Format Select Bit 0 : LSB first
1 : MSB first
U0MR and U0C0 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
0 : TXD0 pin is a pin of CMOS output
1 : TXD0 pin is a pin of N-channel open drain output
NOTES :
1. If the BRG count source is sw itched, set the U0BRG register again.
Figure 14.4
RW
Data Output Select Bit
CKPOL
UFORM
After Reset
08h
Function
Page 128 of 254
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
UART0 Transmit / Receive Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
U0C1
Bit Symbol
TE
TI
RE
RI
—
(b7-b4)
Address
00A5h
Bit Name
Transmit Enable Bit
After Reset
02h
Function
0 : Disables transmit
1 : Enables transmit
RW
Transmit Buffer Empty Flag
0 : Data in U0TB register
1 : No data in U0TB register
RO
Receive Enable Bit
0 : Disables receive
1 : Enables receive
RW
Receive Complete Flag(1)
0 : No data in U0RB register
1 : Data in U0RB register
RO
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
RW
—
NOTES :
1. The RI bit is set to “0” w hen the higher byte of the U0RB register is read out.
UART Transmit / Receive Control Register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
0
Symbol
UCON
Bit Symbol
U0IRS
—
(b1)
U0RRM
—
(b6-b3)
Address
00B0h
Bit Name
UART0 Transmit Interrupt
Cause Select Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : Transmit buffer empty (TI=1)
1 : Transmit completed (TXEPT=1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
UART0 Continuous Receive
Mode Enable Bit
0 : Disables continuous receive mode
1 : Enables continuous receive mode
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
CNTR0 Signal Pin Select Bit(1)
0 : P1_5/RXD0
_______
P1_7/CNTR00/INT10
______
1 : P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
P1_7
CNTRSEL
NOTES :
_____
1. The CNTRSEL bit selects the input pin of CNTR0 (INTI) signal.
When the CNTR0 signal is output, it is output from the CNTR00 pin despite the CNTRSEL bit setting.
Figure 14.5
U0C1 and UCON Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 129 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14.1
14. Serial Interface
Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
The clock synchronous serial I/O mode is mode to transmit and receive data using a transfer clock. Table
14.1 lists the Specification of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode. Table 14.2 lists the Registers to Be
Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous serial I/O Mode.
Table 14.1
Specification of Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Item
Transfer Data Format
Transfer Clock
Specification
• Transfer data length: 8 bits
• The CKDIR bit in the U0MR register is set to “0” (internal clock): fi/(2(n+1))
fi=f1, f8, f32 n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
• The CKDIR bit is set to “1” (external clock): input from the CLK0 pin
Transmit Start Condition
• Before transmit starts, the following requirements are required(1)
- The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in the U0TB register)
Receive Start Condition
• Before receive starts, the following requirements are required(1)
- The RE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (receive enabled)
- The TE bit in the U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- The TI bit in the U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in the U0TB register)
• When transmit, one of the following conditions can be selected
- The U0IRS bit is set to “0” (transmit buffer empty):
when transferring data from the U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
(when transmit starts)
- The U0IRS bit is set to “1” (transmit completes):
when completing transmit data from UARTi transmit register
• When receive
When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to the U0RB
register (when receive completes)
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Error Detection
Select Function
• Overrun error(2)
This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data before
reading the U0RB register and receives the 7th bit of the following data
• CLK polarity selection
Transfer data input/output can be selected to occur synchronously with the
rising or the falling edge of the transfer clock
• LSB first, MSB first selection
Whether transmitting or receiving data beginning with the bit 0 or beginning
with the bit 7 can be selected
• Continuous receive mode selection
Receive is enabled immediately by reading the U0RB register
NOTES:
1. When an external clock is selected, meet the conditions while the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is
set to “0” (transmit data output at the falling edge and the receive data input at the rising edge of the
transfer clock), the external clock is held “H”; if the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to “1”
(transmit data output at the rising edge and the receive data input at the falling edge of the transfer
clock), the external clock is held “L”.
2. If an overrun error occurs, the value of the U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit in the
S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 130 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 14.2
Register
U0TB
U0RB
U0BRG
U0MR
U0C0
U0C1
UCON
14. Serial Interface
Registers to Be Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode(1)
Bit
0 to 7
0 to 7
OER
0 to 7
SMD2 to SMD0
CKDIR
CLK1 to CLK0
TXEPT
NCH
CKPOL
UFORM
TE
TI
RE
RI
U0IRS
U0RRM
CNTRSEL
Function
Set transmit data
Receive data can be read
Overrun error flag
Set bit rate
Set to “001b”
Select the internal clock or external clock
Select the count source in the U0BRG register
Transmit register empty flag
Select TXD0 pin output mode
Select the transfer clock polarity
Select the LSB first or MSB first
Set this bit to “1” to enable transmit/receive
Transmit buffer empty flag
Set this bit to “1” to enable receive
Receive complete flag
Select the factor of UART0 transmit interrupt
Set this bit to “1” to use continuous receive mode
Set this bit to “1” to select P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
NOTES:
1. Set bits which are not in this table to “0” when writing to the registers in clock synchronous serial I/O
mode.
Table 14.3 lists the I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode. The TXD0 pin outputs “H”
level between the operating mode selection of UART0 and transfer start, an “H” (If the NCH bit is set to
“1” (the N-channel open-drain output), this pin is in a high-impedance state.)
Table 14.3
I/O Pin Functions in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Pin Name
TXD0(P1_4)
RXD0(P1_5)
Function
Output serial data
Input serial data
CLK0(P1_6)
Output transfer clock
Input transfer clock
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Selection Method
(Outputs dummy data when performing receive only)
PD1_5 bit in PD1 register=0
(P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit
only)
CKDIR bit in U0MR register=0
CKDIR bit in U0MR register=1
PD1_6 bit in PD1 register=0
Page 131 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Example of Transmit Timing (when internal clock is selected)
TC
Transfer Clock
TE bit in U0C1 "1"
register
"0"
TI bit in U0C1
register
Set data to U0TB register
"1"
"0"
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
TCLK
Stop pulsing because the TE bit is set to “0”
CLK0
D0
TXD0
TXEPT bit in
U0C0 register
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
"1"
"0"
IR bit in S0TIC "1"
register
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
TC=TCLK=2(n+1)/fi
fi: frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8, f32)
The above applies to the following settings:
n: setting value to U0BRG register
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 0 (internal clock)
• CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when the transmit buffer is empty):
• Example of Receive Timing (when external clock is selected)
RE Bit in U0C1 "1"
Register
"0"
TE Bit in U0C1 "1"
Register
"0"
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
Write dummy data to U0TB register
"1"
"0"
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
1/fEXT
CLK0
Take in receive data
D0
RXD0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D0
Transfer from UART0 receive register to
U0RB register
RI Bit in U0C1 "1"
Register
"0"
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
Read out from U0RB register
IR Bit in S0RIC "1"
Register
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by a program
The above applies to the following settings:
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register = 1 (external clock)
• CKPOL bit in U0C0 register = 0 (Output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
Meet the following conditions while “H” is applied to the CLK0 pin before receiving data:
• TE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables transmit)
• RE bit in U0C1 register = 1 (enables receive)
• Write dummy data to the U0TB register
fEXT: frequency of external clock
Figure 14.6
Transmit and Receive Timing Example in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 132 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14.1.1
14. Serial Interface
Polarity Select Function
Figure 14.7 shows the Transfer Clock Polarity. Use the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register to select the
transfer clock polarity.
• When the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register = 0 (output transmit data at the falling
edge and input the receive data at the rising edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(1)
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
• When the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register = 1 (output transmit data at the rising
edge and input the receive data at the falling edge of the transfer clock)
CLK0(2)
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
NOTES :
1. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is “H”.
2. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin level is “L”.
Figure 14.7
14.1.2
Transfer Clock Polarity
LSB First/MSB First Select Function
Figure 14.8 shows the Transfer Format. Use the UFORM bit in the U0C0 register to select the
transfer format.
• When UFORM bit in U0C0 register = 0 (LSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
RXD0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
• When UFORM bit in U0C0 register = 1 (MSB first)(1)
CLK0
TXD0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RXD0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
NOTES :
1. The above applies when the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is
set to "0" (output transmit data at the falling edge and input receive
data at the rising edge of the transfer clock).
Figure 14.8
Transfer Format
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 133 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14.1.3
14. Serial Interface
Continuous Receive Mode
Continuous receive mode is held by setting the U0RRM bit in the UCON register to “1” (enables
continuous receive mode). In this mode, reading U0RB register sets the TI bit in the U0C1 register to
“0” (data in the U0TB register). When the U0RRM bit is set to “1”, do not write dummy data to the
U0TB register in a program.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 134 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14.2
14. Serial Interface
Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
The UART mode allows transmit and receive data after setting the desired bit rate and transfer data
format. Table 14.4 lists the Specification of UART Mode. Table 14.5 lists the Registers to Be Used and
Settings in UART Mode.
Table 14.4
Specification of UART Mode
Item
Transfer Data Format
Transfer Clock
Transmit Start Condition
Receive Start Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Error Detection
Specification
• Character bit (transfer data): selectable from 7, 8 or 9 bits
• Start bit: 1 bit
• Parity bit: selectable from odd, even, or none
• Stop bit: selectable from 1 or 2 bits
• CKDIR bit in U0MR register is set to “0” (internal clock) : fj/(16(n+1))
fj=f1, f8, f32 n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
• CKDIR bit is set to “1” (external clock) : fEXT/(16(n+1))
fEXT: input from CLK0 pin n=setting value in U0BRG register: 00h to FFh
• Before transmit starts, the following are required
- TE bit in U0C1 register is set to “1” (transmit enabled)
- TI bit in U0C1 register is set to “0” (data in U0TB register)
• Before receive starts, the following are required
- RE bit in U0C1 register is set to “1” (receive enabled)
- Detects start bit
• When transmitting, one of the following conditions can be selected
- U0IRS bit is set to “0” (transmit buffer empty):
when transferring data from the U0TB register to UART0 transmit
register (when transmit starts)
- U0IRS bit is set to “1” (transfer ends):
when serial interface completes transmitting data from the UART0
transmit register
• When receiving
When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to U0RB register
(when receive ends)
• Overrun error(1)
This error occurs if serial interface starts receiving the following data
before reading the U0RB register and receiving the bit one before the last
stop bit of the following data
• Framing error
This error occurs when the number of stop bits set are not detected
• Parity error
This error occurs when parity is enabled, the number of 1’s in parity and
character bits do not match the number of 1’s set
• Error sum flag
This flag is set is set to “1” when any of the overrun, framing, and parity
errors is generated
NOTES:
1. If an overrun error occurs, the value in the U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit in the
S0RIC register remains unchanged.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 135 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 14.5
14. Serial Interface
Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode
Register
U0TB
0 to 8
Bit
Set transmit
U0RB
0 to 8
U0BRG
U0MR
OER,FER,PER,SUM
0 to 7
SMD2 to SMD0
Receive data can be read(1)
Error flag
Set a bit rate
Set to “100b” when transfer data is 7-bit long
Set to “101b” when transfer data is 8-bit long
Set to “110b” when transfer data is 9-bit long
CKDIR
U0C0
U0C1
UCON
STPS
PRY, PRYE
CLK0, CLK1
TXEPT
NCH
CKPOL
UFORM
TE
TI
RE
RI
U0IRS, U1IRS
U0RRM
CNTRSEL
Function
data(1)
Select the internal clock or external clock
Select the stop bit
Select whether parity is included and odd or even
Select the count source for the U0BRG register
Transmit register empty flag
Select TXD0 pin output mode
Set to “0”
LSB first or MSB first can be selected when transfer data is 8-bit
long. Set to “0” when transfer data is 7- or 9-bit long.
Set to “1” to enable transmit
Transmit buffer empty flag
Set to “1” to enable receive
Receive complete flag
Select the factor of UART0 transmit interrupt
Set to “0”
Set to “1” to select P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11
NOTES:
1. The bits used for transmit/receive data are as follows: Bits 0 to 6 when transfer data is 7-bit long; bits
0 to 7 when transfer data is 8-bit long; bits 0 to 8 when transfer data is 9-bit long.
Table 14.6 lists the I/O Pin Functions in Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O Mode. After the UART0 operating
mode is selected, the TXD0 pin outputs “H” level (If the NCH bit is set to “1” (N-channel open-drain
outputs), this pin is in a high-impedance state) until transfer starts.
Table 14.6
I/O Pin Functions in Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O Mode
Pin name
TXD0(P1_4)
RXD0(P1_5)
Function
Output serial data
Input serial data
CLK0(P1_6)
Programmable I/O Port
Input transfer clock
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 136 of 254
Selection Method
(Cannot be used as a port when performing receive only)
PD1_5 bit in the PD1 register=0
(P1_5 can be used as an input port when performing transmit
only)
CKDIR bit in the U0MR register=0
CKDIR bit in the U0MR register=1
PD1_6 bit in the PD1 register=0
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Transmit Timing When Transfer Data is 8-Bit Long (parity enabled, 1 stop bit)
TC
Transfer Clock
TE Bit in U0C1 “1”
Register
“0”
Write data to U0TB register
“1”
“0”
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
Stop pulsing
because the TE bit is set to 0
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
Start bit
TXD0
ST
D0
Parity
bit
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
Stop
bit
SP ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
P
SP
ST
D0
D1
“1”
TXEPT Bit in
U0C0 Register “0”
IR Bit in
“1”
S0TIC Register “0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT
fj: Frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8 and f32)
fEXT: Frequency of U0BRG count source (external clock)
n: Value set to U0BRG register
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions.
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 1 (parity enabled)
• TPS bit in U0MR register = 0 (1 stop bit)
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 1 (an interrupt request is generated when transmit
completes)
• Transmit Timing When Transfer Data is 9-Bit Long (parity disabled, 2 stop bits)
TC
Transfer Clock
TE Bit in U0C1 “1”
Register
“0”
Write data to U0TB register
“1”
“0”
TI Bit in U0C1
Register
Transfer from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
Stop
bit
Start bit
TXD0
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
SP SP
Stop
bit
ST
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
SP SP
ST
D0
D1
TXEPT Bit in
“1”
U0C0 Register “0”
IR Bit in
“1”
S0RIC Register “0”
Set to “0” when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions.
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 0 (parity disabled)
• STPS bit in U0MR register = 1 (2 stop bits)
• U0IRS bit in UCON register = 0 (an interrupt request is generated when
transmit buffer is empty)
Figure 14.9
Transmit Timing in UART Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 137 of 254
TC=16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT
fj: Frequency of U0BRG count source (f1, f8, f32)
fEXT: Frequency of U0BRG count source (external clock)
n: Setting value to U0BRG register
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14. Serial Interface
• Receive Timing When Transfer Data is 8-Bit Long (parity disabled, 1 stop bit)
Output U0BRG
RE Bit in
U0C1 Register
"1"
"0"
Stop bit
Start bit
RXD0
D0
Sampled "L"
D1
D7
Receive data taken in
Transfer Clock
Receive starts when transfer clock is
generated by falling edge of start bit
RI Bit in
U0C1 Register
"1"
"0"
RI Bit in
S0RIC Register
"1"
"0"
Transfer from UART0 receive
register to U0RB register
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged, or set by program
The above timing diagram applies to the following conditions.
• PRYE bit in U0MR register = 0 (parity disabled)
• STPS bit in U0MR register = 0 (1 stop bit)
Figure 14.10
14.2.1
Receive Timing in UART Mode
CNTR0 Pin Select Function
The CNTRSEL bit in the UCON register selects whether P1_7 can be used as the CNTR00/INT10
input pin or P1_5 can be used as the CNTR01/INT11 input pin.
When the CNTRSEL bit is set to “0”, P1_7 is used as the CNTR00/INT10 pin and when the
CNTRSEL bit is set to “1”, P1_5 is used as the CNTR01/INT11 pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 138 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
14.2.2
14. Serial Interface
Bit Rate
Divided-by-16 of frequency by the U0BRG register in UART mode is a bit rate.
<UART Mode>
• When selecting internal clock
Setting value to the U0BRG register =
fj
Bit Rate x 16
-1
Fj : Count source frequency of the U0BRG register (f1, f8 and f32)
• When selecting external clock
Setting value to the U0BRG register =
fEXT
Bit Rate x 16
-1
fEXT : Count source frequency of the U0BRG register (external clock)
Figure 14.11
Table 14.7
Bit Rate
(bps)
1200
2400
4800
9600
14400
19200
28800
31250
38400
51200
Calculating Formula of U0BRG Register Setting Value
Bit Rate Setting Example in UART Mode
BRG
Count
Source
f8
f8
f8
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
f1
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
System Clock = 20MHz
System Clock
BRG Setting
Actual
BRG Setting
Actual
Error(%)
Value
Time (bps)
Value
Time (bps)
129(81h)
1201.92
0.16
51(33h)
1201.92
64(40h)
2403.85
0.16
25(19h)
2403.85
32(20h)
4734.85
-1.36
12(0Ch)
4807.69
129(81h)
9615.38
0.16
51(33h)
9615.38
86(56h)
14367.82
-0.22
34(22h)
14285.71
64(40h)
19230.77
0.16
25(19h)
19230.77
42(2Ah)
29069.77
0.94
16(10h)
29411.76
39(27h)
31250.00
0.00
15(0Fh)
31250.00
32(20h)
37878.79
-1.36
12(0Ch)
38461.54
23(17h)
52083.33
1.73
9(09h)
50000.00
Page 139 of 254
Error(%)
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
-0.79
0.16
2.12
0.00
0.16
-2.34
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
15. I2C bus Interface (IIC)
The I2C bus interface (IIC) is the circuit which is used for a serial communication based on the data transfer
format of the Philips I2C bus.
Table 15.1 lists a Specification of IIC, Figure 15.1 shows a Block Diagram of IIC and Figure 15.2 shows the
External Circuit Connection Example of SCL and SDA Pins. Figure 15.3 to 15.8 show the registers
associated with the IIC.
* I2C bus is a trademark of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V.
Table 15.1
Specification of IIC
Item
Specification
2
Communication Format • I C bus format
- Selectable for master / slave device
- Continuous transmit / receive (Since the shift register, transmit data register
and receive data register are independent)
- Start / stop conditions are automatically generated in master mode
- Automatic loading of acknowledge bit when transmit
- Bit synchronization / wait function (in master mode, the state of the SCL
signal is monitored per bit and the timing is synchronized automatically. If
the transfer is not possible yet, stand by to set the SCL signal to “L”.
- Direct drive of the SCL and SDA pins (NMOS open drain output) is enabled
• Clock Synchronous Serial Format
- Continuous transmit / receive (since the shift register, transmit data register
and receive data register are independent)
I/O Pin
SCL (I/O) : Serial clock I/O pin
SDA (I/O) : Serial data I/O pin
Transfer Clock
• When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “0”
The external clock (input from the SCL pin)
• When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “1”
The internal clock selected by the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register
(output from the SCL pin)
Receive Error Detection • Detects overrun error (clock synchronous serial format)
An overrun error occurs during receive. When the last bit of the following data
is received while the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” (data in the
ICDRR register), the AL bit is set to “1”.
2
Interrupt Factor
• I C bus format .................................. 6 types(1)
Transmit data empty (including when slave address matches), transmit ends,
receive data full (including when slave address matches), arbitration lost,
NACK detection and stop condition detection.
• Clock synchronous serial format ...... 4 types(1)
Transmit data empty, transmit ends, receive data full and overrun error
2
Select Function
• I C bus format
- Selectable for the output level of the acknowledge signal when receive
• Clock synchronous serial format
- Selectable for the MSB-first or LSB-first to the data transfer direction
NOTES:
1. The interrupt factors can use the only IIC interrupt vector table.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 140 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
f1
Transfer Clock
Generation
Circuit
SCL
Output
Control
ICCR1 Register
Transmit / Receive
Control Circuit
Noise
Rejection
Circuit
ICCR2 Register
ICMR Register
ICDRT Register
SAR Register
Output
Control
ICDRS Register
Noise
Rejection
Circuit
Address Comparison
Circuit
Data Bus
SDA
ICDRR Register
Bus State Judgment
Circuit
Arbitration Judgment
Circuit
ICSR Register
ICIER Register
Interrupt Generation
Circuit
Interrupt Request
(TXI, TEI, RXI, STPI, NAKI)
Figure 15.1
Block Diagram of IIC
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 141 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
VCC
VCC
SCL
SCL
SDA
SDA
SCL Input
SCL Output
SCL Input
SCL Output
SCL
(Master)
SCL
SCL Input
SCL Input
SCL Output
SCL Output
SDA
SDA Input
SDA Output
SDA Output
(Slave1)
Figure 15.2
SDA
SDA Input
(Slave2)
External Circuit Connection Example of SCL and SDA Pins
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 142 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
IIC Bus Control Register 1(6)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICCR1
Bit Symbol
CKS0
Address
00B8h
Bit Name
Transmit Clock Select Bit 3 to
0(1)
CKS1
CKS2
CKS3
TRS
Transmit / Receive Select
Bit(2,3)
Master / Slave Select Bit(5)
MST
Receive Disable Bit
RCVD
IIC Bus Interface Enable Bit
ICE
After Reset
00h
Function
RW
b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0 : f1/28
0 0 0 1 : f1/40
0 0 1 0 : f1/48
0 0 1 1 : f1/64
0 1 0 0 : f1/80
0 1 0 1 : f1/100
0 1 1 0 : f1/112
0 1 1 1 : f1/128
1 0 0 0 : f1/56
1 0 0 1 : f1/80
1 0 1 0 : f1/96
1 0 1 1 : f1/128
1 1 0 0 : f1/160
1 1 0 1 : f1/200
1 1 1 0 : f1/224
1 1 1 1 : f1/256
RW
RW
RW
RW
b5 b4
0 0 : Slave Receive Mode(4)
0 1 : Slave Transmit Mode
1 0 : Master Receive Mode
1 1 : Master Transmit Mode
After reading the ICDRR register w hile the TRS bit
is set to “0”
0 : Maintains the follow ing receive operation
1 : Disables the follow ing receive operation
0 : This module is halted
(SCL and SDA pins are set to port function)
1 : This module is enabled for transfer
operations
(SCL and SDA pins are bus drive state)
RW
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Set according to the necessary transfer rate in master mode. Refer to Table 15.2 Exam ple of Transfer
Rate for the transfer rate. This bit is used for maintaining of the setup time in transmit mode. The time
is 10Tcyc w hen the CKS3 bit is set to “0” and 20Tcyc w hen the CKS3 bit is set to “1”. (1Tcyc=1/f1(s))
2. Rew rite the TRS bit betw een the transfer frame.
3. When the first 7 bits, after the start condition in slave receive mode, match w ith the slave address set in the SAR
register and the 8th bit is set to “1”, the TRS bit is set to “1”.
4. In master mode w ith the I2C bus format, w hen arbitration is lost, the MST and TRS bits are set to “0”
and the IIC enters slave receive mode.
5. When an overrun error occurs in master receive mode of the clock synchronous serial format, the MST bit
is set to “0” and the IIC enters slave receive mode.
6. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
Figure 15.3
ICCR1 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 143 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
IIC Bus Control Register 2(5)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00B9h
ICCR2
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
(b0)
When read, its content is “1”.
IICRST
—
(b2)
SCLO
SDAOP
IIC Control Part Reset Bit When hang-up occurs due to communication failure
during I2C bus interface operation and w rite “1”, reset
control part of I2C bus interface w ithout setting port
and initializing register.
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
RW
—
RO
SDAO Write Protect Bit
When rew rite to SDAO bit, w rite “0” simultaneously (1).
When read, its content is “1”.
RW
SDA Output Value
Control Bit
When read
0 : SDA pin output is held “L”
1 : SDA pin output is held “H”
When w rite(1,2)
0 : SDA pin output is changed to “L”
1 : SDA pin output is changed to high-impedance
(“H” output is external pull-up resistor)
RW
Start / Stop Condition
Generation Disable Bit
When w rite to BBSY bit, w rite “0” simultaneously (3).
When read, its content is “1”.
Writing “1” is disabled.
Bus Busy Bit(4)
When read
0 : Bus is in released state
(SDA signal changes from “L” to “H” w hile SCL
signal is in “H” state)
1 : Bus is in occupied state
(SDA signal changes from “H” to “L” w hile SCL
signal is in “H” state)
When w rite(3)
0 : Generates stop condition
1 : Generates start condition
NOTES :
1. When w riting to the SDAO bit, w rite “0” to the SDAOP bit using the MOV instruction simultaneously.
2. Do not w rite during transfer operation.
3. This bit is enabled in master mode. When w rite to the BBSY bit, w rite “0” to the SCP bit using the MOV
instruction simultaneously. Execute the same w ay w hen the start condition is regenerating.
4. This bit is disabled w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used.
5. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
ICCR2 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
—
0 : SCL pin is set to “L”
1 : SCL pin is set to “H”
BBSY
Figure 15.4
RW
SCL Monitor Flag
SDAO
SCP
After Reset
01111101b
Function
Page 144 of 254
RW
RW
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
IIC Bus Mode Register(7)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol
ICMR
Bit Symbol
Address
00BAh
Bit Name
Bit Counter 2 to 0
After Reset
00011000b
Function
I2C bus format (remaining transfer bit numbers
w hen read out and data bit numbers of transfer to
the next w hen w rite) (1, 2)
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : 9 bits (3)
0 0 1 : 2 bits
0 1 0 : 3 bits
0 1 1 : 4 bits
1 0 0 : 5 bits
1 0 1 : 6 bits
1 1 0 : 7 bits
1 1 1 : 8 bits
Clock synchronous serial format (w hen read, read
the remaining transfer bit numbers and w hen w rite,
w rite “000b”.)
BC0
BC1
RW
RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : 8 bits
0 0 1 : 1 bit
0 1 0 : 2 bits
0 1 1 : 3 bits
1 0 0 : 4 bits
1 0 1 : 5 bits
1 1 0 : 6 bits
1 1 1 : 7 bits
BC2
BC Write Protect Bit
BCWP
When rew rite to the BC0 to BC2 bits, w rite “0”
simultaneously (2, 4).
When read, its content is “1”.
—
(b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “1”.
—
(b5)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”.
Wait Insertion Bit(5)
0 : No w ait
(Transfer data and acknow ledge bit
consecutively)
1 : Wait
(After the falling of the clock for the final
data bit, “L” period is extended for tw o
transfer clocks)
WAIT
MLS
MSB-First / LSB-First Select 0 : Data transfer by MSB-first(6)
1 : Data transfer by LSB-first
Bit
NOTES :
1. Rew rite betw een transfer frames. When w rite values other than “000b”, w rite w hen the SCL signal is “L”.
2. When w rite to the BC0 to BC2 bits, w rite “0” to the BCWP bit using the MOV instruction.
3. After data including the acknow ledge bit is transferred, this bit is automatically set to “000b”.
4. Do not rew rite w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used.
5. The setting value is enabled in master mode of the I2C bus format. It is disabled in slave mode of the I2C
bus format or w hen the clock synchronous serial format is used.
6. Set to “0” w hen the I2C bus format is used.
7. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
Figure 15.5
ICMR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 145 of 254
RW
RW
—
RW
RW
RW
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
IIC Bus Interrupt Enable Register(2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICIER
Bit Symbol
ACKBT
ACKBR
Address
00BBh
Bit Name
Transmit Acknow ledge
Select Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : “0” is transmitted as acknow ledge bit in
receive mode.
1 : “1” is transmitted as acknow ledge bit in
receive mode.
Receive Acknow ledge Bit 0 : Acknow ledge bit w hich is received from
receive device in transmit mode is set to “0”.
1 : Acknow ledge bit w hich is received from
receive device in transmit mode is set to “1”.
RO
0 : Value of receive acknow ledge bit is ignored
and continuous transfer is performed.
1 : When receive acknow ledge bit is set to “1”,
continuous transfer is halted.
RW
Stop Condition Detection
Interrupt Enable Bit
0 : Disables stop condition detection interrupt
request
1 : Enables stop condition detection interrupt
request
RW
NACK Receive Interrupt
Enable Bit
0 : Disables NACK receive interrupt request and
arbitration lost / overrun error interrupt request
1 : Enables NACK receive interrupt request and
arbitration lost / overrun error interrupt request(1)
RW
Receive Interrupt Enable
Bit
0 : Disables receive data full and overrun
error interrupt request
1 : Enables receive data full and overrun
error interrupt request(1)
RW
TEIE
Transmit End Interrupt
Enable Bit
0 : Disables transmit end interrupt request
1 : Enables transmit end interrupt request
RW
TIE
Transmit Interrupt Enable
Bit
0 : Disables transmit data empty interrupt request
1 : Enables transmit data empty interrupt request
RW
STIE
NAKIE
RIE
NOTES :
1. An overrun error interrupt request is generated w hen the clock synchronous format is used.
2. Refer to 20.6.1 Acces s of Registers As sociated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
ICIER Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
Acknow ledge Bit
Judgment Select Bit
ACKE
Figure 15.6
RW
Page 146 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
IIC Bus Status Register(7)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICSR
Bit Symbol
ADZ
AAS
Address
00BCh
Bit Name
General Call Address
Recognition Flag(1,2)
After Reset
00h
Function
When detecting the general call address, this f lag is set to “1”.
Slave Address
Recognition Flag(1)
This f lag is set to “1” when the f irst f rame f ollowing start
condition matches the SVA0 to SVA6 bits in the SAR register in
slav e receiv e mode. (Detect the slav e address and generate call
address)
Arbitration Lost Flag /
Overrun Error Flag(1)
When the I2C bus f ormat is used, this f lag indicates that
arbitration is lost in master mode. In the f ollowing case, this f lag
is set to “1”(3).
• When the internal SDA signal and SDA pin lev el do not
match at the rise of the SCL signal in master transmit
mode
• When the start condition is detected and the SDA pin is
held “H” in master transmit / receiv e mode
AL
RW
RW
RW
RW
This f lag indicates that an ov errun error occurs when the clock
sy nchronous f ormat is used.
In the f ollowing case, this f lag is set to “1”.
• When the last bit of the f ollowing data is receiv ed while
the RDRF bit is set to “1”
Stop Condition
Detection Flag(1)
STOP
NACKF
RDRF
No Acknow ledge
Detection Flag(1,4)
In the f ollowing cases, this f lag is set to “1”:
• When the stop condition is detected af ter the f rame is
transf erred in master mode.
• When the stop condition is detected af ter the address set
in the SAR register matches with the 1st-by te slav e
address af ter detecting the start condition in slav e mode.
• When the stop condition is detected af ter detecting the
general call address in slav e mode.
RW
When no ACKnowledge is detected f rom receiv e dev ice when
transmit, this f lag is set to “1”
RW
Receive Data Register When receiv e data is transf erred f rom ICDRS to ICDRR
registers, this f lag is set to “1”
Full(1,5)
Transmit End(1,6)
TEND
When the 9th clock of the SCL signal with the I2C bus f ormat
while the TDRE bit is set to “1”, this f lag is set to “1”
This f lag is set to “1” when the f inal bit of the transmit f rame is
transmitted with the clock sy nchronous f ormat
RW
RW
Transmit Data Empty (1,6) In the f ollowing cases, this f lag is set to “1”:
TDRE
• Data is transf erred f rom ICDRT to ICDRS
registers and ICDRT register is empty
• When setting the TRS bit in the ICCR1
register to “1” (transmit mode)
• When generating the start condition
(including retransmit)
• When changing f rom slav e receiv e mode to
slav e transmit mode
RW
NOTES :
1.
Each bit is set to “0” when reading “1” bef ore writing “0”.
2.
This f lag is enabled in slav e receiv e mode of the I 2C bus f ormat.
3.
When two or more master dev ices attempt to occupy the bus at nearly the same time, if the IIC monitors the SDA pin and the data
which the IIC transmits is dif f erent, the AL f lag is set to “1” and the bus is occupied by the other masters.
4.
The NACKF bit is enabled when the ACKE bit in the ICIER register is set to “1” (when the receiv e acknowledge bit is set to “1”,
transf er is halted)
5.
6.
The RDRF bit is set to “0” when reading data f rom the ICDRR register.
The TEND and TDRE bits are set to “0” when writing data to the ICDRT register.
7.
Ref er to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated with IIC f or the access of registers associated with IIC.
Figure 15.7
ICSR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 147 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Slave Address Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
SAR
Bit Symbol
FS
Address
00BDh
Bit Name
Format Select Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : I2C bus format
1 : Clock synchronous serial format
SVA0
Slave Address 6 to 0
Set the different address from the other slave
devices w hich are connected to the I2C bus.
SVA1
When the 7 high-order bits of the first frame
SVA2
transmitted after the starting condition match
SVA3
the SVA0 to SVA6 bits in slave mode of the I2C
SVA4
bus format, the microcomputer operates as a
SVA5
slave device.
SVA6
1. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
IIC Bus Transmit Data Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICDRT
Address
00BEh
After Reset
FFh
Function
Store transmit data
When detecting that the ICDRS register is empty, the stored transmit data is transferred to the
ICDRS register and the starts transmit data.
When the next transmit data is w ritten to the ICDRT register during transmitting the data of the
ICDRS register, continuous transmit is enabled. When the MLS bit in the ICMR register is set to
“1” (data transferred by LSB-first) and after the data is w ritten to the ICDRT register, the MSB
and LSB inverted data is read.
RW
RW
1. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
IIC Bus Receive Data Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICDRR
Address
00BFh
After Reset
FFh
Function
Store receive data
When the ICDRS register receives 1-byte data, the receive data is transferred to the ICDRR
register and the next receive is enabled.
RW
RO
1. Refer to 20.6.1 Access of Registers Associated w ith IIC for the access of registers associated w ith IIC.
IIC Bus Shift Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ICDRS
Function
This register is a register that is used to transmit and receive data.
The transmit data is transferred from the ICRDT to ICDRS registers and data is transmitted
from the SDA pin w hen transmitting.
When 1-byte data is received, data is transferred from the ICDRS to ICDRR registers w hen
receiving.
Figure 15.8
SAR, ICDRT, ICDRR and ICDRS Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 148 of 254
RW
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.1
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
Transfer Clock
When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “0”, the transfer clock is the external clock input from the
SCL pin. When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “1”, the transfer clock is the internal clock
selected by the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and the transfer clock is output from the SCL
pin. Table 15.2 lists the Example of Transfer Rate.
Table 15.2
Example of Transfer Rate
ICCR1 Register
Transfer Clock
CKS3 CKS2 CKS1 CKS0
f1=5MHz
0
0
0
0
f1/28
179kHz
1
f1/40
125kHz
1
0
f1/48
104kHz
1
f1/64
78.1kHz
1
0
0
f1/80
62.5kHz
1
f1/100
50.0kHz
1
0
f1/112
44.6kHz
1
f1/128
39.1kHz
1
0
0
0
f1/56
89.3kHz
1
f1/80
62.5kHz
1
0
f1/96
52.1kHz
1
f1/128
39.1kHz
1
0
0
f1/160
31.3kHz
1
f1/200
25.0kHz
1
0
f1/224
22.3kHz
1
f1/256
19.5kHz
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 149 of 254
Transfer Rate
f1=8MHz f1=10MHz f1=16MHz f1=20MHz
286kHz
357kHz
571kHz
714kHz
200kHz
250kHz
400kHz
500kHz
167kHz
208kHz
333kHz
417kHz
125kHz
156kHz
250kHz
313kHz
100kHz
125kHz
200kHz
250kHz
80.0kHz
100kHz
160kHz
200kHz
71.4kHz
89.3kHz
143kHz
179kHz
62.5kHz
78.1kHz
125kHz
156kHz
143kHz
179kHz
286kHz
357kHz
100kHz
125kHz
200kHz
250kHz
83.3kHz
104kHz
167kHz
208kHz
62.5kHz
78.1kHz
125kHz
156kHz
50.0kHz
62.5kHz
100kHz
125kHz
40.0kHz
50.0kHz
80.0kHz
100kHz
35.7kHz
44.6kHz
71.4kHz
89.3kHz
31.3kHz
39.1kHz
62.5kHz
78.1kHz
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.2
Interrupt Request
The interrupt request of the IIC contains 6 types when the I2C bus format is used and 4 types when the
clock synchronous serial format is used. Table 15.3 lists the Interrupt Request of IIC.
Since these interrupt requests are allocated at the IIC interrupt vector table, determining the factor by
each bit is necessary.
Table 15.3
Interrupt Request of IIC
Interrupt Request
Generation Condition
Format
I2C bus
Transmit Data Empty
Transmit Ends
Receive Data Full
Stop Condition Detection
NACK Detection
Arbitration Lost / Overrun Error
TXI
TEI
RXI
STPI
NAKI
TIE=1 and TDRE=1
TEIE=1 and TEND=1
RIE=1 and RDRF=1
STIE=1 and STOP=1
NAKIE=1 and AL=1 (or
NAKIE=1 and NACKF=1)
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Clock
Synchronous
Serial
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Disabled
Enabled
STIE, NAKIE, RIE, TEIE, TIE : Bits in ICIER register
AL, STOP, NACKF, RDRF, TEND, TDRE : Bits in ICSR register
When the generation conditions on the Table 15.3 are met, the IIC interrupt request is generated. Set the
interrupt generation conditions to “0” by the IIC interrupt routine. However, the TDRE and TEND bits are
automatically set to “0” by writing transmit data to the ICDRT register and the RDRF bit is automatically
set to “0” by reading the ICDRR register. When writing transmit data to the ICDRT register, the TDRE bit
is set to “0”. When data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers, the TDRE bit is set to “1” and
when further setting the TDRE bit to “0”, extra 1 byte may be transmitted.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 150 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.3
I2C bus Format
Setting the FS bit in the SAR register to “0” communicates in I2C bus format. Figure 15.9 shows the I2C
bus Format and Bus Timing. The 1st frame following start condition consists of 8 bits.
(1) I2C bus Format
(a) I2C bus Format (FS=0)
S
SLA
R/W
A
DATA
A
A/A
P
1
7
1
1
n
1
1
1
Transfer Bit Numbers (n=1 to 8)
1
m
Transfer Frame Numbers (m=from 1)
(b) I2C bus Format(when start condition is retransmitted, FS=0)
S
SLA
R/W
A
DATA
A/A
S
SLA
R/W
A
DATA
A/A
P
1
7
1
1
n1
1
1
7
1
1
n2
1
1
1
1
m1
m2
Upper : Transfer Bit Numbers (n1, n2=1 to 8)
Lower : Transfer Frame Numbers (m1, m2= from 1
)
(2) I2C bus Timing
SDA
SCL
1 to 7
S
SLA
8
R/W
9
1 to 7
A
8
DATA
9
1 to 7
A
8
DATA
9
A
P
Explanation of Symbol
S
: Start condition
The master device changes the SDA signal from “H” to “L” while the SCL signal is held “H”.
SLA : Slave address
R/W : Indicates the direction of data transmit / receive
Data is transmitted from the slave device to the master device when R/W signal is “1” and from the master device to the slave device when
R/W signal is “0”.
A
: Acknowledge
The receive device sets the SDA signal to “L”.
DATA : Transmit / receive data
P
: Stop condition
The master device changes the SDA signal from “L” to “H” while the SCL signal is held “H”.
Figure 15.9
I2C bus Format and Bus Timing
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 151 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.3.1
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
Master Transmit Operation
In master transmit mode, the master device outputs the transmit clock and data, and the slave device
returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 15.10 and Figure 15.11 show the Operation Timing in Master
Transmit Mode.
The transmit procedure and operation in master transmit mode are shown below.
(1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and
MLS bits in the ICMR register and set the CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial
setting).
(2) Read the BBSY bit in the ICCR2 register to confirm that the bus is free. Set the TRS and MST
bits in the ICCR1 register to master transmit mode. The start condition is generated by writing
“1” to the BBSY bit and “0” to the SCP bit by the MOV instruction.
(3) After confirming that the TDRE bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” (data is transferred from the
ICDRT to ICDRS registers), write transmit data to the ICDRT register (data in which a slave
address and R/W are shown at the 1st byte). At this time, the TDRE bit is automatically set to
“0” and data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers, the TDRE bit is set to “1” again.
(4) When the transmit of 1-byte data is completed while the TDRE bit is set to “1”, the TEND bit in
the ICSR register is set to “1” at the rise of the 9th transmit clock pulse. Read the ACKBR bit in
the ICIER register, and confirm that the slave is selected. Write the 2nd-byte data to the
ICDRT register. Since the slave device is not acknowledged when the ACKBR bit is set to “1”,
generate the stop condition. The stop condition is generated by the writing “0” to the BBSY bit
and “0” to the SCP bit by the MOV instruction. The SCL signal is held “L” until data is available
and the stop condition is generated.
(5) Write the transmit data after the 2nd byte to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set
to “1”.
(6) When writing the number of bytes to be transmitted to the ICDRT register, wait until the TEND
bit is set to “1” while the TDRE bit is set to “1”. Or wait for NACK (the NACKF bit in the ICSR
register is set to “1”) from the receive device while the ACKE bit in the ICIER register is set to
“1” (when the receive acknowledge bit is set to “1”, transfer is halted). And generate the stop
condition before setting the TEND and NACKF bits to “0”.
(7) When the STOP bit in the ICSR register is set to “1”, return to slave receive mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 152 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
SCL
(Master Output)
1
SDA
(Master Output)
2
3
b6
b7
4
5
b4
b5
6
7
b2
b3
8
9
b0
b1
Slave Address
2
b7
b6
R/W
SDA
(Slave Output)
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
1
A
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
ICDRT Register
Address + R/W
ICDRS Register
(2)Instruction of
start condition
generation
Process
by program
Figure 15.10
Data 1
Address + R/W
(3)Data write to ICDRT
register (1st byte)
Data 2
Data 1
(5)Data write to ICDRT
register (3rd byte)
(4)Data write to ICDRT
register (2nd byte)
Operating Timing in Master Transmit Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (1)
SCL
(Master Output)
1
9
SDA
(Master Output)
b7
SDA
(Slave Output)
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
2
3
b6
4
b5
5
b4
6
b3
A
7
b2
8
b1
9
b0
A/A
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
ICDRT Register
Data n
ICDRS Register
Process
by Program
Figure 15.11
Data n
(3)Data write to ICDRT
register
(6)Generate stop condition and
set TEND bit to “0”
(7)Set to slave receive mode
Operating Timing in Master Transmit Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 153 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.3.2
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
Master Receive Operation
In master receive mode, the master device outputs the receive clock, receives data from the slave
device, and returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 15.12 and Figure 15.13 show the Operation
Timing in Master Receive Mode.
The receive procedure and operation in master receive mode are shown below.
(1) After setting the TEND bit in the ICSR register to “0”, switch from master transmit mode to
master receive mode by setting the TRS bit in the ICCR1 register. And set the TDRE bit in the
ICSR register to “0”.
(2) When performing the dummy-read of the ICDRR register and starting receive, output the
receive clock synchronizing with the internal clock and receive data. The master device
outputs the level set by the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the 9th clock of
the receive clock.
(3) The 1-frame data receive is completed and the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” at
the rise of the 9th clock. At this time, when reading the ICDRR register, the received data can
be read and the RDRF bit is set to “0” simultaneously.
(4) The continuous receive is enabled by reading the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is
set to “1”. If the 8th clock falls after reading the ICDRR register by the other processes while
the RDRF bit is set to “1”, the SCL signal is fixed “L” until the ICDRR register is read.
(5) If the following frame is the last receive frame and the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register is set to
“1” (disables the next receive operation) before reading the ICDRR register, the stop condition
generation is enabled after the following receive.
(6) When the RDRF bit is set to “1” at the rise of the 9th clock of the receive clock, generate the
stop condition.
(7) When the STOP bit in the ICSR register is set to “1”, read the ICDRR register. And set the
RCVD bit to “0” (maintain the following receive operation).
(8) Return to slave receive mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 154 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Master Transmit Mode
Master Receive Mode
SCL
(Master Output)
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SDA
(Master Output)
A
SDA
(Slave Output)
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
1
A
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b7
b0
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
TRS Bit in
ICCR1 Register
RDRF Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
ICDRS Register
Data 1
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.12
Data 1
(1)Set TEND and TRS bits to “0” before
setting TDRE bits to “0”
(2)Read ICDRR register
(3)Read ICDRR register
Operating Timing in Master Receive Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (1)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 155 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
SCL
(Master Output)
SDA
(Master Output)
RCVD Bit in
ICCR1 Register
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
SDA
(Slave Output)
RDRF Bit in
ICSR Register
1
9
9
A/A
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
ICDRS Register
Data n-1
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Data n
Data n-1
(5)Set RCVD bit to “1” before
reading ICDRR register
Data n
(6)Stop Condition
Generation
(7)Read ICDRR register before
setting RCVD bit to “0”
(8)Set to slave receive mode
Figure 15.13
Operating Timing in Master Receive Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 156 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.3.3
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
Slave Transmit Operation
In slave transmit mode, the slave device outputs the transmit data while the master device outputs
the receive clock and returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 15.14 and Figure 15.15 show the
Operation Timing in Slave Transmit Mode.
The transmit procedure and operation in slave transmit mode are shown below.
(1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and
MLS bits in the ICMR register and CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial setting). Set
the TRS and MST bits in the ICCR1 register to “0” and wait until the slave address matches in
slave receive mode.
(2) When the slave address matches at the 1st frame after detecting the start condition, the slave
device outputs the level set by the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the rise of
the 9th clock. At this time, if the 8-bit data (R/W) is set to “1”, the TRS and TDRE bit in the
ICSR register are set to “1”, the mode is switched to slave transmit mode automatically. When
writing transmit data to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set to “1”, the continuous
transmit is enabled.
(3) When the TDRE bit in the ICDRT register is set to “1” after writing the last transmit data to the
ICDRT register, wait until the TEND bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” while the TDRE bit is
set to “1”. When the TEND bit is set to “1”, set the TEND bit to “0”.
(4) The SCL signal is released by setting the TRS bit to “0” and performing the dummy-read of the
ICDRR register for the end process.
(5) Set the TDRE bit to “0”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 157 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Slave Receive Mode
SCL
(Master Output)
Slave Transmit Mode
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SDA
(Master Output)
1
9
A
SCL
(Slave Output)
SDA
(Slave Output)
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
A
b6
b7
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b7
b0
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
TRS Bit in
ICCR1 Register
“1”
“0”
ICDRT Register
Data 1
ICDRS Register
Data 3
Data 2
Data 1
Data 2
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.14
(1)Data write to ICDRT
register (data 1)
(2)Data write to ICDRT
register (data 2)
(2)Data write to ICDRT
register (data 3)
Operating Timing in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (1)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 158 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Slave Receive
Mode
Slave Transmit Mode
SCL
(Master Output)
9
SDA
(Master Output)
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
SCL
(Slave Output)
SDA
(Slave Output)
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
“1”
“0”
TEND Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
TRS Bit in
ICCR1 Register
“1”
“0”
ICDRT Register
ICDRS Register
Data n
Data n
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.15
(3)Set the TEND bit to “0”
(4)Dummy-read of ICDRR register
after setting TRS bit to “0”
(5)Set TDRE bit to “0”
Operating Timing in Slave Transmit Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 159 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.3.4
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
Slave Receive Operation
In slave receive mode, the master device outputs the transmit clock and data, and the slave device
returns an acknowledge signal. Figure 15.16 and Figure 15.17 show the Operation Timing in Slave
Receive Mode.
The receive procedure and operation in slave receive mode are shown below.
(1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (transfer operation enabled). Set the WAIT and
MLS bits in the ICMR register and CKS0 to CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register (initial setting). Set
the TRS and MST bits in the ICCR1 register to “0” and wait until the slave address matches in
slave receive mode.
(2) When the slave address matches at the 1st frame after detecting the start condition, the slave
device outputs the level set in the ACKBT bit in the ICIER register to the SDA pin at the rise of
the 9th clock. Since the RDRF bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” simultaneously, perform the
dummy-read (the read data is unnecessary because of showing slave address and R/W).
(3) Read the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is set to “1”. If the 8th clock falls while the
RDRF bit is set to “1”, the SCL signal is fixed “L” until the ICDRR register is read. The setting
change of the acknowledge signal which returns to master device before reading the ICDRR
register reflects the following transfer frame.
(4) Reading the last byte is performed by reading the ICDRR register as well.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 160 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
SCL
(Master Output)
9
1
SDA
(Master Output)
2
3
b6
b7
4
5
b4
b5
6
7
b2
b3
8
b7
b0
b1
1
9
SCL
(Slave Output)
SDA
(Slave Output)
RDRF Bit in
ICSR Register
A
A
“1”
“0”
ICDRS Register
Data 2
Data 1
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.16
Data 1
(2) Read ICDRR register
(2) Dummy-read of ICDRR register
Operating Timing in Slave Receive Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (1)
SCL
(Master Output)
1
9
SDA
(Master Output)
b7
2
3
b6
b5
4
b4
5
b3
6
b2
7
b1
8
9
b0
SCL
(Slave Output)
SDA
(Slave Output)
RDRF Bit in
ICSR Register
A
A
“1”
“0”
ICDRS Register
Data 2
Data 1
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.17
Data 1
(3) Set ACKBT bit to “1”
(3) Read ICDRR register
(4)Read ICDRR register
Operating Timing in Slave Receive Mode (I2C bus Interface Mode) (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 161 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.4
Clock Synchronous Serial Format
When setting the FS bit in the SAR register to “1”, the clock synchronous serial format is used to
communicate. Figure 15.18 shows the Transfer Format of Clock Synchronous Serial Format.
When the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “1”, the transfer clock is output from the SCL pin and
when the MST bit is set to “0”, the external clock is input.
The transfer data is output between the fall and the following fall of the SCL clock, and data is
determined by the rise of the SCL clock. The MSB-first or LSB-first can be selected for the order of the
data transfer by setting the MLS bit in the ICMR register. The SDA output level can be changed by the
SDAO bit in the ICCR2 register during the transfer standby.
SCL
SDA
Figure 15.18
b0
b1
b2
b3
b4
b5
Transfer Format of Clock Synchronous Serial Format
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 162 of 254
b6
b7
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.4.1
Transmit Operation
In transmit mode, transmit data is output from the SDA pin synchronizing with the fall of the transfer
clock. The transfer clock is output when the MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “1” and input when
the MST bit is set to “0”. Figure 15.19 shows the Operating Timing in Transmit Mode (Clock
Synchronous Serial Mode).
The transmit procedure and operation in transmit mode are shown below.
(1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (transfer operation enabled). Set the CKS0 to
CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and set the MST bit (initial setting).
(2) The TDRE bit in the ICSR register is set to “1” by selecting transmit mode after setting the TRS
bit in the ICCR1 register to “1”.
(3) Data is transferred from the ICDRT to ICDRS registers and the TDRE bit is automatically set
to “1” by writing transmit data to the ICDRT register after confirming that the TDRE bit is set to
“1”. When writing data to the ICDRT register every time the TDRE bit is set to “1”, the
continuous transmit is enabled. When switching from transmit to receive modes, set the TRS
bit to “0” while the TDRE bit is set to “1”.
SCL
1
SDA
(Output)
TRS Bit in
ICCR1 Register
TDRE Bit in
ICSR Register
b0
2
b1
7
b6
8
b7
1
b0
7
b6
8
1
b7
b0
“1”
“0”
“1”
“0”
ICDRT Register
ICDRS Register
Data 1
(3) Data write to
ICDRT register
Process
by program
Data 2
Data 1
Data 3
Data 3
Data 2
(3) Data write to
ICDRT register
(3) Data write to
ICDRT register
(3) Data write to
ICDRT register
(2) Set TRS bit to “1”
Figure 15.19
Operating Timing in Transmit Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 163 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.4.2
Receive Operation
In receive mode, data is latched at the rise of the transfer clock. The transfer clock is output when the
MST bit in the ICCR1 register is set to “1” and input when the MST bit is set to “0”.
Figure 15.20 shows the Operating Timing in Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode).
The receive procedure and operation in receive mode are shown below.
(1) Set the ICE bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (transfer operation enabled). Set the CKS0 to
CKS3 bits in the ICCR1 register and set the MST bit (initial setting).
(2) The output of the receive clock stars by setting the MST bit to “1” when the transfer clock is
output.
(3) Data is transferred from the ICDRS to ICDRR registers and the RDRF bit in the ICSR register
is set to “1”, when the receive is completed. Since the following-byte data is enabled to receive
when the MST bit is set to “1”, the continuous clock is output. The continuous receive is
enabled by reading the ICDRR register every time the RDRF bit is set to “1”. An overrun is
detected at the rise of the 8th clock while the RDRF bit is set to “1”, the AL bit in the ICSR
register is set to “1”. At this time, the former receive data is retained in the ICDRR register.
(4) When the MST bit is set to “1”, set the RCVD bit in the ICCR1 register to “1” (disables the
following receive operation) and read the ICDRR register. The SCL signal is fixed “H” after the
receive of the following-byte data is completed.
SCL
1
SDA
(Input)
MST Bit in
ICCR1
b0
2
b1
7
b6
8
b7
1
b0
7
b6
8
1
b7
2
b0
“1”
“0”
TRS Bit in “1”
ICCR1
“0”
RDRF Bit in
ICSR Register
“1”
“0”
Data 1
ICDRS Register
Data 1
ICDRR Register
Process
by program
Figure 15.20
Data 2
(2) Set MST bit to “1”
(When transfer clock is output)
(3) Read ICDRR register
Data 3
Data 2
(3) Read ICDRR register
Operating Timing in Receive Mode (Clock Synchronous Serial Mode)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 164 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.5
Noise Rejection Circuit
The state of the SCL and SDA pins are routed through the noise rejection circuit before being latched
internally. Figure 15.21 shows the Block Diagram of Noise Rejection Circuit.
The noise rejection circuit consists of two cascaded latch and match detector circuits. When the SCL
pin input signal (or SDA pin input signal) is sampled on f1 and 2 latch outputs match, the level is
passed forward to the next circuit. When they do not match, the former value is retained.
f1 (Sampling Clock)
C
SCL or SDA
Input Signal
D
C
Q
Latch
D
Q
Latch
Period of f1
f1 (Sampling Clock)
Figure 15.21
Block Diagram of Noise Rejection Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 165 of 254
Match
Detection
Circuit
Internal SCL
or SDA Signal
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.6
Bit Synchronous Circuit
When setting the IIC in master mode.
• When the SCL signal is driven to “L” by the slave device.
• Since the “H” period may become shorter while the SCL signal is driven to “L” by the slave device
and the rising speed of the SCL signal is lowered by the load (load capacity and pull-up resistor) of
the SCL line, the SCL signal is monitored and the communication synchronizes per bit.
Figure 15.22 shows the Timing of Bit Synchronous Circuit and Table 15.4 lists the Cycle between Setting
SCL Signal from “L” Output to High-Impedance and Monitoring SCL Signal.
Basis Clock of SCL
Monitor Timing
SCL
VIH
Internal SCL
Figure 15.22
Table 15.4
Timing of Bit Synchronous Circuit
Cycle between Setting SCL Signal from “L” Output to High-Impedance and
Monitoring SCL Signal
ICCR1 Register
CKS3
0
1
Time for Monitoring SCL
CKS2
0
1
0
1
1Tcyc=1/f1(s)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 166 of 254
7.5Tcyc
19.5Tcyc
17.5Tcyc
41.5Tcyc
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
15.7
Example of Register Setting
Figure 15.23 to Figure 15.26 show the Examples of Register Setting When Using IIC.
Start
Initial Setting
Read BBSY bit in ICCR2 register
(1) Judge the state of the SCL and SDA lines
No
(1)
(2) Set to master transmit mode
BBSY=0 ?
(3) Generate the start condition
Yes
ICCR1 Register
TRS Bit ← 1
MST Bit ← 1
(2)
ICCR2 Register
SCP Bit ← 0
BBSY Bit ← 1
(3)
(4) Set the transmit data of the 1st byte
(slave address + R/W)
(5) Wait for 1 byte to be transmitted
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
(4)
(6) Judge the ACKBR bit from the specified slave device
(7) Set the transmit data after 2nd byte (except the last byte)
(8) Wait the ICRDT register is empty
Read TEND bit in ICSR register
(9) Set the transmit data of the last byte
No
(5)
TEND=1 ?
(10) Wait for the transmit end of the last byte
(11) Set the TEND bit to “0”
Yes
Read ACKBR bit in ICIER register
(12) Set the STOP bit to “0”
(13) Generate the stop condition
ACKBR=0 ?
No
(6)
(15) Set to slave receive mode
Set the TDRE bit to “0”
Yes
Transmit
Mode ?
(14) Wait the stop condition is generated
No
Master Receive
Mode
Yes
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
(7)
Read TDRE bit in ICSR register
No
(8)
TDRE=1 ?
Yes
No
Last Byte ?
(9)
Yes
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
Read TEND bit in ICSR register
No
(10)
TEND=1 ?
Yes
ICSR Register
TEND Bit ← 0
(11)
ICSR Register
STOP Bit ← 0
(12)
ICCR2 Register
SCP Bit ← 0
BBSY Bit ← 0
(13)
Read STOP bit in ICSR register
No
(14)
STOP=1 ?
Yes
ICCR1 Register
TRS Bit ← 0
MST Bit ← 0
(15)
ICSR Register
TDRE Bit ← 0
End
Figure 15.23
Example of Register Setting in Master Transmit Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 167 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Master Receive Mode
TEND Bit ← 0
ICSR Register
TRS Bit ← 0
ICCR1 Register
ICSR Register
TDRE Bit ← 0
ICIER Register
ACKBT Bit ← 0
Dummy-read in ICDRR register
(1) Set the TEND bit to “0” and set to master transmit mode.
Set the TDRE bit to “0”(1,2)
(1)
(2) Set the ACKBT bit to the transmit device(1)
(3) Dummy-read to the ICDRR register(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) Wait for 1 byte to be received
(5) Judge (last receive - 1)
(6) Read the receive data
(7) Set the ACKBT bit of the last byte and set to disable the
continuous receive (RCVD=1)(2)
Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
(4)
No
(8) Read the receive data of (last byte - 1)
RDRF=1 ?
(9) Wait the last byte is received
Yes
(10) Set the STOP bit to “0”
Yes
Last receive
-1?
(5)
(12) Wait the stop condition is generated
No
Read ICDRR register
(11) Generate the stop condition
(6)
(13) Read the receive data of the last byte
(14) Set the RCVD bit to “0”
ACKBT Bit ← 1
ICIER Register
(15) Set to slave receive mode
(7)
RCVD Bit ← 1
ICCR1 Register
Read ICDRR register
(8)
Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
No
(9)
RDRF=1 ?
Yes
ICSR Register
STOP Bit ← 0
(10)
ICCR2 Register
SCP Bit ← 0
BBSY Bit ← 0
(11)
Read STOP bit in ICSR register
(12)
No
STOP=1 ?
Yes
Read ICDRR register
(13)
ICCR1 Register
RCVD Bit ← 0
(14)
ICCR1 Register
MST Bit ← 0
(15)
End
NOTES:
1. Do not generate the interrupt during the process of step (1) to (3).
2. When receiving 1 byte, skip step (2) to (6) after (1) and jump to process of step (7).
Process of step (8) is dummy-read in the ICDRR register.
Figure 15.24
Example of Register Setting in Master Receive Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 168 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Slave Transmit Mode
AAS Bit ← 0
ICSR Register
(1) Set the AAS bit to “0”
(1)
(2) Set the transmit data (except the last byte)
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
(2)
(3) Wait the ICRDT register is empty
(4) Set the transmit data of the last byte
Read TDRE bit in ICSR register
(5) Wait the last byte is transmitted
No
TDRE=1 ?
(3)
(7) Set to slave receive mode
Yes
No
(6) Set the TEND bit to “0”
(8) Dummy-read in the ICDRR register to release the
SCL signal
Last byte ?
(4)
Yes
(9) Set the TDRE bit to “0”
Write transmit data to ICDRT register
Read TEND bit in ICSR register
No
TEND=1 ?
ICSR Register
ICCR1 Register
Yes
TEND Bit ← 0
(6)
TRS Bit ← 0
(7)
Dummy-read in ICDRR register
ICSR Register
(5)
TDRE Bit ← 0
(8)
(9)
End
Figure 15.25
Example of Register Setting in Slave Transmit Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 169 of 254
15. I2C bus interface (IIC)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Slave Receive Mode
AAS Bit ← 0
(1)
ICIER Register ACKBT Bit ← 0
(2)
ICSR Register
(1) Set the AAS bit to “0”(1)
(2) Set the ACKBT bit to the transmit device
(3) Dummy-read to the ICDRR register
Dummy-read in ICDRR register
(3)
(4) Wait 1 byte is received
(5) Judge (last receive - 1)
Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
(6) Read the receive data
(4)
No
(7) Set the ACKBT bit of the last byte(1)
RDRF=1 ?
(8) Read the receive data of (last byte - 1)
Yes
(9) Wait the last byte is received
Last receive
-1?
Yes
(5)
(10) Read the receive data of the last byte
No
Read ICDRR register
ICIER Register
ACKBT Bit ← 1
Read ICDRR register
(6)
(7)
(8)
Read RDRF bit in ICSR register
No
(9)
RDRF=1 ?
Yes
Read ICDRR register
(10)
End
NOTES:
1. When receiving 1 byte, skip steps (2) to (6) after (1) and jump to process of step (7).
Process of step (8) is dummy-read in the ICDRR register.
Figure 15.26
Example of Register Setting in Slave Receive Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 170 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
16. A/D Converter
The A/D converter consists of one 10-bit successive approximation A/D converter circuit with a capacitive
coupling amplifier. The analog input shares the pins with P1_0 to P1_3. Therefore, when using these pins,
ensure the corresponding port direction bits are set to “0” (input mode).
When not using the A/D converter, set the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register to “0” (Vref unconnected), so
that no current will flow from the VREF pin into the resistor ladder, helping to reduce the power consumption
of the chip.
The result of A/D conversion is stored in the AD register.
Table 16.1 lists the Performance of A/D converter. Figure 16.1 shows the Block Diagram of A/D Converter.
Figures 16.2 and 16.3 show the A/D Converter-Associated Registers.
Table 16.1
Performance of A/D converter
Item
A/D Conversion Method
Analog Input Voltage(1)
Operating Clock φAD(2)
Resolution
Absolute Accuracy
Performance
Successive approximation (with capacitive coupling amplifier)
0V to Vref
4.2V ≤ AVCC ≤ 5.5V f1, f2, f4
2.7V ≤ AVCC < 4.2V f2, f4
8 bit or 10 bit is selectable
AVCC = Vref = 5V
• 8-bit resolution ±2 LSB
• 10-bit resolution ±3 LSB
AVCC = Vref = 3.3 V
• 8-bit resolution ±2 LSB
• 10-bit resolution ±5 LSB
Operating Mode
One-shot and repeat modes(3)
Analog Input Pin
4 pins (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Start Condition • Software trigger
Set the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to “1” (A-D conversion
starts)
• Capture
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
Conversion Rate Per Pin
• Without sample and hold function
8-bit resolution: 49φAD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 59φAD cycles
• With sample and hold function
8-bit resolution: 28φAD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 33φAD cycles
NOTES:
1. Analog input voltage does not depend on use of sample and hold function.
2. The frequency of φAD must be 10 MHz or below.
Without sample and hold function, the φAD frequency should be 250 kHz or above.
With the sample and hold function, the φAD frequency should be 1 MHz or above.
3. In repeat mode, only 8-bit mode can be used.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 171 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Conversion Rate Selection
f1
CKS0=1
CKS1=1
φ
AD
f2
CKS1=0
f4
CKS0=0
VCUT=0
AVSS
VREF
Resistor Ladder
VCUT=1
Successive Conversion Register
Software Trigger
ADCAP=0
ADCON0
Trigger
Timer Z
Interrupt Request
ADCAP=1
Vcom
AD Register
Decoder
Comparator
VIN
Data Bus
ADGSEL0=0
ADGSEL0=1
P1_0/AN8
P1_1/AN9
P1_2/AN10
P1_3/AN11
CH2 to CH0=100b
CH2 to CH0=101b
CH2 to CH0=110b
CH2 to CH0=111b
CH0 to CH2, CKS0 : Bits in ADCON0 register
CKS1, VCUT: Bits in ADCON1 register
Figure 16.1
Block Diagram of A/D Converter
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 172 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
1
Symbol
ADCON0
Bit Symbol
CH0
Address
00D6h
Bit Name
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
b2 b1 b0
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
Other than above : Do not set
CH1
CH2
MD
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
A/D Operation Mode Select 0 : On-shot mode
1 : Repeat mode
Bit(3)
A/D Input Group Select Bit
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit
1 : Starts in capture (Requests Timer Z interrupt)
RW
RW
A/D Conversion Start Flag
0 : Disabes A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
RW
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
1 : Do not set
RW
CKS0
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operatio mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
0 0 0
Symbol
Address
00D7h
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b2-b0)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
(2)
BITS
CKS1
—
(b6-b7)
0 : 8-bit mode
1 : 10-bit mode
RW
Frequency Select Bit 1
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
RW
Vref Connect Bit
0 : Vref not connected
1 : Vref connected
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. Set the BITS bit to “0” (8-bit mode) in repeat mode.
3. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.2
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit
(3)
VCUT
RW
Page 173 of 254
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0
Symbol
ADCON2
Bit Symbol
Address
00D4h
Bit Name
A/D Conversion Method Select Bit
After Reset
00h
Function
0 : Without sample and hold
1 : With sample and hold
—
(b3-b1)
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
—
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
SMP
RW
RW
RW
—
NOTES :
1. When the ADCON2 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
A/D Register
(b15)
b7
(b8)
b0 b7
b0
Symbol
AD
Address
00C1h-00C0h
After Reset
Indeterminate
Function
When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to “1”
(10-bit mode).
When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to “0”
(8-bit mode).
8 low -order bits in A/D conversion result
A/D conversion result
2 high-order bits in A/D conversion result
When read, its content is indeterminate.
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is “0”.
Figure 16.3
ADCON2 and AD Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 174 of 254
RW
RO
RO
—
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16.1
16. A/D Converter
One-Shot Mode
In one-shot mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted once. Table 16.2 lists the
Specifications of One-Shot Mode. Figure 16.4 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-shot
Mode.
Table 16.2
Specifications of One-Shot Mode
Item
Function
Start Condition
Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Input Pin
Reading of A/D Conversion
Result
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Specification
The input voltage on one selected pin by the CH2 to CH0 bits is A/D
converted once
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “0” (software trigger),
set the ADST bit to “1” (A-D conversion starts)
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “1” (capture),
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
• A/D conversion completes (ADST bit is set to “0”)
• Set the ADST bit to “0”
A/D conversion completes
Select one of AN8 to AN11
Read AD register
Page 175 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 0 1
Symbol
ADCON0
Bit Symbol
CH0
Address
00D6h
Bit Name
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
CH1
CH2
MD
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
b2 b1 b0
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
Other than above : Do not set
A/D Operation Mode Select 0 : One-shot mode
Bit(3)
A/D Input Group Select Bit
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit
1 : Starts in capture (requests Timer Z interrupt)
RW
RW
A/D Conversion Start Flag
0 : Disables A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
RW
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
1 : Do not set
RW
CKS0
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operation mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 1
0 0 0
Symbol
Address
00D7h
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Reserved Bit
(b2-b0)
BITS
CKS1
VCUT
—
(b6-b7)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
0 : 8-bit mode
1 : 10-bit mode
RW
Frequency Select Bit 1
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
RW
Vref Connect Bit(2)
1 : Vref connected
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-shot Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
RW
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.4
RW
Page 176 of 254
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16.2
16. A/D Converter
Repeat Mode
In repeat mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A-D converted repeatedly. Table 16.3 lists the
Specifications of Repeat Mode. Figure 16.5 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat
Mode.
Table 16.3
Specifications of Repeat Mode
Item
Function
Start Condition
Stop Condition
Interrupt Request
Generation Timing
Input Pin
Reading of A/D Conversion
Result
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Specification
The Input voltage on one pin selected by CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 bits
is A/D converted repeatedly
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “0” (software trigger)
Set the ADST bit to “1” (A-D conversion starts)
• When the ADCAP bit is set to “1” (capture)
Timer Z interrupt request is generated while the ADST bit is set to “1”
Set the ADST bit to “0”
Not generated
Select one of AN8 to AN11
Read AD register
Page 177 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16. A/D Converter
A/D Control Register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
Symbol
ADCON0
Bit Symbol
CH0
Address
00D6h
Bit Name
Analog Input Pin Select
Bit(2)
CH1
CH2
MD
ADGSEL0
ADCAP
ADST
After Reset
00000XXXb
Function
b2 b1 b0
1 0 0 : AN8
1 0 1 : AN9
1 1 0 : AN10
1 1 1 : AN11
Other than above : Do not set
A/D Operating Mode Select 1 : Repeat mode
Bit(3)
A/D Input Group Select Bit
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 : Disabled
1 : Enabled (AN8 to AN11)
A/D Conversion Automatic 0 : Starts in softw are trigger (ADST bit)
Start Bit
1 : Starts in capture (requests Timer Z interrupt)
RW
RW
A/D Conversion Start Flag
0 : Disables A/D conversion
1 : Starts A/D conversion
RW
Frequency Select Bit 0
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 0]
0 : Select f4
1 : Select f2
[When CKS1 in ADCON1 register = 1]
0 : Select f1(4)
1 : Do not set
RW
CKS0
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON0 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. CH0 to CH2 bits are enabled w hen the ADGSEL0 bit is set to “1”. After setting the ADGSEL0 bit to “1”, w rite to the
CH0 to CH2 bits.
3. When changing A/D operating mode, set the analog input pin again.
4. Set øAD frequency to 10MHz or below .
A/D Control Register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 1
0 0 0 0
Symbol
Address
00D7h
ADCON1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b2-b0)
BITS
CKS1
VCUT
—
(b6-b7)
After Reset
00h
Function
Set to “0”
8/10-bit Mode Select Bit(2)
0 : 8-bit mode
Frequency Select Bit 1
Refer to a description of the CKS0 bit in the
ADCON0 register function
Vref Connect Bit(3)
1 : Vref connected
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
NOTES :
1. If the ADCON1 register is rew ritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
2. Set the BITS bit to “0” (8-bit mode) in repeat mode.
3. When the VCUT bit is set to “1”(connected) from “0” (not connected), w ait for 1µs or more before starting
A/D conversion.
Figure 16.5
ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 178 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16.3
16. A/D Converter
Sample and Hold
When the SMP bit in the ADCON2 register is set to “1” (with sample and hold function), A/D conversion
rate per pin increases to 28φAD cycles for 8-bit resolution or 33φAD cycles for 10-bit resolution. The
sample and hold function is available in all operating modes. Start the A/D conversion after selecting
whether the sample and hold circuit is to be used or not.
When performing the A/D conversion, charge the comparator capacitor in the microcomputer.
Figure 16.6 shows the Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion.
Sample & Hold
Disabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit
at the 2nd bit
Comparison Sampling Time Comparison Sampling Time Comparison
2.5ø AD cycle
2.5ø AD cycle
Time
Time
Time
Sampling Time
4ø AD cycle
* Repeat until conversion ends
Sample & Hold
Enabled
at the 2nd bit
Conversion time at the 1st bit
Comparison
Time
Sampling Time
4ø AD cycle
Comparison Comparison Comparison
Time
Time
Time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Figure 16.6
16.4
Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion
A/D Conversion Cycles
Figure 16.7 shows the A/D Conversion Cycles.
Conversion time at the 1st bit
A/D Conversion Mode
Conversion time at the 2nd
bit and the follows
Conversion
Time
Sampling
Time
Comparison
Time
Sampling
Time
End process
Comparison
End process
Time
Without Sample & Hold
8 bits
49φAD
4φAD
2.0φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
8.0φAD
Without Sample & Hold
10 bits
59φAD
4φAD
2.0φAD
2.5φAD
2.5φAD
8.0φAD
With Sample & Hold
8 bits
28φAD
4φAD
2.5φAD
0.0φAD
2.5φAD
4.0φAD
With Sample & Hold
10 bits
33φAD
4φAD
2.5φAD
0.0φAD
2.5φAD
4.0φAD
Figure 16.7
A/D Conversion Cycles
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 179 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16.5
16. A/D Converter
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Figure 16.8 shows the Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input.
VCC
VCC VSS
AVCC
ON Resistor
Approx. 2kΩ Wiring Resistor
Approx. 0.2kΩ
Parasitic Diode
AN8
SW1
ON Resistor
Approx. 0.6kΩ
Analog Input
Voltage
SW2
Parasitic Diode
i Ladder-type
Switches
i=4
AMP
VIN
ON Resistor
Approx. 5kΩ
Sampling
Control Signal
VSS
C = Approx.1.5pF
SW3
SW4
i Ladder-type
Wiring Resistors
AVSS
ON Resistor
Approx. 2kΩ Wiring Resistor
Approx. 0.2kΩ
Chopper-type
Amplifier
AN11
SW1
b2 b1 b0
A/D Control Register 0
Reference
Control Signal
A/D Successive
Conversion Register
Vref
VREF
Resistor
ladder
SW2
Comparison
voltage
ON Resistor
Approx. 0.6k f
A/D Conversion
Interrupt Request
AVSS
Comparison reference voltage
(Vref) generator
Sampling Comparison
SW1 conducts only on the ports selected for analog input.
Connect to
SW2 and SW3 are open when A/D conversion is not in progress;
their status varies as shown by the waveforms in the diagrams on the left.
Control signal
for SW2
Connect to
SW4 conducts only when A/D conversion is not in progress.
Connect to
Control signal
for SW3
Connect to
NOTES:
1. Use only as a standard for designing this data.
Mass production may cause some changes in device characteristics.
Figure 16.8
Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 180 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
16.6
16. A/D Converter
Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
Figure 16.9 shows the Configuration of the Inflow Current Bypass Circuit, Figure 16.10 shows the Example of an
Inflow Current Bypass Circuit where VCC or More is Applied.
OFF
OFF
Fixed to GND level
Unselected
Channel
ON
To the internal logic
of the A/D Converter
ON
External input
latched into
Selected
Channel
ON
OFF
Figure 16.9
Configuration of the Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
VCC or more
Leakage Current
Generated
Unselected
Channel
OFF
Leakage Current
Generated
OFF
ON
Sensor Input
Selected
Channel
ON
Unaffected
by leakage
To the internal logic
of the A/D Converter
ON
OFF
Figure 16.10
Example of an Inflow Current Bypass Circuit where VCC or More is Applied
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 181 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Programmable Input/Output ports (hereafter referred to as “I/O ports”) have 13 ports of the P1, P3_3 to
P3_5, P3_7, and P4_5. Also, the main clock oscillation circuit is not used, the P4_6 and P4_7 can be used
as the input port only. Table 17.1 lists the Overview of Programmable I/O Ports.
Table 17.1
Overview of Programmable I/O Ports
Ports
I/O
Output Form
P1
I/O
CMOS3 State
P3_3, P4_5
I/O
CMOS3 State
P3_4, P3_5, P3_7 I/O
CMOS3 State
P4_6, P4_7(3)
I
I/O Setting
Internal Pull-Up
Resistor
Drive Capacity
Selection
Set every bit Set every 4 bits(1) Set every bit(2) of
P1_0 to P1_3
None
Set every bit Set every bit(1)
Set every bit Set every 3 bits(1) None
(Without output function) None
None
None
NOTES:
1. In input mode, whether the internal pull-up resistor is connected or not can be selected by the PUR0
and PUR1 registers.
2. This port can be used as the LED drive port by setting the DRR register to “1” (High).
3. When the main clock oscillation circuit is not used, these ports can be used as the input port only.
17.1
Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
The PDi_j (j=0 to 7) bit in the PDi (i=1,3 and 4) register controls I/O of the ports P1, P3_3 to P3_5, P3_7
and P4_5. The Pi register consists of a port latch to hold output data and a circuit to read pin state.
Figures 17.1 to 17.3 show the Configurations of Programmable I/O Ports.
Table 17.2 lists the Functions of Programmable I/O Ports. Also, Figure 17.5 shows the PD1, PD3 and
PD4 Registers. Figure 17.6 shows the P1, P3 and P4 Registers, Figure 17.7 shows the PUR0 and PUR1
Registers and Figure 17.8 shows the DRR Register.
Table 17.2
Functions of Programmable I/O Ports
Operation When
Value of PDi_j Bit in PDi Register(1)
Accessing
When PDi_j bit is set to “0” (input mode) When PDi_j bit is set to “1” (output mode)
Pi Register
Reading
Read pin input level
Read the port latch
Writing
Write to the port latch
Write to the port latch. The value written in
the port latch, it is output from the pin.
NOTES:
1. Nothing is assigned to the PD3_0 to PD3_2, PD3_6, PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7 bits.
17.2
Effect on Peripheral Functions
Programmable I/O ports function as I/O of peripheral functions (Refer to Table 1.6 Pin Name Information
by Pin Number). Table 17.3 lists the Setting of PDi_j Bit When Functioning as I/O of Peripheral
Functions. Refer to descriptions of each function for how to set peripheral functions.
Table 17.3
Setting of PDi_j Bit When Functioning as I/O of Peripheral Functions
I/O of Peripheral Functions
PDi_j Bit Setting of Port shared with Pin
Input
Set this bit to “0” (input mode).
Output
This bit can be set to both “0” and “1” (output regardless of the port setting)
17.3
Pins Other than Programmable I/O Ports
Figure 17.4 shows the Configuration of I/O Pins.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 182 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
P1_0 to P1_3
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
"1"
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Drive Capacity Selection
Input to each peripheral function
Analog Input
P1_4
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
P1_5
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
NOTES :
1.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.1
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (1)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 183 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
P1_6, P1_7
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Port Latch
Data Bus
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
P3_3
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
P3_4, P3_5, P3_7
Digital
Filter
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
“1”
Output from each peripheral function
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 1)
Input to each peripheral function
NOTES :
1.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.2
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 184 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
P4_5
Pull-Up Selection
Direction
Register
Data Bus
Port Latch
(Note 4)
Input to each peripheral
functions
Digital
Filter
P4_6/XIN
Data Bus
(Note 4)
Clocked Inverter (1)
(Note 2)
P4_7/XOUT
(Note 3)
Data Bus
(Note 4)
NOTES:
1. When CM05=1, CM10=1, or CM13=0, the clocked inverter is cutoff.
2. When CM10=1 or CM13=0, the feedback resistor is unconnected.
3. When CM05=CM13=1 or CM10=CM13=1, this pin is pulled up.
4.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.3
Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 185 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
MODE
MODE Signal Input
(1)
RESET
RESET Signal Input
(1)
NOTES :
1.
symbolizes a parasitic diode.
Ensure the input voltage on each port will not exceed VCC.
Figure 17.4
Configuration of I/O Pins
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 186 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port Pi Direction Register (i=1, 3, 4)(1, 2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
PD1
PD3
PD4
Bit Symbol
PDi_0
PDi_1
PDi_2
PDi_3
PDi_4
PDi_5
PDi_6
PDi_7
Address
00E3h
00E7h
00EAh
Bit Name
Port Pi0 Direction Bit
Port Pi1 Direction Bit
Port Pi2 Direction Bit
Port Pi3 Direction Bit
Port Pi4 Direction Bit
Port Pi5 Direction Bit
Port Pi6 Direction Bit
Port Pi7 Direction Bit
After Reset
00h
00h
00h
Function
0 : Input mode
(Functions as an input port)
1 : Output mode
(Functions as an output port)
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Bits PD3_0 to PD3_2 and PD3_6 in the PD3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits PD3_0 to
PD3_2 and PD3_6, set to “0” (input mode). When read, the content is “0”.
2. Bits PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7 in the PD4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits
PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7, set to “0” (input mode). When read, the content is “0”.
Figure 17.5
PD1, PD3 and PD4 Registers
Port Pi Register (i=1, 3, 4)(1, 2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
P1
P3
P4
Bit Symbol
Pi_0
Pi_1
Pi_2
Pi_3
Pi_4
Pi_5
Pi_6
Pi_7
Address
00E1h
00E5h
00E8h
Bit Name
Port Pi0 Bit
Port Pi1 Bit
Port Pi2 Bit
Port Pi3 Bit
Port Pi4 Bit
Port Pi5 Bit
Port Pi6 Bit
Port Pi7 Bit
After Reset
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Indeterminate
Function
The pin level on any I/O port w hich is set
for input mode can be read by reading the
corresponding bit in this register. The pin
level on any I/O port w hich is set for
output mode can be controlled by w riting
to the corresponding bit in this register.
0 : “L” level
1 : “H” level(1)
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. Bits P3_0 to P3_2 and P3_6 in the P3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P3_0 to P3_2
and P3_6, set to “0” (“L” level). When read, the content is “0”.
2. Bits P4_0 to P4_4 in the P4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P4_0 to P4_4, set to
“0” (“L” level). When read, the content is “0”.
Figure 17.6
P1, P3 and P4 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 187 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Pull-Up Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
PUR0
Bit Symbol
(b1-b0)
PU02
PU03
—
(b5-b4)
PU06
PU07
Address
00FCh
Bit Name
After Reset
00XX0000b
Function
Set to “0”
Reserved Bit
0 : Not pulled up
P1_0 to P1_3 pull-up(1)
1 : Pulled up
P1_4 to P1_7 pull-up(1)
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
P3_3 pull-up(1)
P3_4 to P3_5 and P3_7 pll-up(1)
0 : Not pulled up
1 : Pulled up
RW
RW
RW
RW
—
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. When this bit is set to “1” (pulled up), the pin w hose direct bit is set to “0” (input mode) is pulled up.
Pull-up Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
Address
00FDh
PUR1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
—
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
(b0)
When read, its content is indeterminate.
(1)
PU11
—
(b7-b2)
P4_5 pull-up
After Reset
XXXXXX0Xb
Function
0 : Not pulled up
1 : Pulled up
Nothing is assigned. When w rite, set to “0”.
When read, its content is indeterminate.
RW
—
RW
—
NOTES :
1. When the PU11 bit is set to “1” (pulled up) and the PD4_5 bit is set to “0” (input mode), the P4_5 pin is
pulled up.
Figure 17.7
PUR0 and PUR1 Registers
Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 0
Figure 17.8
Symbol
DRR
Bit Symbol
DRR0
DRR1
DRR2
DRR3
(b7-b4)
Address
00FEh
Bit Name
P1_0 Drive Capacity
P1_1 Drive Capacity
P1_2 Drive Capacity
P1_3 Drive Capacity
Reserved Bit
DRR Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 188 of 254
After Reset
00h
Function
Set P1 N-channel output transistor drive
capacity
0 : Low
1 : High
Set to “0”.
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17.4
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port setting
Table 17.4 to Table 17.17 list the port setting.
Table 17.4
Port P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Bit
PD1_0
PU02
DRR0
KI0EN
CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT0
0
0
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
X
1
XXXXb
0
KI0 input
0
0
X
X
1001b
0
A/D Converter input (AN8)
1
X
0
X
XXXXb
0
Output port
1
X
1
X
XXXXb
0
Output port (High drive)
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
1
CMP0_0 output
Setting
Value
Function
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.5
Port P1_1/KI1/AN9/CMP0_1 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Bit
PD1_1
PU02
DRR1
KI1EN
CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT1
0
0
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
X
1
XXXXb
0
KI1 input
0
0
X
X
1011b
0
A/D Converter input (AN9)
1
X
0
X
XXXXb
0
Output port
1
X
1
X
XXXXb
0
Output port (High drive)
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
1
CMP0_1 output
Setting
Value
Function
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.6
Port P1_2/KI2/AN10/CMP0_2 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TCOUT
Bit
PD1_2
PU02
DRR2
KI2EN
CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0
TCOUT2
0
0
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (not pulled up)
Setting
Value
Function
0
1
X
X
XXXXb
0
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
X
1
XXXXb
0
KI2 input
0
0
X
X
1101b
0
A/D Converter input (AN10)
1
X
0
X
XXXXb
0
Output port
1
X
1
X
XXXXb
0
Output port (High drive)
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
1
CMP0_2 input
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 189 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 17.7
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port P1_3/KI3/AN11/TZOUT Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
DRR
KIEN
ADCON0
TZMR
TZOC
Bit
PD1_3
PU02
DRR3
KI3EN
CH2, CH1, CH0,
ADGSEL0
TZMOD1,
TZMOD0
TZOCNT
0
0
X
X
XXXXb
00b
X
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
X
X
XXXXb
00b
X
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
X
1
XXXXb
00b
X
KI3 input
0
0
X
X
1111b
00b
X
A/D Converter input (AN11)
1
X
0
X
XXXXb
00b
X
Output port
Setting
Value
Function
1
X
1
X
XXXXb
00b
X
Output port (High drive)
X
X
0
X
XXXXb
01b
1
Output port
X
X
1
X
XXXXb
01b
1
Output port (High drive)
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
01b
0
TZOUT output
X
X
X
X
XXXXb
1Xb
X
TZOUT output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.8
Port P1_4/TXD0 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
U0MR
U0C0
Bit
PD1_4
PU03
SMD2, SMD1, SMD0
NCH
0
0
000b
X
0
1
000b
X
Input port (pulled up)
1
X
000b
X
Output port
0
TXD0 output, CMOS output
1
TXD0 output, N-channel open output
Function
Input port (not pulled up)
001b
Setting
Value
X
100b
X
101b
110b
001b
X
100b
X
101b
110b
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.9
Port P1_5/RXD0/CNTR01/INT11 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
UCON
TXMR
Bit
PD1_5
PU03
CNTRSEL
TXMOD1, TXMOD0
0
0
X
XXb
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
X
XXb
Input port (pulled up)
0
X
X
Other than 01b
RXD0 input
0
X
1
Other than 01b
CNTR01/INT11 input
1
X
X
Other than 01b
Output port
1
X
1
Other than 01b
CNTR01 output
Setting
Value
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 190 of 254
Function
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 17.10
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port P1_6/CLK0 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
U0MR
Bit
PD1_6
PU03
SMD2, SMD1, SMD0, CKDIR
0
0
Other than 0X10b
0
1
Other than 0X10b
0
0
XXX1b
1
X
Other than 0X10b
X
X
0X10b
Setting
Value
Function
Input port (not pulled up)
Input port (pulled up)
CLK0 (external clock) input
Output port
CLK0 (internal clock) output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.11
Port P1_7/CNTR00/INT10 Setting
Register
PD1
PUR0
TXMR
UCON
Bit
PD1_7
PU03
TXMOD1, TXMOD0
CNTRSEL
0
0
Other than 01b
X
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
Other than 01b
X
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
Other than 01b
0
CNTR00/INT10 input
1
X
Other than 01b
X
Output port
X
X
Other than 01b
0
CNTR00 output
Setting
Value
Function
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.12
Port P3_3/TCIN/INT3/CMP1_0 Setting
Register
PD3
PUR0
TCOUT
Bit
PD3_3
PU06
TCOUT3
0
0
0
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
0
Input port (pulled up)
Setting
Value
Function
1
X
0
Output port
X
X
1
CMP1_0 output
0
X
0
TCIN input/INT3
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.13
Port P3_4/SDA/CMP1_1 Setting
Register
PD3
PUR0
TCOUT
ICCR1
Bit
PD3_4
PU07
TCOUT4
ICE
0
0
0
0
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
0
0
Input port (pulled up)
X
X
X
1
SDA input/output
1
X
0
0
Output port
X
X
1
0
CMP1_1 output
Setting
Value
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 191 of 254
Function
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 17.14
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Port P3_5/SCL/CMP1_2 Setting
Register
PD3
PUR0
TCOUT
ICCR1
Bit
PD3_5
PU07
TCOUT5
ICE
0
0
0
0
Input port (not pulled up)
Setting
Value
Function
0
1
0
0
Input port (pulled up)
X
X
X
1
SCL input/output
1
X
0
0
Output port
X
X
1
0
CMP1_2 output
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.15
Port P3_7/CNTR0 Setting
Register
PD3
PUR0
TXMR
UCON
Bit
PD3_7
PU07
TXOCNT
U1SEL1, U1SEL0
0
0
0
0Xb
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
0
0Xb
Input port (pulled up)
1
X
0
0Xb
Output port
X
X
1
XXb
CNTR0 output pin
Setting
Value
Function
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.16
Register
Bit
Setting
Value
Port XIN/P4_6, XOUT/P4_7 Setting
CM1
CM1
CM0
Circuit Specification
Feedback
Resistance
Function
CM13
CM10
CM05
Oscillation
Buffer
1
1
1
OFF
OFF
XIN-XOUT oscillation stop
1
0
1
OFF
ON
External input to XIN pin, “H” output
from XOUT pin
1
0
1
OFF
ON
XIN-XOUT oscillation stop
1
0
0
ON
ON
XIN-XOUT oscillation
0
X
X
OFF
OFF
Input port
X: “0” or “1”
Table 17.17
Port P4_5/INT0 Setting
Register
PD4
PUR1
INTEN
Bit
PD4_5
PU11
INT0EN
0
0
0
Setting
Value
Function
Input port (not pulled up)
0
1
0
Input port (pulled up)
0
0
1
INT0 input
1
X
X
Output port
X: “0” or “1”
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 192 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
17.5
17. Programmable I/O Ports
Unassigned Pin Handling
Table 17.18 lists the Unassigned Pin Handling. Figure 17.9 show the Unassigned Pin Handling.
Table 17.18
Unassigned Pin Handling
Pin Name
Ports P1, P3_3 to P3_5,
P3_7, P4_5
Connection
• After setting to input mode, connect every pin to VSS via a resistor (pulldown) or connect every pin to VCC via a resistor (pull-up).(2)
• After setting to output mode, leave these pins open.(1, 2)
Ports P4_6, P4_7
AVCC, VREF
Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)(2)
Connect to VCC
RESET (3)
Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)(2)
NOTES:
1. When setting these ports to output mode and leaving them open, they remain input mode until they
are switched to output mode by a program. The voltage level of these pins may be indeterminate
and the power current may increase while the ports remain input mode.
The content of the direction registers may change due to noise or out of control caused by noise. In
order to enhance program reliability, set the direction registers periodically by a program.
2. Connect these unassigned pins to the microcomputer using the shortest wire length (within 2 cm)
as possible.
3. When power-on reset function is used.
Microcomputer
Port P1, P3_3 to P3_5, (Input mode)
P3_7, P4_5
:
:
(Input mode)
(Output mode)
Port P4_6, P4_7
RESET(1)
AVCC/VREF
NOTES:
1. When power-on reset function is used.
Figure 17.9
Unassigned Pin Handling
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 193 of 254
:
:
Open
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18. Flash Memory Version
18.1
Overview
In the flash memory version, rewrite operations to the flash memory can be performed in three modes;
CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, parallel I/O modes.
Table 18.1 lists the Flash Memory Version Performance (refer to Table 1.1 Performance Outline of the
R8C/16 Group and Table 1.2 Performance Outline of the R8C/17 Group for the items not listed on Table
18.1).
Table 18.1
Flash Memory Version Performance
Item
Flash Memory Operating Mode
Division of Erase Block
Program Method
Erase Method
Program, Erase Control Method
Rewrite Control Method
Specification
3 modes (CPU rewrite, standard serial I/O, and parallel I/O mode)
Refer to Figures 18.1 and Figure 18.2
Byte unit
Block erase
Program and erase control by software command
Rewrite control for Block 0 and 1 by FMR02 bit in FMR0 register
Rewrite control for Block 0 by FMR16 bit and Block 1 by FMR16 bit
5 commands
R8C/16 Group : 100 times ; R8C/17 Group : 1,000 times
Number of Commands
Program and
Block0 and 1
Erase
(Program ROM)
(1)
BlockA and B
10,000 times
Endurance
(2)
(Data flash)
ID Code Check Function
Standard serial I/O mode supported
ROM Code Protect
For parallel I/O mode supported
NOTES:
1. Definition of program and erase endurance.
The program and erase endurance is defined to be per-block. When the program and erase
endurance is n times (n=100 or 10,000 times), to erase n times per block is possible. For example, if
performing one-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1K-byte block 1,024 times and
then erasing that block, the program and erase endurance is counted as one time. If rewriting more
than 100 times, execute the program until the blank areas are all used to reduce the substantial
rewrite endurance and then erase. Do not rewrite only particular blocks and rewrite to average the
program and erase endurance to each block. Also keep the erase endurance as information and set
up the limit endurance.
2. Blocks A and B are embedded only in the R8C/17 group.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 194 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 18.2
18. Flash Memory Version
Flash Memory Rewrite Modes
Flash Memory
Rewrite Mode
Function
CPU Rewrite Mode
User ROM area is rewritten by
executing software commands
from the CPU.
EW0 mode: Rewritable in any
area other than
flash memory
EW1 mode: Rewritable in flash
memory
Areas which can User ROM area
be rewritten
Operating Mode Single chip mode
ROM
None
Programmer
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 195 of 254
Standard Serial I/O Mode
Parallel I/O Mode
User ROM area is rewritten
by using a dedicated serial
programmer.
User ROM area is
rewritten by using a
dedicated parallel
programmer.
User ROM area
User ROM area
Boot mode
Serial programmer
Parallel I/O mode
Parallel programmer
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.2
18. Flash Memory Version
Memory Map
The flash memory contains a user ROM area and a boot ROM area (reserved area). Figure 18.1 shows
the Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/16 Group. Figure 18.2 shows the Flash Memory Block
Diagram for R8C/17 Group.
The user ROM area of the R8C/17 group contains an area (program ROM) which stores a
microcomputer operation program and the 1-Kbyte Block A and B (data flash).
The user ROM area is divided into several blocks. The user ROM area can be rewritten in CPU rewrite
and standard serial I/O and parallel I/O modes.
When rewriting the Block 0 and Block 1 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to
“1” (rewrite enables), and when setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (rewrite enables),
Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (rewrite enables), Block 1 is rewritable.
The rewrite control program for standard serial I/O mode is stored in boot ROM area before shipment.
The boot ROM area and the user ROM area share the same address, but have an another memory.
16 Kbytes ROM Product
0C000h
Block 1 : 8 Kbytes(1)
12 Kbytes ROM Product
Program ROM
0D000h
Block 1 : 4 Kbytes(1)
0DFFFh
0E000h
0DFFFh
0E000h
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh
User ROM Area
8 Kbytes ROM Product
0E000h
0E000h
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh
User ROM Area
8 Kbytes
0FFFFh
User ROM Area
Boot ROM Area
(Reserved Area)(2)
NOTES:
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (enable to rewrite),
Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode).
2. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 18.1
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/16 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 196 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
16 Kbytes ROM Product
02400h
Block A : 1 Kbyte
12 Kbytes ROM Product
02400h
Block A : 1 Kbyte
8 Kbytes ROM Product
02400h
Block A : 1 Kbyte
Data flash
02BFFh
Block B : 1 Kbyte
02BFFh
Block B : 1 Kbyte
02BFFh
Block B : 1 Kbyte
0C000h
Program ROM
Block 1 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0D000h
Block 1 : 4 Kbytes(1)
0DFFFh
0E000h
0DFFFh
0E000h
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFFh
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
User ROM Area
8 Kbytes
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
0FFFFh
User ROM Area
0E000h
0E000h
User ROM Area
Boot ROM Area
(Reserved Area)(2)
NOTES:
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (enables to rewrite) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (enables to
rewrite), Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (enables to rewrite), Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode).
2. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 18.2
Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/17 Group
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 197 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.3
18. Flash Memory Version
Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting
Standard serial I/O mode contains an ID code check function, and the parallel I/O mode contains a ROM
code protect function to prevent the flash memory from reading or rewriting easily.
18.3.1
ID Code Check Function
Use this function in standard serial I/O mode. Unless the flash memory is blank, the ID codes sent
from the programmer and the ID codes written in the flash memory are determined whether they
match. If the ID codes do not match, the commands sent from the programmer are not
acknowledged. The ID code consists of 8-bit data, the areas of which, beginning with the first byte,
are 00FFDFh, 00FFE3h, 00FFEBh, 00FFEFh, 00FFF3h, 00FFF7h, and 00FFFBh. Write a program in
which the ID codes are set at these addresses and write it in the flash memory.
Address
00FFDFh to 00FFDCh
ID1
Undefined Instruction Vector
00FFE3h to 00FFE0h
ID2
Overflow Vector
BRK Instruction Vector
00FFE7h to 00FFE4h
00FFEBh to 00FFE8h
ID3
Address Match Vector
00FFEFh to 00FFECh
ID4
Single Step Vector
00FFF3h to 00FFF0h
ID5
Oscillation Stop Detection/Watchdog
Timer/Voltage Monitor 2 Vector
00FFF7h to 00FFF4h
ID6
Address Break
00FFFBh to 00FFF8h
ID7
00FFFFh to 00FFFCh
(Reserved)
(Note 1) Reset Vector
4bytes
NOTES:
1. The OFS register is assigned to 00FFFFh.
Refer to Figure12.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS
registers for the OFS register details.
Figure 18.3
Address for ID Code Stored
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 198 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.3.2
18. Flash Memory Version
ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and change the internal flash memory by the OFS
register in parallel I/O mode. Figure 18.4 shows the OFS Register.
The ROM code protect function is enabled by writing “0” to the ROMCP1 bit and “1” to the ROMCR bit
and disables to read and change the internal flash memory. Once the ROM code protect is enabled,
the content in the internal flash memory cannot be rewritten in parallel I/O mode. To disable ROM
code protect, erase the block including the OFS register with CPU rewrite mode or standard serial I/O
mode.
Option Function Select Register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 1 1
1
Symbol
OFS
Bit Symbol
WDTON
—
(b1)
ROMCR
ROMCP1
—
(b6-b4)
Address
0FFFFh
Bit Name
Watchdog Timer Start
Select Bit
Before Shipment
FFh(2)
Function
0 : Starts w atchdog timer automatically after reset
1 : Watchdog timer is inactive after reset
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
ROM Code Protect
Disabled Bit
0 : ROM code protect disabled
1 : ROMCP1enabled
RW
ROM Code Protect Bit
0 : ROM code protect enabled
1 : ROM code protect disabled
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
0 : Count source protect mode after reset enabled
Count Source Protect
CSPROINI Mode After Reset Select 1 : Count source protect mode after reset disabled
Bit
NOTES :
1. The OFS register is on the flash memory. Write to the OFS register w ith a program.
2. If the block including the OFS register is erased, “FFh” is set to the OFS register.
Figure 18.4
OFS Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 199 of 254
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4
18. Flash Memory Version
CPU Rewrite Mode
In CPU rewrite mode, user ROM area can be rewritten by executing software commands from the CPU.
Therefore, the user ROM area can be rewritten directly while the microcomputer is mounted on a board
without using such as a ROM programmer. Execute the program and block erase commands only to
each block in user ROM area.
When an interrupt request is generated during an erase operation in CPU rewrite mode, the flash
module contains an erase-suspend function which performs the interrupt process after the erase
operation is halted temporarily. During the erase-suspend, user ROM area can be read by a program.
CPU rewrite mode contains erase write 0 mode(EW0 mode) and erase write 1 mode(EW1 mode). Table
18.3 lists the Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode.
Table 18.3
Differences between EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode
Item
Operating Mode
Area in which rewrite
control program can be
allocated
Area in which rewrite
control program can be
executed
Area which can be
rewritten
EW0 Mode
Single chip mode
User ROM area
EW1 Mode
Single chip mode
User ROM area
Necessary to transfer to any areas
other than the flash memory (e.g.,
RAM) before executing
User ROM area
Executing directly on user ROM area
is possible
Software Command
Restriction
None
Mode after Program or
Read status register mode
Erase
CPU Status during
Operation
Auto-Write and Auto-Erase
Flash Memory Status
• Read the FMR00, FMR06, and
FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by
Detection
a program
• Execute the read status register
command and read the SR7, SR5,
and SR4 bits in the status register.
Condition for Transition to Set the FMR40 and FMR41 bits in
Erase-Suspend
the FMR4 register to “1” by a
program.
CPU Clock
5MHz or below
User ROM area
However, other than the blocks
which contain a rewrite control
program(1)
• Program, block erase command
Disable to execute on any block
which contains a rewrite control
program
• Disables to execute the read status
register command
Read array mode
Hold state (I/O ports hold state
before the command is executed)
Read the FMR00, FMR06, and
FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register by a
program
The FMR40 bit in the FMR4 register
is set to “1” and the interrupt request
of the enabled maskable interrupt is
generated
No restriction to the following (clock
frequency to be used)
NOTES:
1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (rewrite enables) and rewriting Block 0 is
enabled by setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to “0” (rewrite enables). Rewriting Block 1 is
enabled by setting the FMR16 bit to “0” (rewrite enables).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 200 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.1
18. Flash Memory Version
EW0 Mode
The microcomputer enters CPU rewrite mode and software commands can be acknowledged by
setting the FMR01 bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (CPU rewrite mode enabled). In this case, since the
FMR11 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “0”, EW0 mode is selected.
Use software commands to control a program and erase operations. The FMR0 register or the status
register can determine status when program and erase operation complete.
When entering an erase-suspend, set the FMR40 bit to “1” (enables erase-suspend) and the FMR41
bit to “1” (requests erase-suspend). Wait for td(SR-ES) and ensure that the FMR46 bit is set to “1”
(enables reading) before accessing the user ROM area. The auto-erase operation restarts by setting
the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restarts).
18.4.2
EW1 Mode
The microcomputer enters EW1 mode by setting the FMR11 bit to “1” (EW1 mode) after setting the
FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite mode enabled).
The FMR0 register can determine status when program and erase operation complete. Do not
execute the read status register command in EW1 mode.
To enable the erase-suspend function, execute the block erase command after setting the FMR40 bit
to “1” (enables erase-suspend). The interrupt to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt
enabled status. After passing td(SR-ES) since the block erase command is executed, an interrupt
request is acknowledged.
When an interrupt request is generated, the FMR41 bit is automatically set to "1" (requests erasesuspend) and the auto-erase operation is halted. If the auto-erase operation does not complete
(FMR00 bit is “0”) when the interrupt process completes, the auto-erase operation restarts by setting
the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restarts).
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 201 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.5 shows the FMR0 Register. Figure 18.6 shows the FMR1 and FMR4 Registers.
18.4.2.1
FMR00 Bit
This bit indicates the operating status of the flash memory. The bit is “0” during programming, erasing,
or erase-suspend mode; otherwise, the bit is “1”.
18.4.2.2
FMR01 Bit
The microcomputer is made ready to accept commands by setting the FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite
mode).
18.4.2.3
FMR02 Bit
The Block1 and Block0 do not accept the Program and Block Erase commands if the FMR02 bit is set
to “0” (rewrite disabled).
The Block0 and Block1 are controlled rewriting in the FMR15 and FMR16 bits if the FMR02 bit is set
to “1” (rewrite enabled).
18.4.2.4
FMSTP Bit
This bit is provided for initializing the flash memory control circuits, as well as for reducing the amount
of current consumed in the flash memory. The flash memory is disabled against access by setting the
FMSTP bit to “1”. Therefore, the FMSTP bit must be written to by a program in other than the flash
memory.
In the following cases, set the FMSTP bit to “1”:
• When flash memory access resulted in an error while erasing or programming in EW0 mode
(FMR00 bit not reset to “1” (ready))
• When entering on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop)
Figure 18.10 shows a flow chart to be followed before and after entering on-chip oscillator mode
(main clock stop). Note that when going to stop or wait mode while the CPU rewrite mode is disabled,
the FMR0 register does not need to be set because the power for the flash memory is automatically
turned off and is turned back on again after returning from stop or wait mode.
18.4.2.5
FMR06 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto program operation. The bit is set to “1” when a
program error occurs; otherwise, it is cleared to “0”. For details, refer to the description of the 18.4.5
Full Status Check.
18.4.2.6
FMR07 Bit
This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto erase operation. The bit is set to “1” when an erase
error occurs; otherwise, it is set to “0”. Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check for the details.
18.4.2.7
FMR11 Bit
Setting this bit to “1” (EW1 mode) places the microcomputer in EW1 mode.
18.4.2.8
FMR15 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to “1” (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit is set to “0” (rewrite enabled),
the Block0 accepts the program command and block erase command.
18.4.2.9
FMR16 Bit
When the FMR02 bit is set to “1” (rewrite enabled) and the FMR16 bit is set to “0” (rewrite enabled),
the Block1 accepts the program command and block erase command.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 202 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
18.4.2.10 FMR40 bit
The erase-suspend function is enabled by setting the FMR40 bit to “1” (enable).
18.4.2.11 FMR41 bit
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters erase-suspend mode when setting the FMR41 bit to “1” by a
program. The FMR41 bit is automatically set to “1” (requests erase-suspend) when an interrupt
request of an enabled interrupt is generated in EW1 mode, and then the microcomputer enters erasesuspend mode.
Set the FMR41 bit to “0” (erase restart) when the auto-erase operation restarts.
18.4.2.12 FMR46 bit
The FMR46 bit is set to “0” (disable reading) during auto-erase execution and set to “1” (enables
reading) in erase-suspend mode. Do not access to the flash memory while this bit is set to “0”.
Flash Memory Control Register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 0
Symbol
FMR0
Bit Symbol
FMR00
FMR01
FMR02
Address
01B7h
____
Bit Name
RY/BY Status Flag
FMR06
FMR07
Function
0 : Busy (During w riting or erasing)
1 : READY
RW
RO
CPU Rew rite Mode Select Bit(1)
0 : CPU rew rite mode disabled
1 : CPU rew rite mode enabled
RW
Block 0, 1 Rew rite Enable Bit(2, 6)
0 : Disables rew rite
1 : Enables rew rite
RW
Flash Memory Stop Bit(3, 5)
0 : Enables flash memory operation
1 : Stops flash memory
(Enters low -pow er consumption state
and flash memory is reset)
RW
FMSTP
—
(b5-b4)
After Reset
00000001b
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Program Status Flag(4)
0 : Completed successfully
1 : Terminated by error
RO
Erase Status Flag(4)
0 : Completed successfully
1 : Terminated by error
RO
RW
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0”. Do not generate an interrupt betw een
setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”. Enter read array mode and set this bit to “0”.
2. Set this bit to “1” immediately after setting this bit first to “0” w hile the FMR01 bit is set to “1”.
Do not generate an interrupt betw een setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
3. Set this bit by a program in a space other than the flash memory.
4. This bit is set to “0” by executing the clear status command.
5. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU rew rite mode). When the FMR01 bit is set to “0” and w riting
“1” to the FMSTP bit, the FMSTP bit is set to “1”. The flash memory does not enter low -pow er
consumption stat nor is reset.
6. When setting the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rew rite mode disabled), the FMR02 bit is set to “0” (disables rew rite).
Figure 18.5
FMR0 Register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 203 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Flash Memory Control Register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
0 0 0
Symbol
Address
01B5h
FMR1
Bit Symbol
Bit Name
Reserved Bit
—
(b0)
FMR11
—
(b4-b2)
FMR15
FMR16
—
(b7)
After Reset
1000000Xb
Function
When read, its content is indeterminate.
RW
RO
EW1 Mode Select Bit(1, 2)
0 : EW0 mode
1 : EW1 mode
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Block 0 Rew rite Disable Bit(2,3)
0 : Enables rew rite
1 : Disables rew rite
RW
Block 1 Rew rite Disable Bit(2,3)
0 : Enables rew rite
1 : Disables rew rite
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “1”
RW
RW
RW
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0” w hile the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU
rew rite mode enable) . Do not generate an interrupt betw een settting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
2. This bit is set to “0” by setting the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rew rite mode disabled).
3. When the FMR01 bit is set to “1” (CPU rew rite mode enabled), the FMR15 and FMR16 bits can be w ritten.
When setting this bit to “0”, set to “0” immediately after setting it first to “1”.
When setting this bit to “1”, set it to “1”.
Flash Memory Control Register 4
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0 0 0 0
Symbol
FMR4
Bit Symbol
FMR40
FMR41
—
(b5-b2)
FMR46
—
(b7)
Address
01B3h
Bit Name
Erase-Suspend Function
Enable Bit(1)
After Reset
01000000b
Function
0 : Disable
1 : Enable
RW
Erase-Suspend Request
Bit(2)
0 : Erase restart
1 : Erase-suspend request
RW
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
Read Status Flag
0 : Disables reading
1 : Enables reading
Reserved Bit
Set to “0”
RW
RO
RO
RW
NOTES :
1. When setting this bit to “1”, set to “1” immediately after setting it first to “0”. Do not generate an interrupt betw een
setting the bit to “0” and setting it to “1”.
2. This bit is enabled w hen the FMR40 bit is set to “1” (enable) and this bit can be w ritten during the period betw een
issuing an erase command and completing an erase (This bit is set to “0” during the periods other than above.)
In EW0 mode, this can be set to “0” and “1” by a program.
In EW1 mode, this bit is automatically set to “1” if a maskable interrupt is generated during an erase
operation w hile the FMR40 bit is set to “1”. Do not set this bit to “1” by a program (“0” can be w ritten).
Figure 18.6
FMR1 and FMR4 Registers
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 204 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.7 shows the Timing on Suspend Operation.
Erase
Starts
Erase
Suspends
During Erase
FMR00 Bit in
FMR0 Register
“1”
“0”
FMR46 Bit in
FMR4 Register
“1”
“0”
Check that the
FMR00 bit is set to
“0”, and that the
erase operation has
not ended.
Figure 18.7
Timing on Suspend Operation
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 205 of 254
Erase
Restarts
Erase
Ends
During Erase
Check the Status,
and that the erase
operation ends
normally.
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Figure 18.8 shows the How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode. Figure 18.9 shows the How to Set and Exit
EW1 Mode.
EW0 Mode Operating Procedure
Rewrite Control Program
Set the FMR01 bit by writing “0” and then “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)(2)
Set CM0 and CM1 registers(1)
Execute software commands
Transfer a rewrite control program which uses CPU
rewrite mode to any areas other than the flash
memory
Execute the read array command(3)
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Jump to a rewrite control program which has been
transferred to any areas other than the flash memory
(The subsequent process is executed by the rewrite
control program in any areas other than the flash
memory)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES :
1. Select 5MHz or below for CPU clock by the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register.
2. When setting the FMR01 bit to “1”, write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”. Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and
“1”.
3. Disable CPU rewrite mode after executing the read array command.
Figure 18.8
How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode
EW1 Mode Operating Procedure
Program in ROM
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)(1)
Write “0” to the FMR11 bit before writing “1”
(EW1 mode)
Execute Software Commands
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
NOTES :
1. When setting the FMR01 bit to “1”, write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”.
Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and “1”.
Figure 18.9
How to Set and Exit EW1 Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 206 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
On-Chip Oscillator Mode
(Main Clock Stops) Program
Transfer a on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stops)
program to any areas other the flash memory
Jump to on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stops)
program which has been transferred to any areas other
than the flash memory.
(The subsequent process is executed by a program in
any areas other than the flash memory.)
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit before writing “1”
(CPU rewrite mode enabled)
Write “1” to the FMSTP bit
(Flash memory stops. Low power consumption
state)(1)
Switch the clock source for the CPU clock.
Turn XIN off
Process in on-chip oscillator mode (main
clock stops)
Turn main clock on→wait until oscillation
stabilizes→switch the clock source for CPU
clock(2)
Write “0” to the FMSTP bit
(flash memory operation)(4)
Write “0” to the FMR01 bit
(CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Wait until the flash memory circuit stabilizes
(15 ms)(3)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES :
1. Set the FMR01 bit to “1” (CPU rewrite enable mode) before setting the FMSTP bit to “1”.
2. When the clock source for the CPU clock can be changed, the clock to which to be changed must be stable.
3. Insert a 15 us wait time in a program. Do not access to the flash memory during this wait time.
4. Ensure 10 us until setting “0” (flash memory operates) after setting the FMSTP bit to “1” (flash memory stops).
Figure 18.10
Process to Reduce Power Consumption in On-Chip Oscillator Mode (Main Clock
Stops)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 207 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.3
18. Flash Memory Version
Software Commands
Software commands are described below. Read or write commands and data from or to in 8-bit units.
Table 18.4
Software Commands
First Bus Cycle
Command
Read Array
Read Status Register
Clear Status Register
Program
Block Erase
Mode
Write
Write
Write
Write
Write
Address
×
×
×
WA
×
Data
Mode
(D7 to D0)
FFh
70h
Read
50h
40h
Write
20h
Write
Second Bus Cycle
Address
Data
(D7 to D0)
×
SRD
WA
BA
WD
D0h
SRD: Status register data (D7 to D0)
WA: Write address (Ensure the address specified in the first bus cycle is the same address as the
address specified in the second bus cycle.)
WD: Write data (8 bits)
BA: Given block address
×: Any specified address in the user ROM area
18.4.3.1
Read Array Command
The read array command reads the flash memory.
The microcomputer enters read array mode by writing “FFh” in the first bus cycle. If entering the read
address after the following bus cycles, the content of the specified address can be read in 8-bit units.
Since the microcomputer remains in read array mode until another command is written, the contents
of multiple addresses can be read continuously.
18.4.3.2
Read Status Register Command
The read status register command reads the status register.
If writing “70h” in the first bus cycle, the status register can be read in the second bus cycle. (Refer to
18.4.4 Status Register.) When reading the status register, specify an address in the user ROM area.
Do not execute this command in EW1 mode.
18.4.3.3
Clear Status Register Command
The clear status register command sets the status register to “0”.
If writing “50h” in the first bus cycle, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register and SR4 to SR5
in the status register will be set to “0”.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 208 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.3.4
18. Flash Memory Version
Program Command
The program command writes data to the flash memory in 1-byte units.
Write “40h” in the first bus cycle and write data to the write address in the second bus cycle, and an
auto program operation (data program and verify) will start. Make sure the address value specified in
the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle.
The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto programming has completed. The
FMR00 bit is set to “0” during auto programming and set to “1” when auto programming completes.
The FMR06 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto programming after it has been
finished. (Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check)
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to “0” (disable rewriting), or the FMR02 bit is set to
“1” (rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “1” (disable rewriting), the
program command on Block 0 is not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to “1” (disable
rewriting), the program command on Block 1 is not acknowledged.
In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is
allocated.
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters read status register mode at the same time auto
programming starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to “0” at
the same time auto programming starts and set back to “1” when auto programming completes. In
this case, the microcomputer remains in read status register mode until a read array command is
written next. Reading the status register can determine the result of auto programming after auto
programming has completed.
Start
Write the command code ‘40h’ to
the write address
Write data to the write address
FMR00=1?
Yes
Full status check
Program completed
Figure 18.11
Program Command
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 209 of 254
No
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.3.5
18. Flash Memory Version
Block Erase
If writing ”20h” in the first bus cycle and “D0h” to the given address of a block in the second bus cycle,
and an auto erase operation (erase and verify) will start.
The FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register can determine whether auto erasing has completed.
The FMR00 bit is set to “0” during auto erasing and set to “1” when auto erasing completes.
The FMR07 bit in the FMR0 register can determine the result of auto erasing after auto erasing has
completed. (Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check.)
When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to “0” (disable rewriting) or the FMR02 bit is set to “1”
(rewrite enables) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to “1” (disable rewriting), the block
erase command on Block 0 is not acknowledged. When the FMR16 bit is set to “1” (disable rewriting),
the block erase command on Block 1 is not acknowledged.
Figure 18.12 shows the Block Erase Command (When Not Using Erase-Suspend Function). Figure
18.13 shows the Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend Function).
In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is
allocated.
In EW0 mode, the microcomputer enters read status register mode at the same time auto erasing
starts and the status register can be read. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to “0” at the same time
auto erasing starts and set back to “1” when auto erasing completes. In this case, the microcomputer
remains in read status register mode until the read array command is written next.
Start
Write the command code ‘20h’
Write ‘D0h’ to the given block
address
FMR00=1?
No
Yes
Full status check
Block erase completed
Figure 18.12
Block Erase Command (When Not Using Erase-Suspend Function)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 210 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
<EW0 Mode>
Start
Maskable interrupt (1, 2)
FMR40=1
FMR41=1
Write the command code “20h”
FMR46=1 ?
Yes
Write “D0h” to the any block
address
FMR00=1?
Access to flash memory
No
Yes
FMR41=0
REIT
Full status check
Block erase completed
<EW1 Mode>
Start
Maskable interrupt (2)
FMR40=1
Access to flash memory
REIT
Write the command code “20h”
Write “D0h” to the any block
address
FMR41=0
FMR00=1 ?
No
Yes
Full status check
Block erase completed
NOTES :
1. In EW0 mode, interrupt vector table and interrupt routine for an interrupt to be used should
be allocated in RAM area.
2. td(SR-ES) is needed until the interrupt request is acknowledged after it is generated. The interrupt
to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt enabled status.
Figure 18.13
Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend Function)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 211 of 254
No
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.4
18. Flash Memory Version
Status Register
The status register indicates the operating status of the flash memory and whether an erasing or
programming operation completes normally or in error. Status of the status register can be read by
the FMR00, FMR06, and FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register.
Table 18.5 lists the Status Register.
In EW0 mode, the status register can be read in the following cases:
• When a given address in the user ROM area is read after writing the read status register
command
• When a given address in the user ROM area is read after executing the program or block erase
command but before executing the read array command.
18.4.4.1
Sequencer Status (SR7 and FMR00 Bits)
The sequencer status indicates operating status of the flash memory. SR7 = 0 (busy) during auto
programming and auto erasing, and is set to “1” (ready) at the same time the operation completes.
18.4.4.2
Erase Status (SR5 and FMR07 Bits)
Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check.
18.4.4.3
Program Status (SR4 and FMR06 Bits)
Refer to 18.4.5 Full Status Check.
Table 18.5
Status Register
Status
Register
Bit
SR0 (D0)
SR1 (D1)
SR2 (D2)
SR3 (D3)
SR4 (D4)
FMR0
Register
Bit
−
−
−
−
FMR06
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Program status
SR5 (D5)
FMR07
Erase status
SR6 (D6)
SR7 (D7)
−
FMR00
Reserved
Sequencer
status
Contents
Status Name
“0”
−
−
−
−
Completed
normally
Completed
normally
−
Busy
Value
after
Reset
“1”
−
−
−
−
Error
−
−
−
−
0
Error
0
−
Ready
−
0
• D0 to D7: Indicates the data bus which is read when the read status register command is executed.
• The FMR07 (SR5) to FMR06 bits (SR4) are set to “0” by executing the clear status register command.
• When the FMR07 bit (SR5) or FMR06 bit (SR4) is set to “1”, the program and block erase command
cannot be accepted.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 212 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.4.5
18. Flash Memory Version
Full Status Check
When an error occurs, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register are set to “1”, indicating
occurrence of each specific error. Therefore, Checking these status bits (full status check) can
determine the executed result.
Table 18.6 lists the Errors and FMR0 Register Status. Figure 18.14 shows the Full Status Check and
Handling Procedure for Each Error.
Table 18.6
Errors and FMR0 Register Status
FRM00 Register (Status
Register) Status
Error
FMR07(SR5) FMR06(SR4)
1
1
Command
Sequence
Error
1
0
0
1
Error Occurrence Condition
• When any command is not written correctly
• When invalid data other than those that can be written in
the second bus cycle of the block erase command is
written (i.e., other than “D0h” or “FFh”)(1)
• When executing the program command or block erase
command while rewriting is disabled using the FMR02
bit in the FMR0 register, the FMR15 or FMR16 bit in the
FMR1 register.
• When inputting and erasing the address in which the
Flash memory is not allocated during the erase
command input
• When executing to erase the block which disables
rewriting during the erase command input.
• When inputting and writing the address in which the
Flash memory is not allocated during the write command
input.
• When executing to write the block which disables
rewriting during the write command input.
Erase Error
• When the block erase command is executed but not
automatically erased correctly
Program Error • When the program command is executed but not
automatically programmed correctly.
NOTES:
1. The microcomputer enters read array mode by writing “FFh” in the second bus cycle of these
commands, at the same time the command code written in the first bus cycle will disabled.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 213 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
Command sequence error
Full status check
Execute the clear status register command
(set these status flags to 0)
FMR06 = 1
and
FMR07 = 1?
Yes
Command sequence error
Check if command is properly input
No
Re-execute the command
FMR07 = 0?
Yes
Erase error
Erase error
No
Execute the clear status register command
(set these status flags to 0)
Erase command
re-execution times ≤ 3 times?
FMR06 = 0?
Yes
Program error
Yes
Re-execute block erase command
No
Program error
Execute the clear status register
command
(set these status flags to 0)
Full status check completed
Specify the other address besides the
write address where the error occurs for
the program address(1)
NOTE:
1. To rewrite to the address where the program error occurs, check if the full
status check is complete normally and write to the address after the block
erase command is executed.
Figure 18.14
Re-execute program command
Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 214 of 254
No
Block targeting for erasure
cannot be used
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.5
18. Flash Memory Version
Standard Serial I/O Mode
In standard serial I/O mode, the user ROM area can be rewritten while the microcomputer is mounted
on-board by using a serial programmer which is applicable for this microcomputer.
Standard serial I/O mode is used to connect with a serial writer using a special clock asynchronous serial
I/O.
There are three types of Standard serial I/O modes:
• Standard serial I/O mode 1 .......... Clock synchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
• Standard serial I/O mode 2 .......... Clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
• Standard serial I/O mode 3 .......... Special clock asynchronous serial I/O used to connect with a serial
programmer
This microcomputer uses Standard serial I/O mode 2 and Standard serial I/O mode 3.
Refer to Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging
Emulator. Contact the manufacturer of your serial programmer for serial programmer. Refer to the
user’s manual of your serial programmer for details on how to use it.
Table 18.7 lists the Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2), Table 18.8 lists the Pin
Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3). Figure 18.15 show Pin Connections for Standard
Serial I/O Mode 3.
After processing the pins shown in Table 18.8 and rewriting a flash memory using a writer, apply “H” to
the MODE pin and reset a hardware if a program is operated on the flash memory in single-chip mode.
18.5.1
ID Code Check Function
The ID code check function determines whether the ID codes sent from the serial programmer and
those written in the flash memory match (refer to 18.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from
Rewriting).
Table 18.7
Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 2)
Pin
VCC,VSS
Name
Power input
I/O
RESET
P4_6/XIN
Reset input
I
P4_6 input/clock input
I
P4_7/XOUT
P4_7 input/clock output
I/O
AVCC, AVSS
P1_0 to P1_7
VREF
P3_3 to P3_5
MODE
P3_7
P4_5
Analog power supply input
Input port P1
Reference voltage input
Input port P3
MODE
TXD output
RXD input
I
I
I
I
I/O
O
I
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 215 of 254
Description
Apply the voltage guaranteed for program and erase to
VCC pin and 0V to VSS pin.
Reset input pin.
Connect ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator
between XIN and XOUT pins.
Connect AVSS to VSS and AVCC to VCC, respectively.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
Input “L”.
Serial data output pin.
Serial data input pin.
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 18.8
18. Flash Memory Version
Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode 3)
Pin
VCC,VSS
Name
Power input
I/O
RESET
P4_6/XIN
Reset input
I
P4_6 input/clock input
I
P4_7/XOUT
P4_7 input/clock output
AVCC, AVSS
VREF
P1_0 to P1_7
P3_3 to P3_5,
P3_7
P4_5
MODE
Analog power supply input
Reference voltage input
Input port P1
Input port P3
I
I
I
I
Input port P4
MODE
I
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
I/O Serial data I/O pin. Connect to the flash programmer.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 216 of 254
Description
Apply the voltage guaranteed for program and erase to
VCC pin and 0V to VSS pin.
Reset input pin.
Connect ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator
between XIN and XOUT pins when connecting external
I/O oscillator. Apply “H” and “L” or leave the pin open when
using as input port
Connect AVSS to VSS and AVCC to VCC, respectively.
Reference voltage input pin to A/D converter.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
Input “H” or “L” level signal or leave the pin open.
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18. Flash Memory Version
20
2
19
3
18
R8C/16, R8C/17
Group
RESET
1
4
Connect
Oscillator
Circuit(1)
VSS
5
6
7
8
MODE
17
16
VCC
15
14
13
9
12
10
11
Package: PLSP0020JB-A
NOTES:
1. No need to connect an oscillating circuit when
operating with on-chip oscillator clock.
Mode Setting
Figure 18.15
Signal
Value
MODE
Voltage from programmer
RESET
VSS → VCC
Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 217 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.5.1.1
18. Flash Memory Version
Example of Circuit Application in the Standard Serial I/O Mode
Figure 18.16 show Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2, Figure 18.17 show Pin Process in
Standard Serial I/O Mode 3. Since the controlled pins vary depending on the programmer, refer to the
manual of your serial programmer.
Microcomputer
Data Output
TXD
Data Input
RXD
MODE
NOTES:
1. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and
standard serial I/O mode by controlling the MODE input with a switch.
2. Connecting the oscillation is necessary. Set the main clock frequency 1
MHz to 20 MHz. Refer to Appendix 2.1 Connecting examples with M16C
Flash Starter (M3A-0806).
Figure 18.16
Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2
Microcomputer
MODE I/O
MODE
Reset Input
RESET
User Reset Signal
NOTES:
1. Controlled pins and external circuits vary depending on the programmer.
Refer to the programmer manual for details.
2. In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and
standard serial I/O mode by connecting a programmer.
3. When operating with on-chip oscillator clock, connecting the oscillating
circuit is not necessary.
Figure 18.17
Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 218 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
18.6
18. Flash Memory Version
Parallel I/O Mode
Parallel I/O mode is used to input and output the required software command, address and data parallel
to controls (read, program and erase) for internal flash memory. Use a parallel programmer which
supports this microcomputer. Contact the manufacturer of your parallel programmer about the parallel
programmer and refer to the user’s manual of your parallel programmer for details on how to use it.
User ROM area can be rewritten shown in Figures 18.1 and 18.2 in parallel I/O mode.
18.6.1
ROM Code Protect Function
The ROM code protect function disables to read and rewrite the flash memory. (Refer to the 18.3
Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting.)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 219 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
19. Electrical Characteristics
Table 19.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Symbol
VCC
AVCC
Parameter
Supply Voltage
Analog Supply Voltage
VI
VO
Pd
Topr
Tstg
Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Power Dissipation
Operating Ambient Temperature
Storage Temperature
Table 19.2
Condition
VCC = AVCC
VCC = AVCC
Topr = 25°C
Parameter
Conditions
VCC
AVCC
Supply Voltage
Analog Supply Voltage
VSS
AVSS
VIH
VIL
IOH(sum)
Supply Voltage
Analog Supply Voltage
Input “H” Voltage
Input “L” Voltage
Peak Sum
Sum of All
Output “H”
Pins IOH (peak)
Current
Peak Output “H” Current
Average Output “H” Current
Peak Sum
Sum of All
Output “L”
Pins IOL (peak)
Currents
Peak Output “L” Except P1_0 to P1_3
Currents
P1_0 to P1_3
Drive Capacity HIGH
Drive Capacity LOW
Average Output
Except P1_0 to P1_3
“L” Current
P1_0 to P1_3
Drive Capacity HIGH
Drive Capacity LOW
Main Clock Input Oscillation Frequency
3.0V ≤ VCC ≤ 5.5V
2.7V ≤ VCC < 3.0V
IOL(peak)
IOL(avg)
f(XIN)
Unit
V
V
-0.3 to VCC+0.3
-0.3 to VCC+0.3
300
-20 to 85 / -40 to 85 (D version)
-65 to 150
V
V
mW
°C
°C
Recommended Operating Conditions
Symbol
IOH(peak)
IOH(avg)
IOL(sum)
Rated value
-0.3 to 6.5
-0.3 to 6.5
Min.
2.7
−
−
Page 220 of 254
VCC(3)
0.8VCC
0
−
0
0
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
0
0
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. The typical values when average output current is 100ms.
3. Hold VCC = AVCC.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Standard
Typ.
−
−
Max.
5.5
−
−
Unit
V
V
VCC
0.2VCC
-60
V
V
V
V
mA
-10
-5
60
mA
mA
mA
10
30
10
5
15
5
20
10
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
MHz
MHz
−
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.3
A/D Converter Characteristics
Symbol
−
−
19. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Resolution
Absolute
Accuracy
Conditions
Vref = VCC
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
10-Bit Mode
8-Bit Mode
10-Bit Mode
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 3.3V(3)
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 3.3V(3)
8-Bit Mode
Rladder
tconv
Vref
VIA
−
Resistor Ladder
Conversion Time 10-Bit Mode
8-Bit Mode
Reference voltage
Vref = VCC
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
φAD = 10MHz, Vref = VCC = 5.0V
Analog Input Voltage
A/D Operating
Without Sample & Hold
Clock
With Sample & Hold
Frequency(2)
Min.
−
−
−
−
Standard
Typ.
Max.
−
10
−
±3
−
±2
−
±5
−
−
±2
LSB
−
40
−
−
−
kΩ
µs
µs
V
Vref
10
10
V
MHz
MHz
−
−
VCC(4)
−
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. If f1 exceeds 10MHz, divide the f1 and hold A/D operating clock frequency (φAD) 10MHz or below.
3. If the AVcc is less than 4.2V, divide the f1 and hold A/D operating clock frequency (φAD) f1/2 or below.
4. Hold VCC = Vref
P3
P4
Figure 19.1
Port P1, P3 and P4 Measurement Circuit
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 221 of 254
30pF
Bits
LSB
LSB
LSB
10
3.3
2.8
−
0
0.25
1
P1
Unit
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.4
Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
−
19. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Program/Erase Endurance(2)
Conditions
R8C/16 Group
R8C/17 Group
−
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
Byte Program Time
Block Erase Time
Time Delay from Suspend Request until
Erase Suspend
Erase Suspend Request Interval
Program, Erase Voltage
Read Voltage
Program, Erase Temperature
−
Data Hold Time(7)
Ambient temperature = 55 °C
−
td(SR-ES)
−
−
−
Min.
100(3)
1,000(3)
−
−
−
10
2.7
2.7
0
20
Standard
Typ.
−
Unit
Max.
−
times
−
−
times
50
0.4
−
400
9
8
µs
s
ms
−
−
5.5
5.5
60
−
ms
V
V
°C
year
−
−
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVcc = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = 0 to 60 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. Definition of program and erase
The program and erase endurance shows an erase endurance for every block.
If the program and erase endurance is “n” times (n = 100, 10000), “n” times erase can be performed for every block.
For example, if performing 1-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1Kbyte block 1,024 times and then erasing that
block, program and erase endurance is counted as one time.
However, do not perform multiple programs to the same address for one time ease.(disable overwriting).
3. Endurance to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase.(1 to “Min.” value can be guaranateed).
4. In the case of a system to execute multiple programs, perform one erase after programming as reducing effective reprogram
endurance not to leave blank area as possible such as programming write addresses in turn. If programming a set of 16
bytes, programming up to 128 sets and then erasing them one time can reduce effective reprogram endurance. Additionally,
averaging erase endurance for Block A and B can reduce effective reprogram endurance more. To leave erase endurance for
every block as information and determine the restricted endurance are recommended.
5. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at
least three times until the erase error does not occur.
6. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative.
7. The data hold time incudes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 222 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.5
Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
−
−
−
td(SR-ES)
−
−
−
−
−
19. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Program/Erase Endurance(2)
Byte Program Time
(Program/Erase Endurance ≤ 1,000 Times)
Byte Program Time
(Program/Erase Endurance > 1,000 Times)
Block Erase Time
(Program/Erase Endurance ≤ 1,000 Times)
Block Erase Time
(Program/Erase Endurance > 1,000 Times)
Time Delay from Suspend Request until
Erase Suspend
Erase Suspend Request Interval
Program, Erase Voltage
Read Voltage
Program, Erase Temperature
Data Hold
Time(9)
Conditions
Standard
Typ.
−
10,000(3)
Min.
Unit
Max.
−
times
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
50
400
µs
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
65
−
µs
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
0.2
9
s
VCC = 5.0 V at Topr = 25 °C
−
0.3
−
s
−
−
8
ms
10
2.7
2.7
−
-20(8)
−
−
5.5
5.5
85
ms
V
V
°C
20
−
−
year
Ambient temperature = 55 °C
−
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVcc = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = −20 to 85 °C / −40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. Definition of program and erase
The program and erase endurance shows an erase endurance for every block.
If the program and erase endurance is “n” times (n = 100, 10000), “n” times erase can be performed for every block.
For example, if performing 1-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 1Kbyte block 1,024 times and then erasing that
block, program and erase endurance is counted as one time.
However, do not perform multiple programs to the same address for one time ease.(disable overwriting).
3. Endurance to guarantee all electrical characteristics after program and erase.(1 to “Min.” value can be guaranateed).
4. Standard of Block A and Block B when program and erase endurance exceeds 1,000 times. Byte program time to 1,000
times are the same as that in program area.
5. In the case of a system to execute multiple programs, perform one erase after programming as reducing effective reprogram
endurance not to leave blank area as possible such as programming write addresses in turn. If programming a set of 16
bytes, programming up to 128 sets and then erasing them one time can reduce effective reprogram endurance. Additionally,
averaging erase endurance for Block A and B can reduce effective reprogram endurance more. To leave erase endurance for
every block as information and determine the restricted endurance are recommended.
6. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at
least three times until the erase error does not occur.
7. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative.
8. -40 °C for D version.
9. The data hold time incudes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 223 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Erase-Suspend Request
(Maskable interrupt Request)
FMR46
td(SR-ES)
Figure 19.2
Table 19.6
Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend
Voltage Detection 1 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
Vdet1
−
td(E-A)
Vccmin
Parameter
Voltage Detection Level(3)
Voltage Detection Circuit Self Power Consumption
Waiting Time until Voltage Detection Circuit Operation
Starts(2)
Microcomputer Operating Voltage Minimum Value
Condition
VCA26 = 1, VCC = 5.0V
Min.
2.70
−
Standard
Typ.
Max.
2.85
3.00
−
Unit
V
−
600
−
100
nA
µs
2.7
−
−
V
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7V to 5.5V and Topr = -40°C to 85 °C.
2. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to “1” again after setting the VCA26 bit in the VCA2
register to “0”.
3. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1.
Table 19.7
Voltage Detection 2 Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Vdet2
Voltage Detection Level(4)
−
Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt Request Generation Time(2)
Voltage Detection Circuit Self Power Consumption
VCA27 = 1, VCC = 5.0V
Waiting Time until Voltage Detection Circuit Operation
Starts(3)
−
td(E-A)
Min.
3.00
Standard
Typ.
Max.
3.30
3.60
Unit
V
−
40
−
µs
−
600
−
−
100
nA
µs
−
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7V to 5.5V and Topr = -40°C to 85 °C.
2. Time until the voltage monitor 2 interrupt request is generated since the voltage passes Vdet1.
3. Necessary time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to “1” again after setting the VCA27 bit in the VCA2
register to “0”.
4. Hold Vdet2 > Vdet1.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 224 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.8
19. Electrical Characteristics
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset )
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Standard
Typ.
Max.
−
Vdet1
−
100
Min.
−
−
Power-On Reset Valid Voltage
-20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C
Vpor2
tw(Vpor2-Vdet1) Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is -20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C,
Deasserted(1)
tw(por2) ≥ 0s(3)
Unit
V
ms
NOTES:
1. This condition is not applicable when using with Vcc ≥ 1.0V.
2. When turning power on after the time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor1) exceeds10s, refer to Table
19.9 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset).
3. tw(por2) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor2).
Table 19.9
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Voltage Monitor 1 Reset)
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
Vpor1
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
Power-On Reset Valid Voltage
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
tw(Vpor1-Vdet1)
Supply Voltage Rising Time When Power-On Reset is
Deasserted
-20°C ≤ Topr < 85°C
0°C ≤ Topr ≤ 85°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 10s(2)
-20°C ≤ Topr < 0°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 30s(2)
-20°C ≤ Topr < 0°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 10s(2)
0°C ≤ Topr ≤ 85°C,
tw(por1) ≥ 1s(2)
Min.
−
−
Standard
Typ.
Max.
−
0.1
−
100
Unit
V
ms
−
−
100
ms
−
−
1
ms
−
−
0.5
ms
NOTES:
1. When not using the voltage monitor 1 reset, use with Vcc≥ 2.7V.
2. tw(por1) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor1).
Vdet1(3)
Vdet1(3)
Vccmin
Vpor2
Vpor1
tw(por1)
Sampling Time(1, 2)
tw(Vpor1–Vdet1)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2–Vdet1)
Internal Reset
Signal
(“L” Valid)
1
× 32
fRING-S
1
× 32
fRING-S
NOTES:
1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time.
2. A sampling clock can be selected. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
3. Vdet1 indicates the voltage detection level of the voltage detection 1 circuit. Refer to 6. Voltage Detection Circuit for details.
Figure 19.3
Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 225 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.10
19. Electrical Characteristics
High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
VCC = 5.0V, Topr = 25 °C
Min.
−
Standard
Typ.
8
Max.
−
MHz
0 to +60 °C / 5 V ± 5 %(2)
7.44
−
8.56
MHz
−20 to +85 °C / 2.7 to 5.5 V(2)
7.04
−
8.96
MHz
−40 to +85 °C / 2.7 to 5.5 V(2)
6.80
−
9.20
MHz
Parameter
−
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
When the Reset is Deasserted
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
Temperature • Supplay Voltage
Dependence
−
Condition
Unit
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 5.0V and Topr = 25 °C.
2. The standard value shows when the HRA1 register is assumed as the value in shipping and the HRA2 register value is set to
00h.
Table 19.11
Power Supply Circuit Timing Characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
td(P-R)
Time for Internal Power Supply Stabilization during
Power-On(2)
td(R-S)
STOP Exit Time(3)
Condition
NOTES:
1. The measurement condition is VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V and Topr = 25 °C.
2. Waiting time until the internal power supply generation circuit stabilizes during power-on.
3. Time until CPU clock supply starts since the interrupt is acknowledged to exit stop mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 226 of 254
Min.
1
−
Standard
Typ.
Max.
−
2000
−
150
Unit
µs
µs
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.12
19. Electrical Characteristics
Timing Requirements of I2C bus Interface (IIC) (1)
Symbol
Parameter
Condition
tSCL
SCL Input Cycle Time
tSCLH
SCL Input “H” Width
tSCLL
SCL Input “L” Width
tsf
tSP
SCL, SDA Input Fall Time
SCL, SDA Input Spike Pulse Rejection Time
Min.
12tCYC+
600(2)
3tCYC+
300(2)
5tCYC+
300(2)
−
−
tBUF
SDA Input Bus-Free Time
5tCYC(2)
tSTAH
Start Condition Input Hold Time
3tCYC(2)
tSTAS
Retransmit Start Condition Input SetUp Time
tSTOS
Stop Condition Input SetUp Time
tSDAS
Data Input SetUp Time
tSDAH
Data Input Hold Time
Standard
Typ.
−
Max.
−
−
ns
−
−
ns
−
300
−
ns
ns
−
1tCYC(2)
−
−
−
ns
3tCYC(2)
−
−
ns
3tCYC(2)
−
−
ns
1tCYC+20(2)
0
−
−
ns
−
−
ns
VIH
SDA
VIL
tBUF
tSCLH
tSTAS
tSP
tSTOS
SCL
P(2)
S(1)
tsf
Sr(3)
tSCLL
tSDAH
NOTES:
1. Start condition
2. Stop condition
3. Retransmit “start” condition
Figure 19.4
I/O Timing of I2C bus Interface (IIC)
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
P(2)
tSDAS
tSCL
Page 227 of 254
ns
−
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V, VSS = 0V and Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.
2. 1tCYC=1/f1(s)
tSTAH
Unit
ns
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.13
Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5V]
Symbol
VOH
IOH = -1mA
Standard
Min.
Typ.
VCC − 2.0
−
VCC − 0.3
−
VCC − 2.0
−
Max.
VCC
VCC
VCC
IOH = -500µA
VCC − 2.0
−
VCC
V
−
−
−
−
IOL = 15mA
−
−
2.0
0.45
2.0
V
V
V
IOL = 5mA
−
−
2.0
V
IOL = 200µA
−
−
0.45
V
IOL = 1mA
−
−
2.0
V
IOL = 500µA
−
−
2.0
V
INT0, INT1, INT3,
KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3,
CNTR0, CNTR1,
TCIN, RXD0
0.2
−
1.0
V
RESET
0.2
−
2.2
V
−
−
−
30
−
50
1.0
5.0
-5.0
167
−
µA
−
µA
kΩ
MΩ
40
2.0
125
−
250
−
kHz
V
Parameter
Output “H” Voltage Except XOUT
XOUT
VOL
Output “L” Voltage
Except P1_0 to P1_3,
XOUT
P1_0 to P1_3
XOUT
VT+-VT-
IIH
IIL
RPULLUP
RfXIN
fRING-S
VRAM
19. Electrical Characteristics
Hysteresis
Input “H” current
Input “L” current
Pull-Up Resistance
Feedback
XIN
Resistance
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
RAM Hold Voltage
Condition
IOH = -5mA
IOH = -200µA
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
IOL = 5mA
IOL = 200µA
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
Drive capacity
LOW
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
VI = 5V
VI = 0V
VI = 0V
During stop mode
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 4.2 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, f(XIN)=20MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 228 of 254
Unit
V
V
V
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.14
Symbol
ICC
19. Electrical Characteristics
Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5V] (Topr = -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.)
Parameter
Condition
Power Supply
Current
(VCC=3.3 to 5.5V)
In single-chip mode,
the output pins are
open and other pins
are VSS
High-Speed
Mode
MediumSpeed Mode
High-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Wait Mode
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock operation
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off, Topr = 25 °C
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator off
CM10 = 1
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Page 229 of 254
Min.
−
Standard
Typ.
9
Max.
15
−
8
14
mA
−
5
−
mA
−
4
−
mA
−
3
−
mA
−
2
−
mA
−
4
8
mA
−
1.5
−
mA
−
470
900
µA
−
40
80
µA
−
38
76
µA
−
0.8
3.0
µA
Unit
mA
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Timing Requirements (Unless otherwise specified: VCC = 5V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 °C) [ VCC = 5V ]
Table 19.15
XIN Input
Symbol
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
tWL(XIN)
Table 19.16
Parameter
XIN Input Cycle Time
XIN Input “H” Width
XIN Input “L” Width
Table 19.17
Unit
ns
ns
ns
CNTR0 Input, CNTR1 Input, INT1 Input
Symbol
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
tWL(CNTR0)
Standard
Min.
Max.
50
−
25
−
25
−
Parameter
CNTR0 Input Cycle Time
CNTR0 Input “H” Width
CNTR0 input “L” Width
Standard
Min.
Max.
100
−
40
−
40
−
Unit
ns
ns
ns
TCIN Input, INT3 Input
tc(TCIN)
TCIN Input Cycle Time
Standard
Min.
Max.
−
400(1)
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input “H” Width
200(2)
−
ns
tWL(TCIN)
TCIN input “L” Width
200(2)
−
ns
Symbol
Parameter
Unit
ns
NOTES:
1. When using Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 3) or above.
2. When using Timer C input capture mode, adjust the width ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 1.5) or above.
Table 19.18
Serial Interface
Symbol
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
tW(CKL)
td(C-Q)
th(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
th(C-D)
Table 19.19
Parameter
CLKi Input Cycle Time
CLKi Input “H” Width
CLKi Input “L” Width
TXDi Output Delay Time
TXDi Hold Time
RXDi Input Setup Time
RCDi Input Hold Time
tW(INL)
Unit
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
External Interrupt INT0 Input
INT0 Input “H” Width
Standard
Min.
Max.
−
250(1)
INT0 Input “L” Width
250(2)
Symbol
tW(INH)
Standard
Min.
Max.
200
−
100
−
100
−
−
50
0
−
50
−
90
−
Parameter
−
Unit
ns
ns
NOTES:
1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH width to the greater value, either (1/
digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
2. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW width to the greater value, either (1/
digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 230 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 5V
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input
tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN)
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input
tWL(TCIN)
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
XIN Input
tWL(XIN)
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
CLKi
tW(CKL)
th(C-Q)
TxDi
td(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
RxDi
tW(INL)
INTi Input
Figure 19.5
tW(INH)
Timing Diagram When VCC = 5V
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 231 of 254
th(C-D)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.20
Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3V]
Symbol
VOH
VOL
Parameter
Output “H” Voltage Except XOUT
XOUT
Output “L” Voltage
Except P1_0 to P1_3,
XOUT
P1_0 to P1_3
XOUT
VT+-VT-
IIH
IIL
RPULLUP
RfXIN
fRING-S
VRAM
19. Electrical Characteristics
Hysteresis
IOH = -1mA
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
IOL = 1mA
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
Drive capacity
HIGH
Drive capacity
LOW
INT0, INT1, INT3,
KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3,
CNTR0, CNTR1,
TCIN, RXD0
RESET
Input “H” Current
Input “L” Current
Pull-Up Resistance
Feedback
XIN
Resistance
Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency
RAM Hold Voltage
IOH = -0.1mA
Standard
Min.
Typ.
VCC − 0.5
−
VCC − 0.5
−
Max.
VCC
VCC
IOH = -50µA
VCC − 0.5
−
VCC
V
−
−
0.5
V
IOL = 2mA
−
−
0.5
V
IOL = 1mA
−
−
0.5
V
IOL = 0.1mA
−
−
0.5
V
IOL = 50µA
−
−
0.5
V
0.2
−
0.8
V
0.2
−
1.8
V
−
−
µA
−
66
−
−
160
3.0
4.0
-4.0
500
−
µA
kΩ
MΩ
40
2.0
125
−
250
−
kHz
V
Condition
VI = 3V
VI = 0V
VI = 0V
During stop mode
NOTES:
1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 3.3V at Topr = -20 to 85 °C / -40 to 85 °C, f(XIN)=10MHz, unless otherwise specified.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 232 of 254
Unit
V
V
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 19.21
Symbol
ICC
19. Electrical Characteristics
Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3V] (Topr = -40 to 85 °C, unless otherwise specified.)
Parameter
Condition
Power Supply
Current
(VCC=2.7 to 3.3V)
In single-chip mode,
the output pins are
open and other pins
are VSS
High-Speed
Mode
MediumSpeed Mode
High-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Low-Speed
On-Chip
Oscillator
Mode
Wait Mode
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
XIN = 20MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 16MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
XIN = 10MHz (square wave)
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
No division
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8MHz
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
Divide-by-8
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock operation
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125kHz
While a WAIT instruction is executed
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Main clock off, Topr = 25 °C
High-speed on-chip oscillator off
Low-speed on-chip oscillator off
CM10 = 1
Peripheral clock off
VCA26 = VCA27 = 0
Page 233 of 254
Min.
−
Standard
Typ.
8
Max.
13
−
7
12
mA
−
5
−
mA
−
3
−
mA
−
2.5
−
mA
−
1.6
−
mA
−
3.5
7.5
mA
−
1.5
−
mA
−
420
800
µA
−
37
74
µA
−
35
70
µA
−
0.7
3.0
µA
Unit
mA
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
Timing requirements (Unless otherwise specified: VCC = 3V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 °C) [VCC = 3V]
Table 19.22
XIN Input
Symbol
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
tWL(XIN)
Table 19.23
Parameter
XIN Input Cycle Time
XIN Input “H” Width
XIN Input “L” Width
Table 19.24
Unit
ns
ns
ns
CNTR0 Input, CNTR1 Input, INT1 Input
Symbol
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
tWL(CNTR0)
Standard
Min.
Max.
100
−
40
−
40
−
Parameter
CNTR0 Input Cycle Time
CNTR0 Input “H” Width
CNTR0 Input “L” Width
Standard
Min.
Max.
300
−
120
−
120
−
Unit
ns
ns
ns
TCIN Input, INT3 Input
Symbol
Parameter
Standard
Min.
Max.
−
1,200(1)
Unit
tc(TCIN)
TCIN Input Cycle Time
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input “H” Width
600(2)
−
ns
tWL(TCIN)
TCIN Input “L” Width
600(2)
−
ns
ns
NOTES:
1. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time (1/ Timer C count source frequency x 3) or above.
2. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the width (1/ Timer C count source frequency x 1.5) or above.
Table 19.25
Serial Interface
Symbol
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
tW(CKL)
td(C-Q)
th(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
th(C-D)
Table 19.26
Parameter
CLKi Input Cycle Time
CLKi Input “H” Width
CLKi Input “L” Width
TXDi Output Delay Time
TXDi Hold Time
RXDi Input Setup Time
RCDi Input Hold Time
tW(INL)
Unit
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
External Interrupt INT0 Input
INT0 Input “H” Width
Standard
Min.
Max.
−
380(1)
INT0 Input “L” Width
380(2)
Symbol
tW(INH)
Standard
Min.
Max.
300
−
150
−
150
−
−
80
0
−
70
−
90
−
Parameter
−
Unit
ns
ns
NOTES:
1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH width to the greater value, either (1/
digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
2. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW width to the greater value, either (1/
digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 234 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
19. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 3V
tc(CNTR0)
tWH(CNTR0)
CNTR0 Input
tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN)
tWH(TCIN)
TCIN Input
tWL(TCIN)
tc(XIN)
tWH(XIN)
XIN Input
tWL(XIN)
tc(CK)
tW(CKH)
CLKi
tW(CKL)
th(C-Q)
TxDi
td(C-Q)
tsu(D-C)
RxDi
tW(INL)
INTi Input
Figure 19.6
tW(INH)
Timing Diagram When VCC = 3V
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 235 of 254
th(C-D)
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20. Precautions
20. Precautions
20.1
Stop Mode and Wait Mode
20.1.1
Stop Mode
When entering stop mode, set the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and the CM10 bit to
“1” (stop mode). An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the instruction which sets the CM10 bit
in the CM1 register to “1” (stop mode) and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after
inserting the JMP.B instruction immediately after the instruction which sets the CM10 bit to “1”.
Use the next program to enter stop mode.
• Program to enter stop mode
BCLR
BSET
BSET
JMP.B
LABEL_001 :
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
20.1.2
1,FMR0
0,PRCR
0,CM1
LABEL_001
; CPU rewrite mode disabled
; Protect disabled
; Stop mode
Wait Mode
When entering wait mode, set the FMR01 bit to “0” (CPU rewrite mode disabled) and execute the
WAIT instruction. An instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the WAIT instruction and the program
stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after the WAIT instruction.
Also, the value in the specific internal RAM area may be rewritten when exiting wait mode if writing to
the internal RAM area before executing the WAIT instruction and entering wait mode. The area for a
maximum of 3 bytes is rewritten from the following address of the internal RAM in which the writing is
performed before the WAIT instruction. The rewritten value is the same value as the one which was
written before the WAIT instruction. If this causes a problem, avoid by inserting the JMP.B instruction
between the writing instruction to the internal RAM area and WAIT instruction as shown in the
following program example.
• Example to execute the WAIT instruction
Program Example
MOV.B
#055h, 0601h
; Write to internal RAM area
...
JMP.B
LABEL_001
LABEL _001 :
FSET
I
; Enable interrupt
BCLR
1,FMR0
; CPU rewrite mode disabled
WAIT
; Wait mode
NOP
NOP
NOP
NOP
When accessing any area other than the internal RAM area between the writing instruction to the
internal RAM area and execution of the WAIT instruction, this situation will not occur.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 236 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.2
20. Precautions
Interrupts
20.2.1
Reading Address 00000h
Do not read the address 00000h by a program. When a maskable interrupt request is acknowledged,
the CPU reads interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) from 00000h in the
interrupt sequence. At this time, the acknowledged interrupt IR bit is set to “0”.
If the address 00000h is read in a program, the IR bit for the interrupt which has the highest priority
among the enabled interrupts is set to “0”. This may cause a problem that the interrupt is canceled, or
an unexpected interrupt is generated.
20.2.2
SP Setting
Set any value in the SP before an interrupt is acknowledged. The SP is set to “0000h” after reset.
Therefore, if an interrupt is acknowledged before setting any value in the SP, the program may run
out of control.
20.2.3
External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt
Either an “L” level or an “H” level of at least 250ns width is necessary for the signal input to the INT0
to INT3 pins and KI0 to KI3 pins regardless of the CPU clock.
20.2.4
Watchdog Timer Interrupt
Reset the watchdog timer after a watchdog timer interrupt is generated.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 237 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.2.5
20. Precautions
Changing Interrupt Factor
The IR bit in the interrupt control register may be set to “1” (interrupt requested) when the interrupt
factor changes. When using an interrupt, set the IR bit to “0” (no interrupt requested) after changing
the interrupt factor.
In addition, the changes of interrupt factors include all factors that change the interrupt factors
assigned to individual software interrupt numbers, polarities, and timing. Therefore, when a mode
change of the peripheral functions involves interrupt factors, edge polarities, and timing, Set the IR bit
to “0” (no interrupt requested) after the change. Refer to each peripheral function for the interrupts
caused by the peripheral functions.
Figure 20.1 shows an Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor.
Interrupt Factor Change
Disable Interrupt(2, 3)
Change Interrupt Factor (including mode
of peripheral functions)
Set the IR bit to "0" (interrupt not requested) using
the MOV instruction(3)
Enable Interrupt(2, 3)
Change Completed
IR Bit: The interrupt control register bit of an
interrupt whose factor is changed.
NOTES :
1. Execute the above setting individually. Do not execute
two or more settings at once (by one instruction).
2. Use the I flag for the INTi (i=0 to 3) interrupt.
To prevent interrupt requests from being generated when
using peripheral function interrupts other than the INTi
interrupt, disable the peripheral function before changing
the interrupt factor. In this case, use the I flag when all
maskable interrupts can be disabled. When all maskable
interrupts cannot be disabled, use the ILVL0 to ILVL2 bits of
interrupt whose factor is changed.
3. Refer to the 21.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register
for the instructions to be used and their usage notes.
Figure 20.1
Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 238 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.2.6
20. Precautions
Changing Interrupt Control Register
(a) Each interrupt control register can only be changed while interrupt requests corresponding to
that register are not generated. If interrupt requests may be generated, disable the interrupts
before changing the interrupt control register.
(b) When changing any interrupt control register after disabling interrupts, be careful with the
instructions to be used.
When changing any bit other than IR bit
If an interrupt request corresponding to that register is generated while executing the
instruction, the IR bit may not be set to “1” (interrupt requested), and the interrupt request may
be ignored. If this causes a problem, use the following instructions to change the register.
Instructions to use: AND, OR, BCLR, BSET
When changing IR bit
If the IR bit is set to “0” (interrupt not requested), it may not be set to “0” depending on the
instruction to be used. Therefore, use the MOV instruction to set the IR bit to “0”.
(c) When disabling interrupts using the I flag, set the I flag according to the following sample
programs. Refer to (b) for the change of interrupt control registers in the sample programs.
Sample programs 1 to 3 are preventing the I flag from being set to “1” (interrupt enables) before
changing the interrupt control register for reasons of the internal bus or the instruction queue buffer.
Example 1: Use NOP instructions to prevent I flag being set to “1” before interrupt control
register is changed
INT_SWITCH1:
FCLR
I
; Disable interrupts
AND.B #00H, 0056H ; Set TXIC register to “00h”
NOP
;
NOP
FSET
I
; Enable interrupts
Example 2: Use dummy read to have FSET instruction wait
INT_SWITCH2:
FCLR
I
; Disable interrupts
AND.B #00H, 0056H ; Set TXIC register to “00h”
MOV.W MEM, R0
; Dummy read
FSET
I
; Enable interrupts
Example 3: Use POPC instruction to change I flag
INT_SWITCH3:
PUSHC FLG
FCLR
I
; Disable interrupts
AND.B #00H, 0056H ; Set TXIC register to “00h”
POPC FLG
; Enable interrupts
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 239 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.3
20. Precautions
Clock Generation Circuit
20.3.1
Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Since the oscillation stop detection function cannot be used if the main clock frequency is below 2
MHz, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to “00b” (oscillation stop detection function disabled).
20.3.2
Oscillation Circuit Constants
Ask the maker of the oscillator to specify the best oscillation circuit constants on your system.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 240 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.4
20. Precautions
Timers
20.4.1
Timers X and Z
• Timers X and Z stop counting after reset. Set the value to these timers and prescalers before the
count starts.
• Even if the prescalers and timers are read out in 16-bit units, these registers are read by 1 byte in
the microcomputer. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two
registers are being read.
20.4.2
Timer X
• Do not rewrite the TXMOD0 to TXMOD1 bits, the TXMOD2 and TXS bits simultaneously.
• In pulse period measurement mode, the TXEDG bit and TXUND bit in the TXMR register can be
•
•
•
•
set to “0” by writing “0” to these bits by a program. However, these bits remain unchanged when
“1” is written. When using the READ-MODIFY-WRITE instruction for the TXMR register, the
TXEDG or TXUND bit may be set to “0” although these bits are set to while the instruction is
executed. At the time, write “1” to the TXEDG or TXUND bit which is not supposed to be set to “0”
with the MOV instruction.
When changing to pulse period measurement mode from other mode, the contents of the TXEDG
and TXUND bits are indeterminate. Write “0” to the TXEDG and TXUND bits before the count
starts.
The TXEDG bit may be set to “1” by the prescaler X underflow which is generated for the first
time since the count starts.
When using the pulse period measurement mode, leave two periods or more of the prescaler X
immediately after count starts, and set the TXEDG bit to “0”.
The TXS bit in the TXMR register has a function to instruct Timer X to start or stop counting, and
a function to indicate the count starts or stops.
“0” (count stops) can be read until the following count source is applied after “1” (count starts) is
written to the TXS bit while the count is being stopped. If the following count source is applied, “1”
can be read from the TXS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer X (TXMR, PREX,
TX, TCSS, TXIC registers) except for the TXS bit until “1” can be read from the TXS bit. The
count starts at the following count source after the TXS bit is set to “1”.
Also, when writing “0” (count stops) to the TXS bit during the count, Timer X stops counting at the
following count source.
“1” (count starts) can be read by reading the TXS bit until the count stops after writing “0” to the
TXS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer X other than the TXS bit until “0” can be
read by the TXS bit after writing “0” to the TXS bit.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 241 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.4.3
20. Precautions
Timer Z
• Do not rewrite the TZMOD0 to TZMOD1 bits and the TZS bit simultaneously.
• In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode,
when setting the TZS bit in the TZMR register to “0” (stops counting) or setting the TZOS bit in
the TZOC register to “0” (stops one-shot), the timer reloads the value of reload register and stops.
Therefore, read the timer count value in programmable one-shot generation mode and
programmable wait one-shot generation mode before the timer stops.
• The TZS bit in the TZMR register has a function to instruct Timer Z to start or stop counting, and
a function to indicate the count starts or stops.
“0” (count stops) can be read until the following count source is applied after “1” (count starts) is
written to the TZS bit while the count is being stopped. If the following count source is applied, “1”
can be read from the TZS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer Z (TZMR, PREZ,
TZSC, TZPR, TZOC, PUM, TCSC, TZIC registers) except for the TZS bit until “1” can be read
from the TZS bit. The count starts at the following count source after the TZS bit is set to “1”.
Also, when writing “0” (count stops) to the TZS bit during the count, Timer Z stops counting at the
following count source.
“1” (count starts) can be read by reading the TZS bit until the count stops after writing “0” to the
TZS bit. Do not access registers associated with Timer Z other than the TZS bit until “0” can be
read by the TZS bit after writing “0” to the TZS bit.
20.4.4
Timer C
Access the TC, TM0 and TM1 registers in 16-bit units.
The TC register can be read in 16-bit units. This prevents the timer value from being updated
between the low-order byte and high-order byte are being read.
Example (when Timer C is read):
MOV.W
0090H,R0
;Read out timer C
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 242 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.5
20. Precautions
Serial Interface
• When reading data from the U0RB (i = 0, 1) register even in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode
or in the clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Ensure to read data in 16-bit unit. When the high-order
byte of the U0RB register is read, the PER and FER bits in the U0RB register and the RI bit in the
U0C1 register are set to “0”.
Example (when reading receive buffer register):
MOV.W 00A6H, R0 ; Read the U0RB register
• When writing data to the U0TB register in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode with 9-bit transfer
data length, write data high-order byte first, then low-order byte in 8-bit units.
Example (when reading transmit buffer register):
MOV.B #XXH, 00A3H ; Write the high-order byte of U0TB register
MOV.B #XXH, 00A2H ; Write the low-order byte of U0TB register
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 243 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20. Precautions
I2C bus Interface (IIC)
20.6
20.6.1
Access of Registers Associated with IIC
Wait for "3 instructions or more” or “4 cycles or more” after writing to the same register of registers
associated with IIC (00B8h to 00BFh) and read it.
• An example to wait 3 instructions or more
Program Example
MOV.B #00h,00BBh
NOP
NOP
NOP
MOV.B 00BBh,R0L
• An example to wait 4 cycles or more
Program Example
BCLR
6,00BBh
JMP.B NEXT
NEXT:
BSET
7,00BBh
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 244 of 254
;Set ICIER register to “00h”
;Disable transmit end interrupt request
;Enable transmit data empty interrupt request
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.7
20. Precautions
A/D Converter
• Write to each bit (other than bit 6) in the ADCON0 register, each bit in the ADCON1 register, or the
•
•
•
•
•
SMP bit in the ADCON2 register when the A/D conversion stops (before a trigger occurs).
When the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register is changed from “0” (VREF not connected) to “1”
(VREF connected), wait for at least 1µs or longer before the A/D conversion starts.
When changing A/D operating mode, select an analog input pin again.
When using in one-shot mode. Ensure that the A/D conversion is completed and read the AD
register. The IR bit in the ADIC register or the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register can determine
whether the A/D conversion is completed.
When using In repeat mode, use the undivided main clock for the CPU clock.
If setting the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to “0” (A/D conversion stops) by a program and the A/
D conversion is forcibly terminated during the A/D conversion operation, the conversion result of the
A/D converter will be indeterminate. If the ADST bit is set to “0” by a program, do not use the value of
AD register.
Connect 0.1µF capacitor between the AVCC/VREF pin and AVSS pin.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 245 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.8
20. Precautions
Flash Memory Version
20.8.1
CPU Rewrite Mode
20.8.1.1
Operating Speed
Before entering CPU rewrite mode (EW0 mode), select 5MHz or below for the CPU clock using the
CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. This usage note is not
needed for EW1 mode.
20.8.1.2
Instructions Disabled Against Use
The following instructions cannot be used in EW0 mode because the flash memory internal data is
referenced: UND, INTO, and BRK instructions.
20.8.1.3
Interrupts
Table 20.1 lists the Interrupt in EW0 Mode and Table 20.2 lists the Interrupt in EW1 Mode.
Table 20.1
Interrupt in EW0 Mode
When watchdog timer, oscillation stop
detection and voltage monitor 2 interrupt
request are acknowledged
EW0 During automatic erasing Any interrupt can be used Once an interrupt request is acknowledged,
by allocating a vector to the auto-programming or auto-erasing is
RAM
forcibly stopped immediately and resets the
flash memory. An interrupt process starts
after the fixed period and the flash memory
restarts. Since the block during the autoerasing or the address during the autoprogramming is forcibly stopped, the
normal value may not be read. Execute the
Automatic writing
auto-erasing again and ensure the autoerasing is completed normally.
Since the watchdog timer does not stop
during the command operation, the
interrupt request may be generated. Reset
the watchdog timer regularly.
Mode
Status
When maskable interrupt
request is acknowledged
NOTES:
1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the
address match interrupt is allocated on ROM.
2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed
vector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 246 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Table 20.2
Mode
20. Precautions
Interrupt in EW1 Mode
When maskable interrupt
request is acknowledged
Status
EW1 During automatic erasing
(erase- suspend function
is enabled)
During automatic erasing
(erase- suspend function
is disabled)
Auto programming
The auto-erasing is suspended
after td(SR-ES) and the
interrupt process is executed.
The auto-erasing can be
restarted by setting the FMR41
bit in the FMR4 regist er to
“0”(erase restart) after the
interrupt process completes.
The auto-erasing has a priority
and the interrupt request
acknowledgement is waited.
The interrupt process is
executed after the auto-erasing
completes. Refer to 20.8.1.9
Interrupt Request Generation
during Auto-erase Operation
in EW1 Mode.
The auto-programming has a
priority and the interrupt request
acknowledgement is waited.
The interrupt process is
executed after the autoprogramming completes.
When watchdog timer, oscillation
stop detection and voltage monitor 2
interrupt request are acknowledged
Once an interrupt request is
acknowledged,
the
autoprogramming or auto-erasing is
forcibly stopped immediately and
r e s e t s t h e f l a s h m e m o r y. A n
interrupt process starts after the
fixed period and the flash memory
restarts. Since the block during the
auto-erasing or the address during
the auto-programming is forcibly
stopped, the normal value may not
be read. Execute the auto-erasing
again and ensure the auto-erasing is
completed normally.
Since the watchdog timer does not
stop during the command operation,
the interrupt request may be
generated. Reset the watchdog
timer regularly using the erasesuspend function.
NOTES:
1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the
address match interrupt is allocated on ROM.
2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed
vector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 247 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.8.1.4
20. Precautions
How to Access
Write “0” to the corresponding bits before writing “1” when setting the FMR01, FMR02, or FMR11 bit
to “1”. Do not generate an interrupt between writing “0” and “1”.
20.8.1.5
Rewriting User ROM Area
In EW0 Mode, if the power supply voltage drops while rewriting any block in which the rewrite control
program is stored, the flash memory may not be able to be rewritten because the rewrite control
program cannot be rewritten correctly. In this case, use standard serial I/O mode.
20.8.1.6
Program
Do not write additions to the already programmed address.
20.8.1.7
Reset Flash Memory
When setting the FMSTP bit in the FMR0 register to “1” (flash memory stops) during erase-suspend
in EW1 mode, a CPU stops and cannot return. Do not set the FMSTP bit to “1”.
20.8.1.8
Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode
Do not enter stop mode or wait mode during erase-suspend.
20.8.1.9
Interrupt Request Generation during Auto-erase Operation in EW1
Mode
When an interrupt request is generated during erasing with FMR01 = 1 (CPU rewrite mode enabled)
in FMR0 register, FMR11 = 1 (EW1 mode) in FMR1 register and FMR40 = 0 (disable erase suspend
function) in FMR4 register, the CPU may not operate properly.
Select any of the following 3 processes as a software countermeasure:
(a) Disable an interrupt by setting the priority level of all maskable interrupts to level 0. Note that
disabling the interrupts by the I flag will not be in the software countermeasure
(b) Set the FMR40 = 1 (enable erase suspend function) and the I flag = 1 (enable interrupt) when
using the FMR11 = 1 (EW1 mode)
(c) Use EW0 mode.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 248 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
20.9
20. Precautions
Noise
20.9.1
Insert a bypass capacitor between VCC and VSS pins as the
countermeasures against noise and latch-up
Connect the bypass capacitor (at least 0.1µF) using the shortest and thickest as possible.
20.9.2
Countermeasures against Noise Error of Port Control Registers
During severe noise testing, mainly power supply system noise, and introduction of external noise,
the data of port related registers may be changed.
As a firmware countermeasure, it is recommended to periodically reset the port registers, port
direction registers and pull-up control registers. However, examine fully before introducing the reset
routine as conflicts may be created between this reset routine and interrupt routines.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 249 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
21. Precaution for On-Chip Debugger
21. Precaution for On-Chip Debugger
When using the on-chip debugger to develop the R8C/16 and R8C/17 groups program and debug, pay the
following attention.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Do not use from OC000h to OC7FFh because the on-chip debugger uses these addresses.
Do not set the address match interrupt (the registers of AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector
tables) in a user system.
Do not use the BRK instruction in a user system.
The stack pointer with up to 8 bytes is used during the user program break. Therefore, save space
of 8 bytes for the stack area.
Connecting and using the on-chip debugger has some peculiar restrictions. Refer to each on-chip debugger
manual for on-chip debugger details.
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 250 of 254
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
JEITA Package Code
P-LSSOP20-4.4x6.5-0.65
RENESAS Code
PLSP0020JB-A
MASS[Typ.]
0.1g
11
*1
E
20
HE
Previous Code
20P2F-A
NOTE)
1. DIMENSIONS "*1" AND "*2"
DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH.
2. DIMENSION "*3" DOES NOT
INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET.
F
1
Index mark
10
c
A1
Reference Dimension in Millimeters
Symbol
D
A
L
*2
A2
*3
e
bp
y
Detail F
D
E
A2
A
A1
bp
c
HE
e
y
L
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
Page 251 of 254
Min
6.4
4.3
Nom Max
6.5 6.6
4.4 4.5
1.15
1.45
0.1 0.2
0
0.17 0.22 0.32
0.13 0.15 0.2
0°
10°
6.2 6.4 6.6
0.53 0.65 0.77
0.10
0.3 0.5 0.7
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip Debugging
Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator
Appendix Figure 2.1 shows the Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806) and Appendix
Figure 2.2 shows the Connecting Example with Emulator E8 (R0E000080KCE00).
(2)
TXD
(3)
Connect Oscillation
Circuit(1)
VSS
20
2
19
3
18
R8C/16, 17
Group
RESET
1
4
5
6
7
17
16
14
8
13
9
12
10
11
MODE
VCC
15
10
TXD
7 VSS
RXD 4
1 VCC
M16C Flash Starter
(M3A-0806)
(2)
RXD
NOTES:
1. Need to connect an oscillation circuit, even when operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
2. For development tools only.
3. Connect the external reset circuit.
Appendix Figure 2.1
Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
VSS
20
2
19
3
18
4
5
6
7
4.7kΩ
14
13
12
RESET
8
17
16
15
14
8
13
9
12
10
11
MODE
10
VCC
R8C/16, 17
Group
Connect Oscillation
Circuit(1)
User Reset Signal
1
7 MODE
6
4
2
VSS
Emulator E8
(R0E000080KCE00)
Appendix Figure 2.2
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
NOTES:
1. No need to connect an oscillation circuit when
operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
Connecting Example with Emulator E8 (R0E000080KCE00)
Page 252 of 254
VCC
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix Figure 3.1 shows the Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit.
20
2
19
3
18
4
Connect
Oscillation
Circuit
VSS
5
6
7
8
R8C/16, R8C/17
Group
RESET
1
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
15
14
13
12
10
11
Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Page 253 of 254
16
9
NOTES :
Set a program before evaluating.
Appendix Figure 3.1
17
VCC
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Register Index
Register Index
A
KUPIC ......................................61
U
AD .......................................... 174
ADCON0 ................................. 173
ADCON1 ................................. 173
ADCON2 ................................. 174
ADIC ........................................ 61
AIER ......................................... 77
O
U0BRG ...................................127
U0C0 ......................................128
U0C1 ......................................129
U0MR .....................................128
U0RB ......................................127
U0TB ......................................127
UCON .....................................129
C
CM0 ......................................... 40
CM1 ......................................... 41
CMP0IC .................................... 61
CMP1IC .................................... 61
CSPR ....................................... 80
D
DRR ....................................... 188
F
FMR0 ..................................... 203
FMR1 ..................................... 204
FMR4 ..................................... 204
H
HRA0 ....................................... 43
HRA1 ....................................... 44
HRA2 ....................................... 44
I
ICCR1 .................................... 143
ICCR2 .................................... 144
ICDRR .................................... 148
ICDRT .................................... 148
ICIER ..................................... 146
ICMR ...................................... 145
ICSR ...................................... 147
IIC2AIC ..................................... 61
INT0F ....................................... 69
INT0IC ...................................... 62
INT1IC ...................................... 61
INT3IC ...................................... 61
INTEN ...................................... 69
K
KIEN ......................................... 75
Rev.2.10 Jan 19, 2006
REJ09B0169-0210
OCD .........................................42
OFS ..................................79, 199
P
P1 ..........................................187
P3 ..........................................187
P4 ..........................................187
PD1 ........................................187
PD3 ........................................187
PD4 ........................................187
PM0 ..........................................35
PM1 ..........................................36
PRCR .......................................55
PREX .......................................86
PREZ ......................................100
PUM .......................................101
PUR0 ......................................188
PUR1 ......................................188
R
RMAD0 .....................................77
RMAD1 .....................................77
S
S0RIC .......................................61
S0TIC .......................................61
SAR ........................................148
T
TC ..........................................117
TCC0 ......................................118
TCC1 ......................................119
TCIC .........................................61
TCOUT ...................................120
TCSS ................................86, 102
TM0 ........................................117
TM1 ........................................117
TX ............................................86
TXIC .........................................61
TXMR .......................................85
TZIC .........................................61
TZMR .......................................99
TZOC .....................................101
TZPR ......................................100
TZSC ......................................100
Page 254 of 254
V
VCA1 ........................................28
VCA2 ........................................28
VW1C .......................................29
VW2C .......................................30
W
WDC .........................................79
WDTR .......................................80
WDTS .......................................80
REVISION HISTORY
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Rev.
Date
0.10
May 21, 2004
−
0.20
Aug 06, 2004
all pages
2
3
9
10
14,15
16
18
19
Page
20-25
26-35
37
40
41
42
44
47
48
52
60
61
62
69
71
73
74
78-82
85
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
95
96
97
98
103
105
107
110
112
114
118
119
Summary
First Edition issued
Words standardized (on-chip oscillator, serial interface, SSU)
Table 1.1 revised
Table 1.2 revised
Table 1.5 revised
Table 1.6 added
“Address Break” in Figures 3.1 and 3.2 ; notes added
Table 4.1, HRA2 Register at 0022h added ; NOTE2 to 6 revised
Table 4.3 the value after reset to FFh at 009Ch to 009Fh revised
Tabel 4.4, the value after reset to FFh at 009Ch to 009Fh revised ;
NOTES added
Compositions and contents of “5. Reset” modified
Compositions and contents of “6. Voltage Detection Circuit” modified
Figure 7.2, function of b0 revised
Figure 9.1 revised
Figure 9.2, “System” at CM06 bit added
Figure 9.3, “System” at CM16 and CM17 bits added
Figure 9.5 revised
9.2.2, “The oscillation starts...HRA2 registers” added
9.3.1 added
9.3.3 “The clock...divided-by-i”added
Table 9.4 revised
11.1.3.4, “Address Break Interrup” added ; the referred distination to “20.
On-Chip Debugger” revised
Table 11.1, some referred distinations revised
Table 11.2, some referred distinations revised
Figures 11.7 and 11.8 added
11.2.1, “The INT0 pin...timer Z” added
11.2.3, “The INT0 pin...CNTR01 pin” added
11.2.4, “The INT3 pin is used with the TCIN pin” added
Compositions and contents of “12. Watchdog Timer” modified
Figure 13.2 revised
Table 13.2 revised
Table 13.3 revised
Figure 13.5 revised
Table 13.4 revised
Figure 13.6 revised
Table 13.5 revised
Figure 13.7 revised
Table 13.6 revised
Figure 13.9 revised
Figure 13.10 revised
13.2 revised
Table 13.7 revised
Table 13.8 revised
Table 13.8 revised
Table 13.9 revised
Figure 13.20 revised
Table 13.10 revised
Figure 13.25 revised
Figure 13.26 revised
C-1
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
0.20
Aug 06, 2004
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
121
123
125
130
131
136
138
140
141
140
147
149
150
152
154
157
160
163
164
165
166
167
171
174
175
176
178
179
180
184
185
186
188
89
190
191
193
195
Figure 13.28 revised
Table 13.11 revised
Table 13.12 revised
Figure 14.4 revised
Figure 14.5 revised
14.1.3 revised
Table 14.5, NOTES revised
Figure 14.10 revised ; 14.2.1 “input” added
14.2.2 added
15. revised ; Table 15.1 revised
Figure 15.7 revised
Table 15.2 revised ; 15.2 revised
Table15.3 revised
15.3.1 (3),(4),(6) and (7) revised
15.3.2 (1), (3) and (7) revised
15.3.3 (2), (3) and (5) revised
15.3.4 (2) revised
15.4.1 (2) revised
15.4.2 (3) revised
15.5 revised ; Figure 15.21 revised
Table 15.4 revised
Figure 15.19 revised
Figure 16.2 revised
Figure 16.4 revised
Table 16.3 revised
Figure 16.5 revised
17.1.4 revised
Figure 17.1 revised
Figure 17.2 revised
Figure 17.8 revised
Table 17.1 revised
Table 18.1 revised
18.2 revised
Figure 18.2, NOTES revised
Figure 18.3 ID5 and 6 revised
18.3.2 revised ; “After Reset” revised to “Before Shipment”
18.4.1 and 18.4.2 revised
18.4.2.11 and 18.4.2.12 revised
Figure 18.5 revised
196
Figure 18.6 revised
198
Figure 18.9 revised
204
Table 18.6 revised
210-223 “19. Electrical Characteristics” added
230
21.1 “Stop Mode and Wait Mode” revised
240
21.7.1.8 revised
21.7.1.9 added
244
“Appendix 2. Connecting Example between Serial Writer and On-Chip
Debugging Emulator” added
247
“Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit” added
C-2
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
1.00
Feb 25, 2005
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
2-3
5
6
7-8
16
Tables 1.1 and 1.2 revised
Tables 1.3 and figure 1.2 revised
Tables 1.4 and figure 1.3 revised
Figures 1.4 and 1.5 revised
Tabel 4.1, the value after reset to 000XXXXXb to 00011111b at 000Fh;
and the value after reset to 00001000b to 0000X000b and 01001001b to
0100X001b at 0036h revised
18
Tabel 4.3 the value after reset to 0000h at 009Ch to 009Dh revised;
NOTES2 added
20
Figure 5.1 revised
22
5.1.1 (2) and 5.1.2 (4) revised
24
5.2 revised
Figure 5.6 revised
25
5.3 revised
26
Table 6.1 revised
27
Figures 6.1 and 6.2 revised
29
Figure 6.4 revised
30
Figure 6.5 revised
31
Figure 6.6 revised
32
6.1.1 revised
33
Table 6.2 and figure 6.7 revised
34
Table 6.3 revised
35
Figure 6.8 revised
37
Figure 7.2 revised
39
Table 9.1 revised; NOTE2 added
40
Figure 9.1 revised
41
Figure 9.2 revised
42
Figure 9.3 revised
44
Figure 9.5 revised
51
Table 9.3 revised
52
Table 9.4 revised
55
9.5 and 9.5.1 revised
Table 9.5 revised
60
11.1.3.5 revised
61
Table 11.1 revised
68
11.1.6.7 revised
71
Figure 11.11 “INTEN Register” revised
78-79 11.4 “Address Match Interrupt”, Table 11.6, 11.7 and Figure 11.19 added
80
Table 12.1 revised
81
Figure 12.2 “WDC Register” revised
89-96 Table 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5 and 13.6 revised; “Write to Timer” revised
104
Table 13.7 revised
106-113 Table 13.8, 13.9 and 13.10 revised
118
Figure 13.26 revised
126
Figure 14.1 revised
129
Figure 14.4 “U0C0 Register” revised
130
Figure 14.5 “UCON Register” revised
131
14.1 revised
137
Table 14.6 revised
146
Figure 15.5 revised
172
Table 16.1 revised
Figures 16.2, 16.4 and 16.5 revised
C-3
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
1.00
Feb 25, 2005
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
174-179 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3 revised
181
Tables 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3 added
188
Table 17.4 revised
Figure 17.9 added
191-192 Figures 18.1 and 18.2 revised
194
18.3.2 revised
195
Table 18.3 revised
205
Figure 18.12 revised
210
Figure 18.14 revised
214
Table 19.3 revised
215
Table 19.4 and 19.5 revised
216
Figure 19.2, Tables 19.6 and 19.7 revised
217
Tables 19.8 and 19.9 revised
218
Tables 19.10 and 19.11 revised
219
Table 19.12 added
Figure 19.4 added
220
Table 19.13 revised
221
Table 19.14 revised
222, 226 Table 19.16 and 19.23 revised: Table title ”INT2” → “INT1”
Table 19.20 NOTE revised
224
Table 19.21 revised
225
20.1.1 and 20.1.2 revised
228
20.4.2 revised
233
20.4.3 revised
234
20.6 added
236
20.7 revised
237
20.8.1.7 and 20.8.1.8 revised
240
“20. On-chip Debugger” deleted
242
Appendix Package Dimensions revised
243
Appendix Figure 2.1 revised; “USB Flash Writer” deleted and “M16C
244
Flash Starter” NOTE3 added
1
1. Overview; “20-pin plastic molded LSSOP or SDIP” → “20-pin plastic
molded LSSOP” revised
2
Table 1.1 Performance Outline of the R8C/16 Group;
Package:
“20-pin plastic molded SDIP” deleted
3
Table 1.2 Performance Outline of the R8C/17 Group;
Package:
“20-pin plastic molded SDIP” deleted,
Flash Memory: (Data area) → (Data flash)
(Program area) → (Program ROM) revised
4
Figure 1.1 Block Diagram;
“Peripheral Function” added,
“System Clock Generation” → “System Clock Generator” revised
5, 6
Table 1.3 Product Information of R8C/16 Group,
Table 1.4 Product Information of R8C/17 Group; revised.
Figure 1.2 Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/16 Group,
Figure 1.3 Part Number, Memory Size and Package of R8C/17 Group;
Package type: “DD : PRDP0020BA-A” deleted
C-4
REVISION HISTORY
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
8
Figure 1.5 PRDP0020BA-A Package Pin Assignment (top view) deleted
Table 1.5 Pin Description;
Timer C: “CMP0_0 to CMP0_3, CMP1_0 to CMP1_3” →
“CMP0_0 to CMP0_2, CMP1_0 to CMP1_2” revised
10
Figure 2.1 CPU Register;
“Reserved Area” → “Reserved Bit” revised
12
2.8.10 Reserved Area;
“Reserved Area” → “Reserved Bit” revised
13
Figure 3.1 Memory Map of R8C/16 Group revised
14
3.2 R8C/17 Group, Figure 3.2 Memory Map of R8C/17 Group revised
15
Table 4.1 SFR Information(1);
0009h:
“XXXXXX00b” → “00h”
000Ah:
“00XXX000b” → “00h”
001Eh:
“XXXXX000b” → “00h”
17
Table 4.3 SFR Information(3);
0085h:
“Prescaler Z” → “Prescaler Z Register”
0086h:
“Timer Z Secondary” → “Timer Z Secondary Register”
0087h:
“Timer Z Primary” → “Timer Z Primary Register”
008Ch:
“Prescaler X” → “Prescaler X Register”
008Dh:
“Timer X” → “Timer X Register”
0090h, 0091h: “Timer C” → “Timer C Register” revised
20
Figure 5.3 Reset Sequence revised
23
5.2 Power-On Reset Function;
“When a capacitor is connected to ... 0.8VCC or more.” added
29
Figure 6.5 VW1C Register revised
30
Figure 6.6 VW2C Register NOTE10 added
32
Table 6.2 Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 1 Reset Associated Bit
revised
33
Table 6.3 Setting Procedure of Voltage Monitor 2 Interrupt and Voltage
Monitor 2 Reset Associated Bit revised
37
Table 8.2 Bus Cycles for Access Space of the R8C/17 Group added,
Table 8.3 Access Unit and Bus Operation;
“SFR” → “SFR, Data flash”,
“ROM/RAM” → “ROM (Program ROM), RAM” revised
38
Table 9.1 Specification of Clock Generation Circuit NOTE2 deleted
39
Figure 9.1 Clock Generation Circuit revised
40
Figure 9.2 CM0 Register NOTE2 revised
42
Figure 9.4 OCD Register NOTES 3, 4 revised
43
Figure 9.5 HRA0 Register NOTE2 revised
45
9.1 Main Clock;
“After reset, ...” → “During reset and after reset, ...” revised
C-5
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
46
9.2.1 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock;
“The application ... to accommodate the frequency range.” →
“The application ... for the frequency change.”
47
9.3.2 CPU Clock;
“When changing the clock source ... the OCD2 bit.” deleted
48
9.4.1 Normal Operating Mode;
“... into three modes” → “... into four modes” revised
Table 9.2 Setting and Mode of Clock Associated Bit revised
49
9.4.1.1 High-Speed Mode, 9.4.1.2 Medium-Speed Mode;
“Set the CM06 bit to “1” ... on-chip oscillator mode.” deleted
9.4.1.3 High-Speed, Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Mode;
“9.4.1.3 On-Chip Oscillator Mode” → “9.4.1.3 High-Speed, Low-Speed
On-Chip Oscillator Mode” revised,
“Set the CM06 bit to “1” ... high-speed and medium-speed.” deleted
52
Figure 9.8 State Transition to Stop and Wait Modes;
“Figure 9.8 State Transition to Stop and Wait Modes” → “Figure 9.8
State Transition of Power Control” revised
Figure 9.9 State Transition in Normal Operating Mode deleted
53
9.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function;
“• This function cannot ... is 2 MHz or below. ...” →
“• This function cannot ... is below 2 MHz. ...” revised
54
Figure 9.9 Procedure of Switching Clock Source From Low-Speed OnChip Oscillator to Main Clock revised
55
Figure 10.1 PRCR Register “00XXX000b” → ”00h” revised
68
Figure 11.10 Judgement Circuit of Interrupts Priority Level NOTE1 deleted
69
Figure 11.11 INTEN and INT0F Registers;
INT0F Register “XXXXX000b” → ”00h” revised
76
11.4 Address Match Interrupt;
“... , do not use an address match interrupt in a user system.” →
“... , do not set an address match interrupt (the registers of AIER,
RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) in a user system.”
revised
77
Figure 11.19 AIER, RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers;
AIER Register revised
79
Figure 12.2 OFS and WDC Registers;
• Option Function Select Register NOTE1 revised, NOTE2 added
• Watchdog Timer Control Register NOTE1 deleted
84
Figure 13.1 Block Diagram of Timer X revised
C-6
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
87
Table 13.2 Specification of Timer Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function” → “INT10/CNTR00, INT11/CNTR01
Pin Function” revised
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
88
Table 13.3 Specification of Pulse Output Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function” → “INT10/CNTR00 Pin Function”
revised
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
• NOTE1 added
90, 92, 95 Table 13.4 Specification of Event Counter Mode,
Table 13.5 Specification of Pulse Width Measurement Mode,
Table 13.6 Specification of Pulse Period Measurement Mode;
• “INT1/CNTR0 Signal Pin Function” → “INT10/CNTR00, INT11/CNTR01
Pin Function” revised
• “• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter when
the following count source is input).”→
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
98
Figure 13.11 Block Diagram of Timer Z;
“Peripheral Data Bus” → “Data Bus” revised
103
Table 13.7 Specification of Timer Mode;
“• When writing ... registers (the data is transferred to the counter
when the following count source is input) while the TZWC bit is set to
“0” (writing to the reload register and counter simultaneously).” →
“• When writing ... registers at the following count source input and the
data is transferred to the counter at the second count source input and
the count re-starts at the third count source input.” revised
108, 112 Table 13.9 Specification of Programmable One-Shot Generation Mode,
Table 13.10 Programmable Wait One-Shot Generation Mode Specifications;
Count Operation; “• When a count completes, ...” → “• When a count
stops, ...” revised
116
Figure 13.25 Block Diagram of CMP Waveform Output Unit revised
123
Table 13.12 Specification of Output Compare Mode NOTE1 revised
124
Figure 13.31 Operating Example of Timer C in Output Compare Mode
revised
C-7
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
127
Figure 14.3 U0TB, U0RB and U0BRG Registers;
U0TB and U0RB Registers revised, U0BRG register NOTE3 added
128
Figure 14.4 U0MR and U0C0 Registers;
U0C0 register NOTE1 added
136
Table 14.5 Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode;
U0BRG: “−“ → “0 to 7” revised
147
Figure 15.7 ICSR Register revised
172
Figure 16.1 Block Diagram of A/D Converter “Vref“ → “Vcom” revised
173, 176, Figure 16.2 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers,
178
Figure 16.4 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in One-Shot Mode,
Figure 16.5 ADCON0 and ADCON1 Registers in Repeat Mode;
ADCON0 Register revised
179 to
181
Figure 16.6 Timing Diagram of A/D Conversion revised and
16.4 A/D Conversion Cycles to 16.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit added
183, 184 Figure 17.1 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (1),
Figure 17.2 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (2); NOTE1 added
185
Figure 17.3 Configuration of Programmable I/O Ports (3) NOTE4 added
187
Figure 17.5 PD1, PD3 and PD4 Registers,
Figure 17.6 P1, P3 and P4 Registers; NOTE1, 2 revised
188
Figure 17.7 PUR0 and PUR1 Registers revised
189 to
192
17.4 Port setting added, Table 17.4 Port P1_0/KI0/AN8/CMP0_0 Setting
to Table 17.17 Port P4_5/INT0 Setting added
194
Table 18.1 Flash Memory Version Performance;
Program and Erase Endurance: (Program area) → (Program ROM),
(Data area) → (Data flash) revised
196
18.2 Memory Map;
“The user ROM ... area ... Block A and B.” →
“The user ROM ... area (program ROM) ... Block A and B (data flash).”
revised
Figure 18.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/16 Group revised
197
Figure 18.2 Flash Memory Block Diagram for R8C/17 Group revised
199
Figure 18.4 OFS Register; NOTE1 revised, NOTE2 added
202, 203 18.4.2.1 FMR00 Bit to 18.4.2.12 FMR46 bit revised
203
Figure 18.5 FMR0 Register; NOTE6 added
204
Figure 18.6 FMR1 and FMR4 Registers; FMR4 Register NOTE2 revised
205
Figure 18.7 Timing on Suspend Operation added
206
Figure 18.8 How to Set and Exit EW0 Mode and Figure 18.9 How to Set
and Exit EW1 Mode revised
211
Figure 18.13 Block Erase Command (When Using Erase-Suspend
Function) revised
214
Figure 18.14 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error
revised
C-8
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
215 to
216
Summary
18.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode revised
217
Figure 18.15 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode 3;
Figure title revised
218
Figure 18.16 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode → Figure 18.16
Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2 revised,
Figure 18.17 Pin Process in Standard Serial I/O Mode 3 added
222
Table 19.4 Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics;
• NOTES 1 to 7 added
• “Topr” = “Ambient temperature”
223
Table 19.5 Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical
Characteristics;
• revised
• “Topr” = “Ambient temperature”
224
Figure 19.2 Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend
revised and
Table 19.7 Voltage Detection 2 Circuit Electrical Characteristics NOTE1
revised
225
Table 19.8 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Voltage
Monitor 1 Reset ) NOTE2 revised
226
Table 19.10 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical
Characteristics revised
227
Figure 19.4 I/O Timing of I2C bus Interface (IIC) revised
228
Table 19.13 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC = 5V] revised
229
Table 19.14 Electrical Characteristics (2) [Vcc = 5V] NOTE1 deleted
230
Table 19.18 Serial Interface;
“35” → “50”, “80” → “50”
232
Table 19.20 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC = 3V] revised
233
Table 19.21 Electrical Characteristics (4) [Vcc = 3V] NOTE1 deleted
234
Table 19.25 Serial Interface;
“55” → “70”, “160” → “70”
240
20.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function;
“Since ... is 2MHz or below, ..” → “Since ... is below 2 MHz, ..” revised
20.3.2 Oscillation Circuit Constants added
241
20.4.2 Precautions on Timer X;
‘• ... When writing “1” (count starts) to ... writing “1” to the TXS bit.’ →
‘• ... “0” (count stops) can be ... after the TXS bit is set to “1”.’ revised
242
20.4.3 Precautions on Timer Z;
• “• In programmable ... “0” and the timer ...” →
“• In programmable ... “0” (stops counting) or setting the TZOS bit in
the TZOC register to “0” (stops one-shot), the timer ...” revised
• ‘• ... When writing “1” (count starts) to ... writing “1” to the TZS bit.’ →
‘• ... “0” (count stops) can be ... after the TZS bit is set to “1”.’ revised
C-9
REVISION HISTORY
Rev.
Date
2.00
Jan 12, 2006
2.10
Jan 19, 2006
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware
Description
Page
Summary
247
Table 20.2 Interrupt in EW1 Mode revised
248
20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request Generation During Auto-erase Operation in
EW1 Mode added
250
21. Precaution for On-chip Debugger (2) revised, (4) added
251
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions;
Package “PRDP0020BA-A” deleted
252
Appendix Figure 2.1 Connecting Example with M16C Flash Starter
(M3A-0806);
• NOTE1 revised
• Pulled up added
226
Table 19.10 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical
Characteristics;
High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Frequency Temperature • Supplay
Voltage Dependence 0 to +60 °C / 5 V ± 5 % Standard Max.
“8.16” → “8.56”
248
20.8.1.9 Interrupt Request Generation during Auto-erase Operation in
EW1 Mode; (b) revised
C - 10
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group Hardware Manual
Publication Data :
Rev.0.10
Rev.2.10
May 21, 2004
Jan 19, 2006
Published by : Sales Strategic Planning Div.
Renesas Technology Corp.
© 2006. Renesas Technology Corp., All rights reserved. Printed in Japan
R8C/16 Group, R8C/17 Group
Hardware Manual
2-6-2, Ote-machi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-0004, Japan